JCSM Shareware Collection 1996 September

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ JCSM Shareware Collection 1996 September / JCSM Shareware Collection (JCS Distribution) (September 1996).ISO / jcsdesc.txt < prev next >

Wrap

Text File | 1996-09-08 | 4.5 MB | 103,966 lines

Text Truncated. Only the first 1MB is shown below. Download the file for the complete contents. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Account Module Data 1.9 GEN7 Desktop with the Accountant Modul Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE FREAS II SYNERGISTIC CONSULTANTS, INC. P.O. BOX 18888 HUNTSVILLE, AL 35804-8888 Telephone: (800) 828-8384 Fax: (205) 539-1757 Description Type = Short Description An Icon driven interface similar to many Graphical Environments. A File manager is included that allows file related oper- ations. On screen clock, calculator and calendar are provided, with printer support. A DOS gate and the ability to assign an external program to an icon is provided. Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs. Options allow the addition of voice output for feedback. Description Type = Long Description Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Product Descriptions: March, 1994 Features of GEN7 Desktop Environment: Graphics Desktop to accompany the functions found in the other products offered. Icon driven interface similar to many popular Graphical Environments. a) Copy, delete or create files and subdirectories. b) Format disks and perform other utilities. b) On screen clock. c) On screen alarm and calendar. d) Built-in printer support functions. e) Exit to DOS and execute commands. f) Internal or External editor. g) Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs in the database. h) A software lock prevents accidents. Application modules available now: a) Accounting Module integrated into the calendar function that keeps track of up to 4 different banking accounts. Auto debts and credits along with manual debts and credits are supported. Account balances are updated when appropriate. New credits or debts appear when the Desktop is started if they have been configured to alert the owner that day. Five digit check numbers and the ability to make transactions that recur on a weekly, biweekly or monthly basis are standard features. b) Children's tutors: i) Math tutor for children. ii) Clock tutor for children. c) Song Database: Over thirty songs to choose from instead of the usual dozen. d) Bible Study: i) New Testament version with Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. ii) Old Testament version with Genesis, Exodus and Leviticus. Both have data sets that fit on one 360K diskette. One dozen hymns may be chosen from a menu to play in the background. No registration fee for these two. e) Daily Verse: Each day a new verse is displayed on the screen when the Desktop is started. This is a standard feature, but it cannot be custom configured unless registered. f) A Voice module data is available to add close to forty voices and sounds for audible feedback. The clock and calculator speak, and errors are announced with this. Product Pricing and Availability: GEN7 Desktop: Evaluation Disks: $5 each. GEN7 Desktop (required): $10.00 Accountant Module: $10.00 Children's Tutors: $10.00 Song Database: $10.00 Voice Module Data: $10.00 All Five: $45.00 More than one subtract $ 5.00 GEN7 Desktop Manual: $ 5.00 Allow up to 6 weeks delivery after registration. Evaluation Disks available sooner. Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Department PD-0294 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Notes: Turbo PASCAL is a Trademark of Borland International. Quick PASCAL is a Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. IBM is a Trademark of International Business Machines Incorporated. UNIX is a Trademark of Bell Laboratories. Windows is a registered Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Description Type = Keywords GUI, EDITOR, FILE MANAGER, ACCOUNTING, MUSIC, TUTORIALS, VOICE, ALARMS, CALENDAR, CLOCK, CALCULATOR, SOFTWARE LOCK, CONTEXT SENSITIVE HELP, DAILY QUOTES, ICONS, PASSWORDS Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Vendor Instructions Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Permissions George W. Freas II, March, 1994 President, Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Phone: (205) 539-1757 Toll Free: 1-800-828-8384 Dear Shareware Distributor: Please find enclosed one copy of the GEN7 Desktop Distributor's disk. This disk contains six applications: GEN7 Desktop with Children's Tutor, Song Database, Old Testament Bible Study, New Testament Bible Study, the Accountant Module, and Voice Module Data. These are Shareware evaluation programs. You may already have older version in your library (this is version 1.6). The Bible Study programs do not require registration. Attached sheets describe the distributor's disk and products. This software is not crippled, and there are reminders only upon exit. These programs require an IBM PC compatible with mouse and EGA/VGA video adapters and 512K of memory. The GEN7 Desktop has a file manager and graphical user interface that is icon driven. It allows owners of 286 class (or 8088 if not using voice data) to use a GUI for file management and sound control. Support for sound boards and HyperMedia is forthcoming. This letter gives the distributor right to distribute these programs in an unmodified form, for a nominal duplication fee. Note that each of the above programs require GEN7G16.EXE as well as one data set (GEN7??16.EXE) to operate (do not distribute any less). Please direct any questions or comments to the address or phone number above. Thank you for your time. Sincerely, George W. Freas II P.S. Look for our ADs in Shareware and PC Catalog Magazines! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Accounting program 5.07 Accounting/finance planning program Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLY R. AUS DER AU ACCSOFT SEESTRASSE 80 STAEFA, CH-8712 SWITZERLAND Telephone: 0041 1 926 27 50 Fax: 0041 1 926 27 50 Description Type = Short Description ACCOUNT PRO 95 5.07 - Very user-friendly double-entry accounting/fin. planning pro- gram for business, association/club and pri- vate use. Network capable. Handles up to 2,000 books with 1,000 accounts/32,600 transactions each. Direct correction of all entries anytime. Compreh. reports and funct. like autom. tax/standard transact., AR/AP management, memos, etc. Swiss Shareware. Reg.:Swiss Francs 148.- Description Type = Long Description ACCOUNT PRO is a versatile and user-friendly accounting and finance planning program, equally suitable for small to medium businesses, institutions, and private users, who want to manage their own money or the finances of an association or club. ACCOUNT PRO is based on the principle of double entry bookkeeping. It is capable of networking, handles up to 2000 client accounts, and it has a function for automatic entry of tax and discount transactions. ACCOUNT PRO comes with a number of standard charts of accounts. These can very easily be adapted to particular user requirements. Unneeded accounts can be deleted and any additionally required ones can easily be inserted anywhere in the charts. Accounting with ACCOUNT PRO is very easy. As opposed to 'normal' accounting programs, where erroneous entries must be neutralized (canceled) and corrected by additional entries, ACCOUNT PRO allows direct correction of such entries. Furthermore, ACCOUNT PRO avoids the terms 'Debit' and 'Credit' for data entry. Instead, an amount sign is used, which makes data entry faster and easier. Nevertheless, the displays and printouts of ACCOUNT PRO are in accordance with normal accounting terminology. In addition to the normal accounting capabilities, ACCOUNT PRO has special capabilities that allow efficient financial planning and forecasting. Not only monthly budgets, but also monthly forecasts can be entered for every expense and revenue account. Monthly and yearly planning reports facilitate an overview of the system as a whole. With these features, realistic forecasts of the financial result at the end of the accounting period can be made at any time. An accounting period in ACCOUNT PRO can have a length of between two days and one year. It can start in any month and it may overlap two calendar years. The program's data capacities are as follows: - 2000 accounting systems - 1000 accounts per system - 32,600 (double entry) transactions per system and business year - 200 standard transactions - 200 recurring transactions Description Type = Keywords accsoft accounting ledger finance account pro 95 Description Type = Registration Details 148 Swiss Francs or approx. 119 US$ Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the zip file(s) into a temp directory, and execute SETUP.EXE. Follow prompts. Description Type = Permissions To be freely distributed to any and all. Expressis verbis also by CD ROM. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Accounting program 4.08 Accounting/finance planning program Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLY R. AUS DER AU ACCSOFT SEESTRASSE 80 STAEFA, CH-8712 SWITZERLAND Telephone: 0041 1 926 27 50 Fax: 0041 1 926 27 50 Description Type = Short Description ACCOUNT PRO/WIN4.08a - Very user-friendly double-entry accounting/fin. planning pro- gram for business, association/club and pri- vate use. Network capable. Handles up to 2,000 books with 1,000 accounts/16,300 transactions each. Direct correction of all entries anytime. Compreh. reports and funct. like autom. tax/standard transact., AR/AP management, memos, etc. Swiss Shareware. Reg.:Swiss Francs 148.- Description Type = Long Description ACCOUNT PRO is a versatile and user-friendly accounting and finance planning program, equally suitable for small to medium businesses, institutions, and private users, who want to manage their own money or the finances of an association or club. ACCOUNT PRO is based on the principle of double entry bookkeeping. It is capable of networking, handles up to 2000 client accounts, and it has a function for automatic entry of tax and discount transactions. ACCOUNT PRO comes with a number of standard charts of accounts. These can very easily be adapted to particular user requirements. Unneeded accounts can be deleted and any additionally required ones can easily be inserted anywhere in the charts. Accounting with ACCOUNT PRO is very easy. As opposed to 'normal' accounting programs, where erroneous entries must be neutralized (canceled) and corrected by additional entries, ACCOUNT PRO allows direct correction of such entries. Furthermore, ACCOUNT PRO avoids the terms 'Debit' and 'Credit' for data entry. Instead, an amount sign is used, which makes data entry faster and easier. Nevertheless, the displays and printouts of ACCOUNT PRO are in accordance with normal accounting terminology. In addition to the normal accounting capabilities, ACCOUNT PRO has special capabilities that allow efficient financial planning and forecasting. Not only monthly budgets, but also monthly forecasts can be entered for every expense and revenue account. Monthly and yearly planning reports facilitate an overview of the system as a whole. With these features, realistic forecasts of the financial result at the end of the accounting period can be made at any time. An accounting period in ACCOUNT PRO can have a length of between two days and one year. It can start in any month and it may overlap two calendar years. The program's data capacities are as follows: - 2000 accounting systems - 1000 accounts per system - 16,300 (double entry) transactions per system and business year - 200 standard transactions - 200 recurring transactions Description Type = Keywords accsoft accounting ledger finance account pro Description Type = Registration Details 148 Swiss Francs or approx. 119 US$ Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the zip file(s) into a temp directory, and execute SETUP.EXE from the program manager. Follow prompts. Description Type = Vendor Instructions To be freely distributed to any and all. Expressis verbis also by CD ROM. Description Type = Permissions To be freely distributed to any and all. Expressis verbis also by CD ROM. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Basic Bookkeeping 2.1 OWL Basic Bookkeeping Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEPHEN WILLIAMS OTTO-WILLIAMS LTD. P.O. BOX 794 LANHAM, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description OWL Basic Bookkeeping 2.1: Very easy to use bookkeeping system for small businesses and individuals. NO ACCOUNTING EXPERIENCE IS NEEDED. Tracks income and expenses using single entry bookkeeping as recommended by the IRS. Produces easy to understand income, expense, profit and general ledger reports. Supports fiscal or calendar year accounting. Intuitive mousable menus, on-line help & user's guide make this program a joy to use. Description Type = Long Description OWL Basic Bookkeeping (BBK) was rated among the "Best of Business Shareware" by PC World magazine (Feb., 1994). BBK provides organized and accurate accounting using the "single-entry" bookkeeping method recommended by the IRS. This method is easy to use and especially suited for small businesses and individuals. BBK helps you manage your bottom line by giving you instant access to up-to-the-minute reports showing your income, expenses, profits and losses. You don't need to be an accountant to use BBK. By spending just a few minutes a week with BBK, you can dramatically reduce your accounting costs. Instead of a shoe box full of receipts, you can give your accountant comprehensive reports that will save his or her time and your money. BBK can handle up to 1000 different expense types and supports both calendar and fiscal year accounting. This is a very easy to use program featuring simple mousable menus, context sensative help and an on-line user's guide. An import option within Basic Bookkeeping links the program to OWL's Sales, Invoicing & Mail List management program (OASIS) allowing direct transfer of income data from OASIS into Basic Bookkeeping. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, TAX, FINANCE, INCOME, EXPENSE, BBK, OASIS, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.BBK Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: BBK21.ZIP supersedes files OBBK??.ZIP and BBK??.ZIP where ?? is any number less than 21. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file BBK20.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.BBK Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INSTALL.BAT Hard disk installation batch procedure. BBK_EXE.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. BBK_DAT.EXE Self extracting archive containing sample data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 215k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Bill Central 2.0 Bill Central Time & Billing Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RANDALL FUCHS INTEGRATECH SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 293403 LEWISVILLE, TX 75029 Telephone: 214-420-7880 Fax: 214-420-7880 Description Type = Short Description BILL CENTRAL Time & Billing 2.0 <ASP>. Bill Central is a smart management tool that enables you to timely bill your clients and analyze the effectiveness of your staff's operations and billing procedures. Features recurring billings, project tracking, customizable invoice forms and extensive reporting capabilities. Requires Windows 3.1 or Windows 95. Registration $59-89. Author: Integratech Software. Description Type = Long Description Bill Central is a professional Time and Billing system suitable for anyone who must invoice clients for time or services rendered. This useful program also acts as a management tool to allow you to track your clients' billing history and to analyze the effectiveness of your operation and billing procedures. Additional program features include recurring billing, project tracking, customizable invoice forms, and extensive reporting and printing capabilities. The program is well designed and easy to understand and navigate. A network/multi-user version is also available. Description Type = Keywords billing time project accounting legal accountant consulting pim finance invoice receivable consultant Description Type = Registration Details Ordering by Check: To order by check please send the Bill Central Order Form and check payable to: Integratech Software PO Box 293403 Lewisville, TX 75029 Ordering by Credit Card: You may order with MC/Visa by faxing 1-803-699-5465 (24Hrs), by calling 1-800-699-6395 (or 1-803-699-6395) (10AM to 8PM Eastern Standard Time), by Email to Starmail@aol.com or 71561.2751@compuserve.com. You may mail credit card orders to NorthStar Solutions PO Box 25262 Columbia, SC 29224 Please refer to Product Information for the product you wish to register and have this information ready when calling. NorthStar Solutions does not provide technical support on Bill Central, they only accept registrations. Please direct all inquiries about Bill Central to Integratech Software and not to the numbers listed here. Description Type = Installation Details Before you can use Bill Central you have to run the Bill Central setup program from Windows so it will work properly on your computer. You cannot just copy the files from the Bill Central disk to your hard disk. The files on the distribution disk are packed in a special way to save space. The setup program unpacks those files and builds them on your working disk. From Windows Program Manager, select File menu, Choose Run and type A:\SETUP and press Enter. (If you are setting up from CDROM or other than floppy drive A, then substitute that drive's letter in place of 'A'. Launching Bill Central Click on the Icon in the Bill Central Program Group or from Program Manager, select File menu, choose Run and Type C:\BILLC\BILLC.EXE if that was the disk and directory specified when you installed the program. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to individuals charging no fees, and to BBSes, UserGroups, Mail-Order Disk Vendors, CD-ROM publishers, and BBS File-Distribution Networks regardless of fees, to distribute the Bill Central software, provided they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the evaluation version of this product, and provided they claim no ownership of these products. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is herebyincorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Bill Central package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Integratech Software PO Box 293403 Lewisville, TX 75029. Integratech Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Integratech Software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Business Plan Master 2.7a Fast and easy business plan maker Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL REAVER VERSATILE SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS PO BOX 147 FAIRBORN, OH 45324 Telephone: (513) 878-0315 Description Type = Short Description Business Plan Master is a set of document and spreadsheet templates that help you create a professional business plan quickly and easily, as most of the work is already done. All you need to do is "plug in" the information that is pertinent to your business. Reviewed as 1 of the top 42 business shareware products in PC World, and received a 5-star TROPHY rating from Ziffnet on CompuServe - their highest rating! Description Type = Long Description Business Plan Master is a set of document and spreadsheet templates that help you create a professional business plan quickly and easily, as most of the work is already done. All you need to do is "plug in" the information that is pertinent to your business. Reviewed as 1 of the top 42 business shareware products in PC World, and received a 5-star TROPHY rating from Ziffnet on CompuServe - their highest rating! Also received excellent reviews in Computer Shopper and the Boston Herald, among others. Files are included in Lotus, Excel, Word for Windows, Works for Windows, and Wordperfect formats. Most other "major" word processing and spreadsheet programs will import one of these formats. Registration: Basic - $34; Professional $44. Description Type = Keywords Business Plan Master Finance Templates Entrepreneur Shareware ASP Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. dollars Minimum registration price..................34.00 Maximum registration price..................44.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................10.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the compressed zip file into a directory of its own. Then type "install" and press Enter to install the program. Description Type = Permissions Shareware versions of BUSINESS PLAN MASTER may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: * BUSINESS PLAN MASTER must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. * BUSINESS PLAN MASTER may not be listed in advertisements, catalogs, or in any other manner which describes it as "FREE SOFTWARE". Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. * BUSINESS PLAN MASTER is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without the explicit consent of the Versatile Software Solutions, Inc. * BUSINESS PLAN MASTER is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation pre-printed for the end-user. * BUSINESS PLAN MASTER is not to be "rented" or leased. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute BUSINESS PLAN MASTER, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Loan Schedules 2.2 Loan Schedules & Much More! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM BOWYER MOUNTAIN VIEW SOFTWARE 209 AVILA CIRCLE KANSAS CITY, MO 64114-5519 Telephone: (816) 942-4500 Description Type = Short Description AMORTZ - Loan Schedules & More! v2.20 <ASP> The EASY Financial Loan Calculation System! Supports variable interest rate & payments, balloon pymts, fiscal year. Has 5 pymt plans, customizable heading & page formatting. Calculates any one of the loan variables (Principal, Int Rate, Pymt Amt, or # of Pymts). Schedule can be printed, viewed or saved to disk. Enter payments as they are made & save to disk. Shareware $15.00 Description Type = Long Description AMORTZ - Loan Schedules & More! v2.20 <ASP> The EASY Financial Loan Calculation System! Supports variable interest rate & payments, accelerated payments, balloon payments, fiscal year. Includes five different payment plans, customizable heading & page formatting. AMORTZ can calculate any one of the loan variables (Principal, Interest Rate, Payment Amount, or Number of Pymts). An amortization schedule is then generated that can be printed, viewed on the monitor or saved to an ASCII file on disk. A Loan Summary can be printed allowing easy comparison of various financing alternatives. This latest version includes a function that allows you to enter each payment as it is made - recording the check number and date paid. ANY SLIGHT VARIATION in the payment schedule (i.e., add $25.00 to one principal payment) can be recorded and reflected in the amortization schedule. Of course, the data can be saved to a file and recalled whenever necessary. Written by a CPA, AMORTZ was designed to be useful and understandable to evryone, regardless of the level of financial sophistication. CPA's working on multi-million dollar deals or teen-agers trying to swing that first car loan will both find what they need in AMORTZ. Description Type = Keywords Loan Amortization Mortgage Finance Interest Bank Tax Schedule Description Type = Permissions AMORTZ is freely distributable through all channels. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Master Amortizer 3.03 Master Amortizer for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DON NORMAN APPLIED PROGRAMMING SOLUTIONS 710 RIDGE RD WIMBERLEY, TX 78676-9397 Telephone: (512)847-7043 Fax: (512)847-7077 Description Type = Short Description Master Amortizer loan calculation program. Currently used by many banks, realty firms and lawyers. In addition to calculating payments, it creates comparative tables and personalized amortization schedules. Includes extra payment calculations; simple, Rule-of 78 and Canadian interest; and spreadsheet/text export. Nice visuals, tool bar, context sensitive help. Requires Windows 3.1 or greater. Description Type = Long Description Master Amortizer for Windowsr loan calculation and amortization program. Description Type = Keywords amortization mortgage loans finance installment Description Type = Registration Details Registration $29.95 + $2.00 s&h. Receive disk with setup program. Description Type = Installation Details To install shareware version: Unzip to directory or floppy and run setup. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Retain original file content. Contains setup program. Description Type = Permissions Permission to copy and distribute shareware version in original zip file without modification or charge. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Monthly Budget 1.0 Track of your monthly Expense/Income Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DUANE J. SCHNUR THUMB PRINT SOFTWARE 1570 COLWOOD RD. CARO, MI 48723-9630 Telephone: 517-673-5482 Description Type = Short Description Keep track of your Expenses/Income with TPSBUD. Spreadsheet type Grid. Up to 45 monthly expenses and 5 monthly Incomes. Now you will be able to watch every penny you spend or earn. Description Type = Long Description TPSBUD uses a Grid similar to a Spreadsheet but, much easier to learn. The average learning curve is 15 minutes. The Grid has 45 Expense Rows and 5 Income Rows. Each row has 14 columns. In the first column you enter a description of the Expense/Income IE: Mortgage - Electric - My Job etc. Columns (cells) 2-13 are the months of the year Jan-Dec. Column 14 is a totals column. You enter values from the keyboard or use the calculator keys at the top left corner of the screen. You can Add To - Subtract From any month cell on the Grid. Special functions (from the pull down menus) include Open an existing .BUD file - Create a New .BUD file - Save current .BUD file Print a Report - Add an Expense/Income Category(name) - Remove an Expense/Income - Clone the current .BUD file (saves all the Category names but clears the values in the Grid cells. great for starting a new year's budget). 3 different totals are available Category Total - Monthly Total - Grand Total - Fill Row handy for monthly values that remain constant IE: a mortgage Erase Grid Value zeros any month Grid cell - Duplicate last value enters the last value appearing in the calculator screen into any month Grid cell automatically. Description Type = Keywords Home Finance Description Type = Registration Details $7.00 USA $8.00 Canada $9.00 other Description Type = Installation Details Place disk in appropriate floppy drive. From Windows Program Manager: Click File Click Run In the dialog box type: (Use the appropriate drive letter) [A:][B:]SETUP Click OK. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors: You must include all files as you received this program on your distribution disk/s. You are not authorized to collect registration fees unless you have made special arrangements with Thumb Print Software. You must instruct your customers that this software is Shareware and they are expected to register this program with the author/company if they use it on a regular basis. Description Type = Permissions Vendors/BBS's etc: You are authorized to distribute this program to your customers. Distribute this program with all files that you received. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Mutual Fund Tracker 3.6e The Mutual Fund Tracker Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: D. A. WATKINS WATKINS ENTERPRISES P.O. BOX 33280 - SUITE 195 AUSTIN, TX 78764-0280 Telephone: (512) 858-5206 Fax: (512) 858-7564 Description Type = Short Description The Mutual Fund Tracker, Version 3.6e, works using technical analysis and a Mutual Fund Composite Average, in conjunction with other key indices, to determine when to get into and out of mutual funds. You can define and look at different "what if" results based on your criteria. Features easy to understand documentation; graphs; reports; select TREND or BUY, SELL, and HOLD signals; writes graph pictures to disk; auto-update; plus more. Description Type = Long Description The Mutual Fund Tracker, Version 3.6e, works using technical analysis and a Mutual Fund Composite Average, in conjunction with other key indices, to determine when to get into and out of mutual funds. You can define and look at different "what if" results based on your criteria. Features easy to understand documentation; graphs; reports; select TREND or BUY, SELL, and HOLD signals; writes graph pictures to disk; auto-update; plus more. Description Type = Keywords THE MUTUAL FUND TRACKER TECHNICAL ANALYSIS MOVING AVERAGE WATKINS STOCK Description Type = Registration Details Basic $30.00. See the SIGNUP.KIT and QUOTRACK.KIT files, included in the archive, for data options. Description Type = Installation Details Run the MFTINST.EXE program after extracting the archive. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc PAYROLL CANADA (tm) 4.02 Excellent 1995 DOS Canadian Payroll Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHRISTOPHER ANTHISTLE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROG. LTD. 563 PATRICIA DRIVE OAKVILLE, ON L6K 1M4 CANADA Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 Rel 2/95. 2 x 360K DISKS The best payroll system on the market for the IBM PC XT and 286/386/486 compatibles running DOS. Includes PIF and ICO files for start up from Windows 3.1 if you have it (but windows is not required). Very complete payroll for all sizes of company, lots of features, works in any Province (except Quebec). Can handle multiple files, good for multi-client payroll Description Type = Long Description PAYROLL CANADA is probably the most comprehensive Canadian payroll system on the ShareWare market. It is also better than most commercial payrolls. Handles from 1 to 2,000 employees in ANY Province or Territory of Canada except Quebec. It interfaces to ANY Accounting System (even manual bookkeeping). It does EVERYTHING, maintain employee info., calculates pay and taxes, prints cheques or payslips, cheque register, payroll register, summary journal, even does PD7AR, T4, and the pay history table needed for the UIC ROE Form. Handles taxes on Employee Benefit Plans. Can also export files to Lotus, Quattro, dBASE, etc. Also handles multiple pay frequencies, and Accountants doing client payroll will appreciate its ability to handle multiple employee files. Complete documentation on disk ready to print out. Needs 355K memory and a hard disk. Runs on IBM XT, AT, PS/2, and 286/386/486 compatibles. If you are looking for payroll you MUST try this one. Optional extra cost add ons are available for: Cheque Reconciliation, and an interface to "The General Store" point of sale system. Also, we wrote a custom Electronic Funds Transfer program to interface PAYROLL CANADA with the Bank of Montreal's Electronic Customer Access System and this may be of interest to larger employers as it saves on bank charges where there are high volumes of pay cheques (It was developed for a Toronto company with 400 weekly paid employees generating 20,000 cheques a year, it may also be worthwhile for fewer cheques). It may be possible to modify this program to work with other banks. E.F.T. is a higher cost item (requires custom programming and bank liason), not offered at a package price. A SIMILAR PROGRAM, PAYROLL USA, FOR USE IN THE U.S.A. IS ALSO AVAILABLE FROM ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. Description Type = Keywords PAYROLL CANADA, PAYMENU, PAYROLL, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, WAGE, TAX, T4, T-4, PD7A, THE GENERAL STORE, TGS, ANTHISTLE, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL Description Type = Registration Details Cdn. $195 (includes 1st 2 years) then Cdn. $100 per year Description Type = Installation Details For fuller information see file PAYCN40.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYCN40.TXT INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTES --------------------------- If you received the two diskettes, put disk 1 in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL then insert disk 2 when prompted. If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. If install finds that all files are on one diskette you will not be prompted for a second diskette. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as two large ZIP or ARC etc. files then they must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. They can both be unpacked onto the same disk or directory. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be unzipping that onto the final working directories. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete) RUNNING PAYROLL CANADA ---------------------- Decompressing the ZIP files is a one time job. It need never be done a second time. Once decompressed, whether manually or by the INSTALL.EXE program, you can run the component programs as follows: To use the PAYROLL CANADA system: C: CD \PAYPGMS PAYMENU The Slide Show was last updated April, 1990. It is rather dated and in 1994 has been replaced by the new 31 page PAYROLL CANADA instruction manual PAYROLL.DOC which can be displayed or printed from the PAYMENU.EXE start up menu choice "F3 READ OR PRINT DOCUMENTATION & REGISTRATION INFO". It contains all most users need to know in a much more compact and up to date form than the old slide show. We are, however, retaining the Slide Show for now as a reference source should you need it. To see the Slide Show C: CD \PAYSLIDE RUNSLIDE or select choice "F4 SEE OR PRINT THE PAYROLL CANADA SLIDE SHOW" from the PAYMENU.EXE start up menu Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file PAYCN40.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYCN40.TXT (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE PAYCAN40.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE) DISKETTE VENDORS ---------------- If you received it direct from us Payroll CANADA will be on one 3 1/2 inch low density (720K) disk so it can be installed on older computers that have low density drives. The low density disk is also readable "as is" by high density 3 1/2 inch drives. It can also easily be copied to high density 5 1/4 inch 1.2 meg or 3 1/2 inch 1.44 meg disks with DOS COPY *.* or XCOPY *.* to a pre-formatted high density disk of the required size. Those vendors still selling low density 5 1/4 inch 360K disks can split our distribution disk using our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT file. If you add your own start up program it must start our INSTALL.EXE (which will be on disk 1 of a 2 disk set). If you need more space for your own vendor distribution files delete SCRAMBLE.EXE (31664 bytes) which is a data encryption program that is not essential to the running of PAYROLL CANADA (its use is optional). Do not delete anything else. As long as all files are present, our INSTALL.EXE does not care whether it is one or two diskettes or whether they are low or high density. DO NOT install or otherwise expand all the component zips (PAYCN40A.ZIP, PAYCN40B.ZIP PAYCN40C.ZIP etc.) then re-pack them for distribution in some different order or with different names. Our install.exe depends on finding our file names in the original zip file names we gave them. It makes it simpler for the end user to install the registered user version and annual upgrades if the unzipped shareware version is on a known directory (which our install uses - \PAYPGMS for the working programs and \PAYSLIDE for the slide show). BBS SYSOPS ---------- How you post them on your board depends largely on personal preferences and how much time your users are allowed to download a file. They could be in one large ZIP file, PAYCAN40.ZIP, containing the entire contents of our distribution diskette zipped into one file, with the FILE_ID.DIZ description visible in your download directory, or if you prefer to split it into 2 smaller ZIP files you might want to use our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT to create two 360K diskettes then zip each 360K diskette into PAYCN401.ZIP and PAYCN402.ZIP then post them with a modified FILE_ID.DIZ description for each, or with the PAYCN40.TXT information file and a one liner description such as: PAYCN40.TXT PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DOWNLOAD INFO. AT 2/95 PAYCN401.ZIP PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DISK 1 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 PAYCN402.ZIP PAYROLL CANADA V4.02 DISK 2 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that PAYROLL CANADA is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for PAYROLL CANADA is $20.00 (for the set of 2 disks) and we prefer you charge much less than this maximum. Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as PAYROLL CANADA distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute PAYROLL CANADA. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc TAXFORMS (tm) 2.2 Edit, Sort, Print W-2 & 1099-MISC form Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHRISTOPHER ANTHISTLE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROG. LTD. 563 PATRICIA DRIVE OAKVILLE, ON L6K 1M4 CANADA Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description TAXFORMS.EXE V2.2 Rel. 02/20/95 All you need to issue W-2 and 1099-Misc forms. Enter, edit, sort, print, total, etc. For pin feed or laser printer, even prints mailing labels. Can handle multiple files of 1099-Misc's or W-2's so ideal for an accountant doing client files as well as for the individual employer. Verifies Social Security and Medicare is correct on W-2's. Payer information only needs to be entered once per file. Description Type = Long Description TAXFORMS.EXE V2.2 Rel. 02/20/95 All you need to issue W-2 and 1099-Misc forms. Enter, edit, sort, print, total, etc. For pin feed or laser printer, even prints mailing labels. Can handle multiple files of 1099-Misc's or W-2's so ideal for an accountant doing client files as well as for the individual employer. Verifies Social Security and Medicare is correct on W-2's. Payer information only needs to be entered once per file. Registration $50 (or $125 if Magnetic Media W-2 option is required). Registration can be credited against upgrade to PAYROLL USA (which includes all Taxforms functions and adds full payroll capability for any State). Description Type = Keywords TAXFORMS, W-2, 1099-MISC, MAGNETIC MEDIA, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, WAGE, TAX, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, ANTHISTLE, PAYROLL, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL Description Type = Registration Details US $75 ($150 if Magnetic Media W-2 required) can be credited against upgrade to PAYROLL USA Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTE -------------------------- Put the diskette in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. This will transfer the files to the \PAYPGMS directory of your hard drive. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as a ZIP or ARC etc. file then it must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be copying that onto the final directory \PAYPGMS. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete). Alternatively, you can also cut out the install step altogether if you know how to manually create the \PAYPGMS directory and unpack the .ZIP directly onto \PAYPGMS. There is nothing magical about using the \PAYPGMS directory, but we do prefer you use our standard directory name for ease of installing future upgrades and to simplify technical support calls. RUNNING TAXFORMS ---------------- Decompressing the ZIP file and installation are one time jobs. They need never be done a second time. Once installed, you can run the program as follows: C: { or D: etc., whichever drive installed to } CD \PAYPGMS TAXFORMS Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE TAXFORMS.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE (WHICH IS NOT ZIPPED). TO SUMMARIZE, YOUR START UP PROGRAM [IF ANY] SHOULD START OUR INSTALL.EXE WHICH WILL COPY THE FILES TO THE USERS HARD DISK, \PAYPGMS DIRECTORY. THE USER THEN MAKES HIS HARD DISK \PAYPGMS DIRECTORY THE ACTIVE DIRECTORY AND STARTS TAXFORMS.EXE) OUR FILES NOT TO BE CHANGED =========================== You may add your own files to the distribution disk or download but do not change any of our files. In particular do not unzip the program run it then re-zip it. It was virus free when it left here, we do not want to risk accidental exposure to viruses before it reaches the end user. Also, running the program and re-zipping it (or otherwise distributing the contents of the disk or directory that TAXFORMS.EXE was run from) will prematurely set the install date causing the end user to be reminded that registration is overdue when he/she is in fact still in the trial period. DISK VENDORS ============ If you have your own start up program which you always add to distribution disks then have it start our INSTALL.EXE as this will ensure it is unzipped onto the \PAYPGMS directory of whichever disk drive the user specifies and it will ensure that the Windows 3.1 PIF file points to that directory. This is the same directory as is used by our payroll systems and we like to use a standard directory because it sure simplifies handling tech. support calls if we know where our files are. Very often these days the people who call for help have no idea how DOS or directory structures work, much less which directory a program is on. BBS OPERATORS ============= The above long form description is included in the .ZIP in files FILE_ID.DIZ and DESC.SDI for use by your BBS software. If you are limited to 6 character file names please use TAXFRM.ZIP else use TAXFORMS.ZIP in your download directory. If you have facilities for searching on keywords then the following are suggested references: 1099 W-2 W2 PAYROLL EMPLOYEE CONTRACTOR TAX TAXFORM ACCOUNTING BOOKKEEPING MAGNETIC MEDIA RACK SALES ========== We actively discourage rack sales of our PAYROLL USA and PAYROLL CANADA systems because payroll taxes change each year and rack vending products can sit on store shelves or in warehouses for extended periods. However, TAXFORMS is not so time critical though there is a risk that the IRS might make changes to the forms it prints. They made a major change to the W-2 for the 1993 Tax Year so we might be safe from further changes for a year or two, but there are no guarantees of what the government might do. Because TAXFORMS includes advertising material and a special offer for PAYROLL USA we want as wide a distribution as possible, therefore rack sales of TAXFORMS is encouraged. Please be aware though that this is a seasonal product because of I.R.S. filing dates for the forms it prepares. There should be big demand from December to end February and maybe March, then it might not see many sales until the next year. Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that TAXFORMS is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for TAXFORMS is $10.00 Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as TAXFORMS distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute TAXFORMS. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Vehicle Costs 2.4 Monitors the cost of operating vehicle Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GRAHAM FERGUSON 3 CRISTATA AVE. ENDEAVOUR HILLS, VIC, 3802 AUSTRALIA Telephone: 61-3-700-3764 Description Type = Short Description VEHICLE COSTS v2.4 <ASP> A program to monitor the costs of operating vehicles. Display or print reports of purchases by category or item. Yearly reports of fuel cost, consumption, distance travelled, repair and service costs. Indicates the need for tune-up or repair. A note pad, Database editor and tax reporting file are included. Description Type = Long Description This package contains the Vehicle Costs(TM) Program (Version 2.4), by G. Ferguson. This document contains only a brief description of the package and its features, along with instructions for its installation. Quite detailed documentation is included in the package, but it is in archived form, and is more easily read after installation. Vehicle Costs is a shareware program. This evaluation version includes all features of the program, and is not crippled in any way. You may use it for up to 90 days, without charge (see licence.TXT for more details). If you like the program, and wish to continue its use after this evaluation period, you are required to pay for the program (see REGISTER.TXT for more details). Any fee you may have paid to others (disk vendors, dealers, etc.) to obtain this evaluation version was a fee for their copying and distribution services, rather than a payment for continued use of the program. Description Type = Keywords auto vehicle management fuel car truck farm tax maintenance Description Type = Registration Details PRICE PER COPY WITHIN AUSTRALIA $50 INTERNATIONAL US$50 Description Type = Installation Details The file VEHI24.EXE on this disc is a self extracting archived file. To extract the programs contained within it copy it to another floppy disc, or create a directory on your hard drive and copy it to that. Move to that directory or drive and type VEHI24 then press enter. The files will extract to that directory/disc. I suggest the following steps if copying to a hard drive under DOS. These instructions assume that your hard drive is c: and the program disc is in A: . Only type the letters shown in capitals. At the c:> prompt type MD C:\VEHICLE [press enter] CD C:\VEHICLE [press enter] COPY A:\VEHI24.EXE C:\VEHICLE\*.* [press enter] VEHI24 [press enter] You may substitute any name for the directory "VEHICLE". A number of files should now reside in the VEHICLE directory. Vehicle.txt is a text file which will step you through the program. To view this on screen make sure that VEHICLE is the active directory then type :- TYPE VEHICLE.TXT | MORE [press enter] Note the | character between txt and more is the pipe symbol which appears on your keyboard as an elongated colon(:) This will display the file one screen at a time, just press a key each time to continue. You will require a printed copy of the instructions t try out the program. Assuming you have a printer connected (and it's turned on) and VEHICLE is the active directory, at the DOS prompt type: PRINT VEHICLE.TXT [press enter] You may be asked the question "NAME OF LIST DEVICE [PRN]". Just press enter and the file will be sent to your printer. ALTERATIONS TO VEHICLE.TXT FILE This file was written for the program in US format. i.e. miles per gallon and a date format of MM\DD\YYYY if the version you have shows kilometeres per litre then the date format will be DD\MM\YYYY A number of document files may be included (i.e. vendor.doc) for vendor information. these may be deleted from your working directory without causing any problems in regard to the program operation. However if you distribute the program in any way it must be in the original form. have a nice day. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vehicle Costs is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by G. Ferguson. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by Australian copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. G. Ferguson grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed Ninety days. If you continue using this software after the Ninety-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to G. Ferguson. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to G. Ferguson. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute Vehicle Costs, completely unaltered, without further permission...; ASP approved Vendors ASP approved BBS's for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Vehicle Costs package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is G. Ferguson, 3 Cristata Ave Endeavour Hills Vic 3802 Australia. G. Ferguson may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to G. Ferguson. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc Wall Street Tracker 7.1d The Wall Street Tracker Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: D. A. WATKINS WATKINS ENTERPRISES P.O. BOX 33280 - SUITE 195 AUSTIN, TX 78764-0280 Telephone: (512) 858-5206 Fax: (512) 858-7564 Description Type = Short Description The Wall Street Tracker, Version 7.1d, works using technical analysis and market momentum to determine when to buy or sell stocks. It analyzes key indices and also compares three moving averages, against each other, and the current price. You can define the moving averages and compare "what if" results based on your investment objective. Features auto data update via many online services; great documentation; graphs; reports; plus more. Description Type = Long Description The Wall Street Tracker, Version 7.1d, works using technical analysis and market momentum to determine when to buy or sell stocks. It analyzes key indices and also compares three moving averages, against each other, and the current price. You can define the moving averages and compare "what if" results based on your investment objective. Features auto data update via many online services; great documentation; graphs; reports; plus more. Description Type = Keywords THE MUTUAL FUND TRACKER TECHNICAL ANALYSIS MOVING AVERAGE WATKINS STOCK Description Type = Registration Details Basic $30.00. See the SIGNUP.KIT and QUOTRACK.KIT files, included in the archive, for data options. Description Type = Installation Details Run the MFTINST.EXE program after extracting the archive. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc What Job Summary? 1/3c Tracks job figures & related informati Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ANGEL BABUDRO ORGANIC COMPUTER WIZARDRY P.O. BOX 132 PAONIA, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT JOB SUMMARY? v1.3c for MS/PC-DOS Easy job summary tracking for contractors. Pull-down menus. On-line help. Keeps bid due date, bid amount, est. & actual costs, etc. for 260,000 jobs per year. Reports include Daily Activity, Job Status, Monthly Summary, Work On Hand (for bonding) & Work Completed. For $99 registration fee you get 120+ page manual with mini computer course, latest version on disk, and unlimited tech support. Description Type = Long Description WJS is an easy-to-use job summary tracking system for all types of contractors. WJS keeps track of the summary information, not the details. In other words, it's not an estimating or billing package, but a report package. You put in the figures, WJS keeps them all nicely organized and prints reports for you. A terrific tool for larger companies since it lets you see the jobs you bid on, the ones you won, those you lost, those still pending, etc. in a convenient report. The Work in Progress report is well suited for bonding purposes. Other features include: ■ Pull-down (two dimensional) menus - standard and easy to use ■ Mouse or keyboard controlled ■ Context-sensitive help - just press the F1 key ■ Keeps bid due date, bid amount, estimated & actual costs, etc. ■ Tracks 26,000 or 260,000 jobs per year (depending on which of two coding schemes you decide to use) ■ Reports include Daily Activity, Job Status, Monthly Summary, Work On Hand (for bonding purposes) and Work Completed. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: IBM PC, XT, AT, PS/2 or compatible with 350k of free memory and DOS 3.1 or later. Monochrome and colour screens are supported. A dot matrix, daisy wheel, ink jet, or laser printer is required in order to print reports. With registration you get: ■ Latest version on disk with automated installation ■ 120+ page manual including a mini computer course in hardware, software, and DOS. ■ Unlimited technical support via phone (during business hours), mail, or E-Mail. ■ FREE UPDATES from bulletin board systems - you need only buy a registration key once. Updates through the mail from any version to the current version are just FOUR DOLLARS. Description Type = Keywords job,track,bid,contract,construction, Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WJS") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WJS") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WJS13C") 4. Type "WJS" and set your Preferences. Installing on Floppy Disk WJS can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. If you use WKS occasionally floppy disks may be adequate, but if you use it regularly you will probably want to use a hard disk. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WJS13C"). The entire package is about 410kb, but there are files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. The necessary programme files require 265kb of storage. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WJS" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. All files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you have the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WJS may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION AcctFinc What Mailing List? 2.6a Organizes & prints mailing lists Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ANGEL BABUDRO ORGANIC COMPUTER WIZARDRY P.O. BOX 132 PAONIA, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT MAILING LIST? v2.6b for PC/MS-DOS Professional list organizer & printer. Labels, envelopes, phone book. Dot matrix & laser. Scalable & soft font support. Import, export. Dup check. PostNET bar codes. Int'l, Canadian, 11-digit US zip support. *NEW* ASCII fixed-field-length file import. $49 registration gets latest version, 150+ page manual with mini computer course, over 70,000 USA zip codes, unlimited technical support. Description Type = Long Description Very easy-to-use package organizes all of your postal work. Even first time computer users find WML's user interface simple to learn, yet WML is extremely flexible, too. WML prints labels, envelopes, phone book, and zip list on dot matrix and laser printers. Got a lot of names? No problem. WML can handle up to 250 files per directory, unlimited directories, and will keep thousands of names in a single file (theoretical limit is 5.5 million names per file). You can use a laser, ink jet, dot matrix, or even a daisy wheel printer with WML. WML uses your printer's internal fonts which lets it print at full speed. You can define two printers at once - a PCL (laser or DeskJet) and impact printer - and easily print on either one. This is very handy if you like to print single envelopes on your laser printer and use your dot matrix to print on inexpensive continuous-feed labels. PCL scalable fonts and soft fonts are supported. To make selecting entries to print as easy as possible, WML provides a very flexible query menu. You can choose entries by location (city, state/province, or zip range), a phrase or code in the comments, last mailing date, groups, or individually. Speaking of Groups, how's this for easy: you can define up to 255 groups (things like "Friends", "Christmas card list", "Business contacts", etc.), and each entry may belong to none or as many as 20 of these groups. No cryptic codes or hard commands - for the most part you'll probably do things like you would on paper. Abbreviations save typing by letting you define "short-hand" codes - similar to the way other packages use macros, but much more flexible. Define up to 255 abbreviations (like "POB" stands for "P.O. Box") and use them when entering names. When it's time to move data to and from other packages, WML handles the most common import and export formats. You can import ASCII files (comma delimited and fixed-field-length), DBF (dBase, FoxBase, Dr. Data Label, etc.), WordPerfect 4.2 or 5.1 mail merge files, or other WML files. Export your data to ASCII (delimited, fixed-field, or Ventura Publisher), MS Word, or WordPerfect. If you tend to import & export the same file types (for example, if you're sharing data with someone else) you can SAVE and LOAD your import/export definitions! No other package gives you this flexibility and ease of use! To prevent postage wasted on duplicate entries, WML has 3-way duplicate checking: Company name, personal name, and address. You may activate any or all duplicate checking options as desired. If you activate all three you can enter different data in any two of the fields and WML will still recognize it as a duplicate entry. For example, if you have "Sally Smith" of "Acme Products, Inc." at "123 Any Street" in Boston and then enter "John Jones" of "Jones Supply" at "123 Any Street" in Boston, WML will tell you about Sally Smith. And WML's smart enough to know that "123 Any Street" in Boston isn't the same as "123 Any Street" in Denver. WML's Smart Zip feature remembers new zip codes as you enter them. When you enter a zip code WML looks through its data base (for the Registered Edition there are over 70,000 zip codes - but it takes only a second to search, even on an old PC/XT computer). If the zip code is found WML enters the city & state/province for you and skips to the phone number. If the zip/postal code is NOT on file, WML goes to the city and state/provice fields, then REMEMBERS what you type for the next time you use that zip/postal code! On envelopes you will always have POSTNET bar codes printed (as long as your printer supports graphics). When printing labels you have the option of printing bar codes if you want. WML will dynamically space labels so that all the information will fit evenly. That way if you an entry with six lines of information and another with three, they will both be evenly spaced. Four concurrent indices provide instant switching between name, company, address, and zip/postal code sequence. With other packages you have to wait while a new index is built - with WML you can switch back and forth instantly. "What was that guy I talked to last night? I can't remember the company, but his last name started with 'T'." Switch to the Personal Name index, press F2 (Find), then press "T". "Who is the contact at Acme Building Supplies?" Switch to the Company index, press F2 (Find), then press "A". When you're ready to print a bulk mailing, switch to the Zip Code index and print. Other features include: ■ Four different filters which can be used individually or combined, letting you "zoom" in to look at certain entries in large files. ■ Context-sensitive help is available by pressing the F1 key. ■ Canadian and International postal codes & phone numbers are supported. ■ 5-, 9-, and 11-digit U.S. zip codes are supported. AND Much, Much More!!!! Description Type = Keywords mail,list,label,envelope,phone,contact,address,postnet,postal Description Type = Registration Details $49 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WML") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WML") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WML26A") 4. Type "WML" and set your Preferences. WML may be started from any directory - data files will be created in the current directory. Installing on Floppy Disk WML can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. Data files may be on a different disk than WML.EXE and its supporting files, so you may use a two floppy system. If you use WML occasionally floppy disks may be adequate, but if you use it regularly you will probably want to use a hard disk. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WML26A"). The entire package is about 1,100kb, but there are many files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WML" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. All files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you're using the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WML may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst 575 BBS Systems 1.0 575 of the Highest Rated BBS Systems Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: TIMOTHY S. CAMPBELL PINNACLE SOFTWARE CP-386 MOUNT ROYAL DEPT. JCSM-PROGS MONTREAL, QC H3P 3C6 CANADA Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description 575 HIGHLY-RATED BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEMS A Guide for Shareware Authors and Shareware Afficionados prepared by Pinnacle Software CP386 Mount Royal QC Canada H3P 3C6 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BBS Informant 1.06 Comprehensive BBS List / Search Door Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CRAIG STEVENSON STEVENSON TECHNICAL SERVICES 108 SECOND AVENUE WEST P.O. BOX 297 BERTHA, MN 56437-0297 Telephone: (218) 924-2050 Fax: (218) 924-2050(X11) Description Type = Short Description BBS Informant v1.06 BBS List / Search Door! BBS Informant is a comprehensive BBS door used for adding, listing, and searching through BBS names. Stores over 40 fields of data on each BBS! Store up to 3 phone numbers, modem speed & brand, software & version, sysop, emphasis, number of lines, storage space, CD-ROMS, services offered, summary, & more! Supports WildCat, PCBoard, other BBS's that support DOOR.SYS. Description Type = Long Description BBS Informant v1.06 BBS List / Search Door! BBS Informant is a comprehensive BBS door used for adding, listing, and searching through BBS names. Stores over 40 fields of data on each BBS! Store up to 3 phone numbers, modem speed & brand, software & version, sysop, emphasis, number of lines, storage space, CD-ROMS, services offered, summary, & more! Supports WildCat, PCBoard, other BBS's that support DOOR.SYS. Description Type = Keywords BBS Informant Comprehensive List/Search Door Wildcat PCBoard Description Type = Registration Details 49.95 (U.S. Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for BBS Informant is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 1 megabyte of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install BBS Informant. Description Type = Permissions Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI) grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed two weeks. If you continue using this software after the two-week evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauphorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI), 108 2nd Avenue West, PO Box 297, Bertha, MN 56437. Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BBS Lister 1.00 Century Productions BBS Lister v1.00 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌─────────═] CPBBL v1.0 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions BBS Lister. ││ ││ Users and SysOps can enter in ││ ││ their favorite Bulletin Boards! ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst BlastNet Application 1.10 BlastNet Application Package v1.10 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌──────────═] BlastNet [═───────────┐ ││ ││ ││ BlastNet Information Package. ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst CPSNet Application 1.10 CPSNet Application Package v1.10 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌───────────═] CPSNet [═────────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions Network ││ ││ Application Package. ││ ││ Starting Date: 09-01-94 ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst DeathNet Application 2.50 DeathNet Application Package v2.50 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌──────────═] DeathNet [═───────────┐ ││ ││ ││ DeathNet Application Package. ││ ││ Starting Date: 02-22-93 ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst HangMan Door Game 1.10 HangUser v1.10, Hang Man Door Game Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌────────═] HangUser v1.10 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ HangUser is the old known game of ││ ││ HangMan. Enjoy the game! ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst JETBBS 5.0 Bulletin Board System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TROY BECKSTROM 2318 SECOND AVENUE #492 SEATTLE, WA 98121 Description Type = Short Description JETBBS 5.0 -- Easy to install, easy to use, and customizable! Put any command on any key in any menu, and make your own menus and commands. Supports multi-line with inter-user chat and multitasking in the background while you use your computer. QWK, file x-fers with ANSI tagging, supports most doors, voting polls, e-mail with forwarding, quoted reply, file attachments, 8 casino games, voting polls, ANSI-scroll-bar mail/message reader Description Type = Long Description JetBBS Version 5.0 Bulletin Board System EASY TO INSTALL Takes less than 5 minutes to install, just run "JETSETUP". TOTALLY CUSTOMIZABLE Put any command on any key in any menu, or make your own menus and even make your own commands using the MNU script language. Perfect for special purpose BBSes. SUPPORTS MULTITASKING Fast, smooth multitasking under Windows 3.1, Windows 95, Windows NT, OS/2, and DESQview by yielding unused CPU time back to the OS. You can keep using your computer while the BBS runs in the background. FREE MULTI-LINE No extra charge for running multiple lines on one computer. Includes inter-user color chat channels, touch, broadcast, and who's online commands. FULLY FEATURED Includes all the standard features you expect in a BBS: - Supports four of the most common door protocols: DORINFO1.DEF, CALLINFO.BBS, CHAIN.TXT, and DOOR.SYS. - E-Mail with file attachments, upload text to editor, quoted reply, forwarding, delete/undelete, easy to use arrow-key controlled color mail reader. - QWK mail and REP replies. - Voting polls. EXTRAS Built-in extras you don't find on most BBSes, and some you won't find anywhere else: - Sub-BBSes that you can make users sysop of. - Credit system with mailable checks, various things around the BBS that can be purchased, and a "chargecredits" function so you can put a fee on any menu command. - 8 built-in casino games that use the credit system. Description Type = Keywords BBS multi-line multi-node modem Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollar Minimum registration price..................79.95 Maximum registration price..................79.95 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................8.00 Europe............................8.00 Asia..............................8.00 Africa............................8.00 Pacific...........................8.00 Description Type = Installation Details Run JETSETUP.EXE from a DOS command line. Description Type = Permissions ===== License for Use and Distribution ================= SOFTWARE LICENSE You are free to copy and distribute the files of the shareware version of JetBBS so long as they are not modified in any way and they are distributed together. You may use JetBBS for an evaluation period of 30 days, but after that you must register if you are going to continue to use it. See the registration form at the end of this document or the file REGISTER.FRM for registration instructions. VENDINFO The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Name Your BBS 1.0 Helps find a name for your BBS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TIMOTHY S. CAMPBELL PINNACLE SOFTWARE CP-386 MOUNT ROYAL DEPT. JCSM-PROGS MONTREAL, QC H3P 3C6 CANADA Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Pick an original name for your bulletin board with "NameBBS". We surveyed several thousand systems to spot trends in BBS naming. NameBBS uses this data to invent NEW names. Generate business-like names or silly names. Thousands of names can be displayed. NameBBS is another fine product from Pinnacle Software, creators of the Sapphire bulletin board system. Voice support: dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654. Description Type = Long Description Name Your BBS So you've started a BBS but you just can't think up a name. What can you do? NameBBS invents BBS names, based on a survey of common themes for BBS names. You can generate serious names or silly names. Description Type = Registration Details FREE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Newland 1.0 BBS door game simulation of civilizati Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TROY BECKSTROM 2318 SECOND AVENUE #492 SEATTLE, WA 98121 Description Type = Short Description Newland is a simulation of civilizations that players build, manage, defend, and conquer. As a player, your goal is to maximize your industrial strength by constructing production centers for building cities, and to defend your possessions from other players. Supports four BBS door chain protocols: CHAIN.TXT, DORINFO1.DEF, CALLINFO.BBS, and DOOR.SYS Description Type = Long Description Newland is a simulation of civilizations that players build, manage, defend, and conquer. It isn't some cheesy menu-driven thing where you just set a bunch of percentages and then watch the numbers increase; you actually put your civilization together yourself with building blocks in a two-dimensional world. As a player, your goal is to maximize your industrial strength by constructing production centers for building cities, and to defend your possessions from other players. Or, you can build armies and attack other players to capture the means of production by force. Supports four BBS door chain file protocols: DORINFO1.DEF, CHAIN.TXT, CALLINFO.BBS, and DOOR.SYS Description Type = Keywords Newland, door game, door, game, BBS, BBS door, DORINFO1.DEF, CHAIN.TXT, CALLINFO.BBS, DOOR.SYS Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details HOW TO INSTALL -------------- You should put the game's files in a subdirectory in your BBS's directory, for example: C:\BBS>mkdir nl C:\BBS>cd nl C:\BBS\NL>pkunzip ..\newland.zip C:\BBS\NL>copy nl.bat .. The last line copies the small batch file NL.BAT into the BBS directory. The next step is to set your BBS up to call NL.BAT, which is what starts the game. Since there are so many types of BBSes and they are all configured differently, you will have to refer to your BBS documentation to find out how to do this. You can edit NL.BAT to change where the game looks for the door chain file, and which one it looks for. You can also call NL.BAT with a parameter, which will be passed along to the game by the %1 batch file macro. For a summary and examples, type NEWLAND /? from the NL directory. You will need to have the ANSI.SYS driver installed in your CONFIG.SYS file, otherwise the ANSI codes that Newland uses will show up on your screen as left arrow characters and numbers and left square brackets. Your CONFIG.SYS file should have a line like this in it: DEVICE=C:\DOS\ANSI.SYS It is possible for remote users to play Newland without ANSI.SYS installed on your machine, but the screen will look like garbage on your end. Description Type = Permissions You are free to copy and distribute this program CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Sapphire BBS 4.09 Quick-install, easy-to-run BBS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TIMOTHY S. CAMPBELL PINNACLE SOFTWARE CP-386 MOUNT ROYAL DEPT. JCSM-PROGS MONTREAL, QC H3P 3C6 CANADA Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Sapphire BBS. Easy to install. Easy to run. For small business and institutions. Advanced self-maintaining design. Used by consultants, support lines, type-setters, and translators. Good choice for people who have not run a BBS before but need one running immediately. From Pinnacle Software, the developers of the Free Speech and Pyroto Mountain BBS's. For support dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654 (download on first call). Description Type = Long Description SAPPHIRE -- THE ZERO-MAINTENANCE BBS "SAPPHIRE IS A COMMUNICATIONS GEM" -- Online Access Magazine, August 1993 SAPPHIRE is a bulletin board system that is optimized for business and institutional applications. It installs in minutes and does not need daily maintenance. It is particularly popular with companies in the typesetting and translation business. It is also popular with people who have not run a BBS before, but need one that they can get up and running quickly. Sapphire is reliable, simple and safe. Description Type = Keywords PINNACLE,SHAREWARE,BBS,MODEM,SAPPHIRE Description Type = Registration Details $45.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip archive file into a new directory (suggested name: SAPPHIRE), then enter TYPE READ.ME at the DOS prompt. This will tell you how to configure and start up the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special vendor processing instructions. Description Type = Permissions BY DISTRIBUTING THE PRODUCT YOU ARE INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS: - You may duplicate, give away or sell unaltered copies of this product. - You may not remove any of the product's files. - You may charge a maximum of US $9 for each copy you sell (see Note #1). - Any copy may be transferred to another storage or distribution medium. - The archiving method used for this copy may be changed. - You may add files to the product, provided the files clearly indicate that they are not part of the original product. - Pinnacle Software reserves the right to revoke all distribution rights for unregistered copies of this product from any party at any time for any reason. However, unless you have been specifically informed of this, you may distribute this product WITHOUT requesting permission. (See Note #2) NOTE #1: In the case of CD-ROM compilations, the selling price is calculated as the price of the CD-ROM divided by the number of products on the CD-ROM. Thus, in such cases, the price is usually only a few cents. NOTE #2: For CD-ROM compilations, you should protect your distribution right by informing us at least two months in advance that you will be including our product on the CD-ROM. This is not obligatory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Search*Log 1.10 Search*Log - A SYSLOG.DBF log file bro Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PHILIP KAPUSTA 406 Monroe Avenue FALMOUTH, VA 22405 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description Search*Log - A SYSLOG.DBF log file browser for use with Searchlight 4.5 BBS systems. Here is the easiest and most advanced activity log viewer for sysops to browse through a SYSLOG.DBF activity log file. Search*Log allows the Sysop to quickly review the contents of a SYSLOG.DBF activity log. All activity codes are reformated on screen in clear, easy to understand English. For sysops using Searchlight 4.5 BBS software. Description Type = Long Description Search*Log - SYSLOG.DBF log file browser. For use with Searchlight BBS. Here is the easiest and most advanced activity log viewer to browse through a SYSLOG.DBF activity log file. Search*Log allows the Sysop to quickly review the contents of a SYSLOG.DBF activity log. All activity codes are reformated on screen in clear, easy to understand English. Exports to ASCII. A "must have" for all Sysops using Searchlight 4.5 and greater. Description Type = Keywords SEARCHLIGHT, BBS, SYSOP, UTILITY, SEARCHLOG, LOG, DBF, MODEM, ACTIVITY Description Type = Registration Details You must have Searchlight BBS software version 4.5 or greater, and a SYSLOG.DBF file before running this program! Type "SLOG" (without quotes) then press [ENTER]. Make sure that IF the program is being run from a floppy diskette that the user change default drives (e.g., type "A:" if program is on drive A:). The program must be started from the same directory/drive where the program is located (e.g.,if the program is on B:, you must be at a B:> prompt to run the program). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BBS_Syst Vote Door 1.00 1.00 Century Productions Vote Door v1.00 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CENTURY PRODUCTIONS SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 1208 PARKER, CO 80134 Description Type = Short Description ┌────────═] CPVOTE v1.00 [═─────────┐ ││ ││ ││ Century Productions Vote Door is ││ ││ for users and sysops to enter ││ ││ questions and see the questions ││ ││ results. ││ ││ Vendor Edition. ││ ││ ││ └─────────────────────────────────────┘ CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Accounting - 5 Mods 1995 PC-GL, PC-AR, PC-PR, PC-AP, and PCINV Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JERRY MEDLIN MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE 1461 SPROUL AVE. NAPA, CA 94559 Telephone: 707-255-4475 Fax: 707-255-9266 Description Type = Short Description MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE <ASP> - 5 fast, easy to use accounting programs for the small business. G/L, A/R, Payroll, A/P, and Invoice Writing. Original winner of Shareware Industry Awards (1992). Ziff-Davis 5 star rated (1995). Add, edit, and delete entries from a single screen. XT or better. $35 ea. except PCINV $25 Description Type = Long Description Five fast, easy to use accounting programs for the small business. G/L, A/R, Payroll, A/P, and Invoice Writing. All can be run stand alone. Some integration is available. Add, edit, and delete data from a single screen. Runs with as little as 256k memory free. Send most reports to printer, file, or screen and in any order, as often as desired. Historical data is saved for later review. All can be run from a single menu that includes a data backup function. Pop-up calculator. **PAYROLL** includes Federal tax tables and supports most State tax tables. Prints W- 2's and information for Federal and State reports. Up to 1200 employees.**PC-GL** handles up to 8000 transactions per period. Includes a standard chart of accounts which can easily be modified. Bank reconcilliation.**PC-AR** has a capacity of up to 4000 customers AND 4000 invoices per month. Late charges. Auto bill. Sales summary for current period or series of periods.**PC- AP** can be integrated with PC-GL and PC-PR. Enter invoices, mark them for payment, print checks, read in the payroll data from PC- PR, and optionally send the data to PC-GL. **PCINV** is integrated with PC-AR. Print invoices and sends data to PC-AR for statement printing. Recall, edit, or duplicate prior invoices. MEDLIN was given the first Shareware Industry Award for BEST BUSINESS AND FINANCE SOFTWARE. Description Type = Keywords Medlin Accounting Payroll Employee Bookkeeping ASP Business Ledger W-2 G/L Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US - Each Module Minimum registration price..................35.00 Maximum registration price..................35.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for ANY MEDLIN program is quite simple. The package includes a program, "VIEWDOC.COM", which automates the entire process. You will need about 40k of available space on any disk or drive for any MEDLIN program which you plan to install. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "VIEWDOC.COM" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "A:VIEWDOC". o Follow the instructions presented by the VIEWDOC program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your disk. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MEDLIN files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable program in a directory of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded MEDLIN from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "VIEWDOC.COM" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the Medlin package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\viewdoc". o Follow the instructions presented by the VIEWDOC program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your disk. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MEDLIN files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs in a directoriy of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed MEDLIN (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. INSTALLING FROM A CD-ROM If you are viewing this text from a CD-ROM, use the VIEWDOC program to install MEDLIN to your hard drive (see installing from a hard drive instructions). You will be allowed to select a path to install to. MEDLIN will not run from a CD-ROM as the data files are written to disk at the end of processing. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents for each program that has been installed. In particular, read at least the General Manual. This document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate any Medlin Program. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions This file (MEDLIN95.ZIP) contains the 1995 versions of Medlin Accounting Shareware. For Disk Vendors: All of the programs in this file except FILE_ID.DIZ and VENDINFO.DIZ should be included on your distribution disk. Users should be directed to run VIEWDOC.COM to print the manuals or install the programs. GO.BAT and INSTALL.BAT are small batch files that simply run VIEWDOC. VIEWDOC prints the manuals contained in MEDLIN.ARC which should not be modified or unarced. For BBS services: All files in this .ZIP should be included in your download file. For CD-ROM vendors: This .ZIP file may be included on your distribution CD-ROM. If you are including unzipped programs note that the MEDLIN programs cannot run directly from the CD-ROM. Any instructions to the end user should refer them to VIEWDOC.COM to install and run the Medlin programs. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute UNREGISTERED VERSIONS OF PC-GL, PC-AR, PC-PR, PC-AP, or PCINV, completely unaltered, without further permission as long as you do not charge for the program(s) and charge no more than $10.00 US for the method of distribution. Permission to distribute any Medlin Accounting Shareware package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Medlin Accounting Shareware 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa, Ca. 94559 USA. Medlin Accounting Shareware may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Medlin Accounting Shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct BILLPOWR time&bill 1.3 Professional Time & Billing for Window Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description BILLPOWER time & billing for Windows will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 50 people and produce fully customizable bills for each project handled by your office. Numerous reports (income-expense, employee productivity, etc.) are also included. Unlike programs requiring periodic batch-postings & close-out proce- dures,this is a true "real-time" system that updates everything when an entry is made. Description Type = Long Description BILLPOWER, one of the finest time & billing programs available at any price, is a fully integrated timekeeping, billing, and bookkeeping system that will produce a wide variety of reports, including income-expense statements, balance sheets and aged receivables reports. The user has wide latitude in designing billing formats that use any font and place transaction data wherever desired. The program will even print mailing labels and form letters to your clients. Unlike some other time & billing programs that provide "links" to external accounting software, BILLPOWER has a General Ledger that is totally integrated into the rest of the program. This program can simultaneously log a transaction, adjust the client's balance and aged receivables accordingly, AND update the appropriate G/L accounts (other programs would require separate entries for some of these events, if they could handle them at all). BILLPOWER is a "real time" system. No old fashioned batch postings or end-of-period close-outs are ever needed. Transaction detail is retained until the user (not the program) decides to omit it. In fact, old bills may even be re-prepared long after other systems would have "flushed" the needed information from the data base. BILLPOWER's user interface is among the friendliest on the market, and the program's flexibility and responsiveness cannot be beaten anywhere. Finally, BILLPOWER may be used in conjunction with CHRONILIST, the ultimate scheduling software. When used together, these two programs will form the backbone of your office's business activity. On a network or stand-alone computer, BILLPOWER will handle your time & billing needs like nothing else. Give it a thorough work-out. Description Type = Keywords Bill, Billing, Accounting, Time & Billing, Timekeeping, GL, Client, Business, Legal, Law, Office, Management, Invoice, LAN, Network, Shareware, Integra, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT Description Type = Registration Details $150 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from BILPWRxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct BILLPOWR time&bill 1.3 Professional Time & Billing for Win95/ Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description BILLPOWER NT time & billing for Win95/NT will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 50 people and produce fully customizable bills for each project handled by your office. Numerous reports (income-expense, employee productivity, etc.) are also included. Unlike programs requiring periodic batch-postings & close-out proce- dures,this is a true "real-time" system that updates everything when an entry is made. Description Type = Long Description BILLPOWER NT for Windows 95/NT, one of the finest time & billing programs available at any price, is a fully integrated timekeeping, billing, and bookkeeping system that will produce a wide variety of reports, including income-expense statements, balance sheets and aged receivables reports. The user has wide latitude in designing billing formats that use any font and place transaction data wherever desired. The program will even print mailing labels and form letters to your clients. Unlike some other time & billing programs that provide "links" to external accounting software, BILLPOWER NT has a General Ledger that is totally integrated into the rest of the program. This program can simultaneously log a transaction, adjust the client's balance and aged receivables accordingly, AND update the appropriate G/L accounts (other programs would require separate entries for some of these events, if they could handle them at all). BILLPOWER NT is a "real time" system. No old fashioned batch postings or end-of-period close-outs are ever needed. Transaction detail is retained until the user (not the program) decides to omit it. In fact, old bills may even be re-prepared long after other systems would have "flushed" the needed information from the data base. BILLPOWER NT's user interface is among the friendliest on the market, and the program's flexibility and responsiveness cannot be beaten anywhere. Finally, BILLPOWER NT may be used in conjunction with CHRONILIST, the ultimate scheduling software. When used together, these two programs will form the backbone of your office's business activity. On a network or stand-alone computer, BILLPOWER NT will handle your time & billing needs like nothing else. Give it a thorough work-out. Description Type = Keywords Bill, Billing, Accounting, Time & Billing, Timekeeping, GL, Client, Business, Legal, Law, Office, Management, Invoice, LAN, Network, Shareware, Integra, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT Description Type = Registration Details $150 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from BILPNTxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Bankonit 4.21 EZ, power. mortgage prog. EZ prepay/sa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLIAM E. PEACE P.O. BOX 627 SOUTH DENNIS, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description BANKONIT ... PREPAY MORTGAGE AND SAVE $$$$ Bankonit is a simple to use program that allows you to do standard mortgage cal- culations and amortizations as well as interest compounding calculations. It is especially good at maintaining a current record of your mortgage as it is paid, and clearly explains and shows the tens of thousands of dollars of benefits that prepaying the mortgage can do for you. Description Type = Long Description BANKONIT ... PREPAY MORTGAGE AND SAVE $$$$ Bankonit is a simple to use program that allows you to do standard mortgage calculations and amortizations as well as interest compounding calculations. It is especially good at maintaining a current record of your mortgage as it is paid, and clearly explains and shows the tens of thousands of dollars of benefits that prepaying the mortgage can do for you. Bankonit can do interest rate calculations, principal calculations, time for loan calculations, and can show or print full amortizations for any length loan. It can also do standard interest compounding calculations, monthly, daily and so forth, and can easily compare the yields with various compounding methods. Bankonit is most powerful in its complete explanation of and recordkeeping for prepayments to mortgages. The person who prepays just $10 a month can save tens of thousands of dollars over the course of their mortgage. Description Type = Keywords Mortgage, loan, prepayment, interest, finance, compound interest, banking Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details If unzipping directly to hard drive, unzip to C:\BANK\ To learn to run the program, type READNOW <enter> IF you unzip to a disk, unzip to a 3 1/2" 1.44 Meg disk. You can install from the disk to a hard drive by typing INSTALL <enter> To run the program from hard drive: CD BANK <enter> BANKONIT <enter> To run the program from disk drive: BANKONIT <enter> First time users should read the information file by typing READNOW which contains more detailed startup information including installation to WINDOWS, printing of manual, use of demo files. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter any files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software in a catalog. Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct BillPower Plus 7.3 Total timekeeping, billing & bookkeepi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description BILLPOWER time & billing + bookkeeping will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 15 timekeepers and automatically produce a monthly bill for each project. Unlike other programs that require periodic batch-postings or close-out procedures, BILLPOWER is a true "real-time" system that never purges any data unless the user tells it to. Automated MS Windows installation included. Description Type = Long Description BILLPOWER seamlessly incorporates time & billing functions and a general ledger into a single program. It will keep track of time, disbursements, and receipts for up to 15 timekeepers and automatically produce a monthly bill for each project. Unlike other programs that require periodic batch-postings or close-out procedures, BILLPOWER is a true "real-time" system that never purges any data unless the user specifically tells it to. It handles up to 15 timekeepers, stores numerous miscellaneous memos, and tracks thousands of people (names, addresses, phones, etc.). It also does mailing lables, merge-prints letters to clients, and handles conflict of interest checks. Finally, it can be used in conjunction with TickleX, the finest business scheduler available. you're used to one of those cute but cumbersome Windows-based schedulers, you'll be delighted with TickleX's breadth of scope, speed, and ease of use. Automated Windows installation included. Description Type = Keywords Bill, Billing, Accounting, Time & Billing, Timekeeping, GL, Client, Business, Legal, Law, Office, Management, Invoice, LAN, Network, Shareware, Integra Description Type = Registration Details $150.00 Description Type = Installation Details Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the BLPWRDOS.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Billing Statement SHAREWARE Very simple cumulative Billing system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ARNOLD STRICKMAN A. P. SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 205 WESTFORD, MA 01886 Telephone: (508) 692-3726 Fax: (508) 692-3726 Description Type = Short Description The easiest billing system available. It creates standard form billing statements on plain or letterhead stationery and produces two different reports. Description Type = Long Description The shareware version contains 2 reports and allows 30 items per statement. No accounting or computer expertise is required. The registered version contains 4 reports, including aging (30, 60, 90, and >90 totals) and 60 items per statement. A custom message can be placed on statements. Address labels can be printed. An Autoentry feature allows easy data entry of identical charges/credits across multiple accounts. Additional features are available. Description Type = Keywords Business, Billing, Invoicing Description Type = Registration Details $35 US Funds Description Type = Installation Details No special instructions. The following files are necessary for operation: STMT2SW.EXE, COMPANY.DAT ACCOUNT.FIL Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions Description Type = Permissions No restrictions CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Client Biller 1.2 Invoice-maker extraordinaire! Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JAMES BELL NEW EXECUTABLE WORKSHOP P.O. BOX 57336 JACKSONVILLE, FL 32241-7336 Telephone: 904-292-2815 Description Type = Short Description +-------------------------------+ $ | Client Biller 1.2 for Windows | $$$$$ +-------------------------------+ $ $ * Create/Edit/Print invoices $$$$$ * Track clients $ $ * Designed by and for small $$$$$ business and consulting $ * Extremely easy-to-use * Register by phone with Visa/MC Description Type = Long Description Client Biller is really a simple program with a simple task: Make Invoices. As a consultant I hated keeping track of clients, invoices, phone numbers, invoice numbers, etc. Client Biller keeps track of all these things for me and it does it well. Client Biller is Shareware, that means that you are allowed to use the program for ten days to determine if it is for you. If you continue to use it you have to register with us at N.E.W. Registration takes about 5 minutes and you can do it by phone, by e-mail, or by mail. When you do register you'll get a license number and notification of major upgrades. If you have an older version you can also get a copy of the latest when you register. You can register Client Biller instantly with Visa or MasterCard. Just call (904) 292-2815. A License Number (can given over the phone) will remove any registration reminders, and you can have the latest version shipped to you. Description Type = Keywords Invoice,Business,Billing,Bill,Bills,Client Description Type = Registration Details $19.99 (license) or $24.99 (latest version shipped) Description Type = Installation Details ------------------------ Installing Client Biller ------------------------ To install Client Biller you can use the included INSTALL.EXE program, or you can just copy the CBILLER.EXE and CBILLER.HLP files to your Windows directory. To start up Client Biller just run CBILLER.EXE. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct FF Billing Manager 3.40 Accounts Receivable and Billing/Window Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL R. RAUSTAD M & R TECHNOLOGIES, INC. P.O. BOX 061298 PALM BAY, FL 32906-1298 Telephone: (407) 951-2268 Fax: (407) 951-2268 Description Type = Short Description FF Billing Manager v3.40 <ASP> Financial Freedom Billing Manager is a billing program for Windows. Includes multiple companies, three invoice formats, unlimited customers, over 10 customizable reports and much more! Designed for any type of business. FREE upgrade to next version and much more. If you are serious about your business, check this program out! New! Print fonts on your invoices! Description Type = Long Description FF Billing Manager v3.40 <ASP> Financial Freedom Billing Manager is a billing program for Windows. Includes multiple companies, three invoice formats, unlimited customers, over 10 customizable reports and much more! Designed for any type of business. FREE upgrade to next version and much more. If you are serious about your business, check this program out! New! Print fonts on your invoices and statements! Description Type = Keywords invoice billing customer database statement Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................35.00 Maximum registration price..................35.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................4.00 Europe............................4.00 Asia..............................4.00 Africa............................4.00 Pacific...........................4.00 Description Type = Permissions Anyone may distribute Billing Manager, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Inventory Interface 7.04 Full featured material management syst Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GERALD DROULLARD DATA INTERFACE 45074 MIDDLEBURY CANTON, MI 48188-3215 Telephone: (313)981-3615 Fax: (313)981-3615 Description Type = Short Description Inventory Interface is an extensive inventory, MRP, BOM, POS (SOP), AR, AP, work order and purchase order system. The program provides a means of assessing the quantities required of raw materials, spares, products, time, and/or services. Many features including: custom reports and forms, inventory analysis, automatic just-in-time purchase and work orders, backorder status, sales rep. and POS analysis, and more. Description Type = Long Description Inventory Interface is an extensive MRP system. Modules included are inventory, bill of materials, work order, sales / order processing, accounts receivable, account payable and purchase order systems. Inventory Interface provides an accurate, easy and efficient means of assessing the quantities required of raw materials, spares, products, time, and/or services. Although Inventory Interface is a complete inventory system, you may choose not to use parts of the program (e.g. sales order processing, work orders, bill of materials, accounts receivable, etc.) if necessary. The program has a unique WYSIWYG interface which permits you to design your own custom reports while browsing your data. You can 'hide' columns, arrange in logical order and filter the information to your design so that you can print, or export the information for further processing. The program was designed from the user's point of view using 3-D pull-down menus, pick-lists, and on-line help. Inventory Interface uses 'merge' files and forms which allows you to customize your labels, PO, POS, Packing-List and other forms, if required, to print on blank paper or preprinted forms. The program supports multipage, and multiple types of PO's,Invoices, and packing-list. Support is given for monochrome, color and 43 line monitors. Customization is available. Some of the features included in each system are as follows: INVENTORY -Update the selling price as a percent or fixed dollar amount of the Cost or List Price. -Single level and Indented and Summarized where used reports. -Economic Order Qty., Estimated Stock Life, Total Used, Six month Monthly avg., Year before last usage, Last year usage, usage year to date statistics. -Uses templates for fast data entry of parts with similar information. -Supports 'similar' part numbers for items of the same use but different manufacturer. -You may sort the inventory items by Record No., Part No., Part Name, Category, Drawing, Supplier, Bin, or Manufacturer. -View part's which are below their Order Pt., or Minimum values. -On Hand and Cost history with automatic data compression. -Allows for non-depleteing item like service charges and fees. -Fractional units of distribution -Supports scheduled price changes -Allows a price matrix for quantity discounts BILL OF MATERIALS -Support for 99 levels. -Single Level, Indented, and Summarized bill of material reports. -Calculates the quantity able to produce from existing stock. -Work orders are generated to replenish stock levels or meet customer demand -Cost and selling price roll up. WORK ORDERS -automatically removes required raw materials from inventory to make parent item. -allow for scheduling of work orders -material requirements also links to the Purchase Order section INVENTORY CATEGORY STATUS -Year before last, last year and year to date usage and cost per category. -Avg. on hand, Turnover, Used/Day, and Cost/Day detailed information per part in each inventory Category along with the totals per category. (you may specify the range of dates to be used) PURCHASE ORDERS -Automatic purchase order generation using economic order quantity, minimum order amount , maximum order amount and order multiple, or Order Qty. as specified in the inventory database. -Request for Quotes -Multiple PO forms support -Manual purchase order generation. -automatic lead time adjustment of received items -automatic order pt. adjustment of received items. -automatically adjusts the inventory On Hand values for received items -find the total and taxes paid for any range of dates or departments -shows the balance due and when for each PO -all information is linked automatically to the accounts receivable section SALES / ORDER PROCESSING -Creates reports for the taxes paid, invoice amounts, total customer savings, your total cost / revenue per period or any criteria you describe using the filtering system -Recurring billing -Quotes -All sales information links to the PO and WO sections for future requirement analysis -allows customer term discounts -Supports Non-Taxable and Taxable items or transactions with one or two sales taxes. -Allows up to two different taxes -Computes customer savings over manufacturer's list prices. -Backordered Status includes list or items able to partially / fully ship and / or items not on order. -Price Overrides information includes sales rep., unit and total variances. -Sales person analysis includes number of invoices, total gross and cost, avg. gross, margin, avg. margin, per user defined period. -Cash drawer support, credit card checksum and type verification -Multiple / partial payment and types. -Multiple Sales forms support -Picking list DUE TO PROGRAM LIMITS SEE AUTHOR FOR FURTHER INFORMATION Description Type = Keywords Inventory, Invoice, POS, SOP, BOM, Receivables, Billing, Business, Manufacturing, Shipping, Account Payable, Accounts Receivable, Purchase Orders, Stock, Sales, Bill of Materials, Material Management, Customer, Shareware Description Type = Registration Details US$ 165.00 (includes shipping) REGISTERED USERS GET: Latest version of the program with 1 year free updates, a printed (enhanced) manual, biannual newsletters, and one year free telephone support. Registered users may also get customized versions of the program which will be billed on a time basis. Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory for the program and unzip the program in that directory. To start the program use the go.bat file. Description Type = Permissions Individual users may copy the shareware version of the program and share it with friends and family. Nonprofit groups, BBSs, user groups may distribute copies of this program. Anyone distributing copies of this software must conform to the following: The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any add or catalog that includes this software and on any packaging used to display the disk. You must immediately stop selling and / or distributing copies of the program upon notice from Data Interface. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct OWL Invoice System 2.01 OASIS - Sales, Invoice & Mail Mgmt. Sy Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEPHEN WILLIAMS OTTO-WILLIAMS LTD. P.O. BOX 794 LANHAM, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description OASIS 2.0 - A very complete sales management system including: invoicing, automated bill- ing, customer correspondence, mailing list management, and product sales tracking. GREAT FOR ANY MAIL ORDER BUSINESS. Completely menu driven with full mouse support & on-line help. New feature lets you group customers for targeted mass mailings. Requires DOS 3.3 or above, 640K & Hard Disk. Description Type = Long Description OWL Automated Sales and Invoicing System (OASIS) 2.0. OASIS is a complete sales management system that includes: invoicing, automated billing, customer correspondence, mailing list management, and sales tracking by both customer and product. Invoices and bills can be printed on plain paper or your own letterhead. OASIS includes options to automatically print product specific text (e.g., assembly instructions) and product license numbers on invoices. Custom text, such as answers to customer questions, can also be added to each invoice. OASIS provides complete capabilities for printing mailing labels and envelops. OASIS saves you money on label stock by letting you specify the starting label row and column so that you don't have to throw away partially used sheets of labels. Customers can be assigned to user defined groups. This can save on advertising dollars by allowing you to target your mailings to specific groups of customers. OASIS can export mailing lists in mail-merge format for use with many word processors. OASIS is completly menu driven with full mouse support & on-line help. Very easy to use. Requires DOS 3.3 or above, 640K & Hard Disk. See also OWL Basic Bookkeeping (BBK). Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, INVOICE, SALES TRACKING, LABEL, CUSTOMER, MAIL, BILLING, BBK, OASIS, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $59.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.OAS Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: OASIS2.ZIP supersedes files OSIS##.ZIP where ## is any number less than 20. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file OASIS2.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.OAS Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INSTALLA.BAT Hard disk installation batch procedure. OASIS_EX.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. OASIS_DB.EXE Self extracting archive containing sample data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 252k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Retail Plus 5.20 Sales, Inventory, POS, Invoicing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KUNO EGGER TRUE NORTH COMPUTER SERVICES P.O. BOX 985 HUNTSVILLE, ON P0A 1K0 CANADA Telephone: 705-789-0928 Fax: 705-789-0928 Description Type = Short Description Retail Plus v5.20 - An easy to use sales, inventory, point-of-sale and invoicing system. Description Type = Long Description FEATURES OF RETAIL PLUS+ The goal of retail management software should be to help you concentrate on your sales and your customers. Retail Plus+ serves that goal. It is designed for those who spend too much time making up purchase orders, counting stock, tracking sales, or preparing invoices. It is more than an inventory system with a point-of-sale screen. It is an organizer, an analyzer and a time saver. Some of the features of Retail Plus are: > Easy to use with pull down menus and pop-up windows. > Built in help system - press the F1 key at any time for assistance. > Complete sales and inventory data for each item in each location. > Full-featured POS system with slip printer and cash drawer support. > Data imports and exports. > Support for multiple points of sale without a network. > Weekly and monthly sales figures for each product. > History of daily sales and POS > Full-featured POS system with slip printer and cash drawer support. > Data imports and exports. > Support for multiple points of sale without a network. > Weekly and monthly sales figures for each product. > History of daily sales and POS totals. > Sales tracked by product, department and client. > Accounts receivable/invoicing system with customer statements. > Three fast & easy ways to find and print an invoice. > Auto- generated PO's with five methods of calculating order quantities. > On-screen review and editing of purchase orders. > Client database keeps a purchase history & mailing list of customers. > Fast client lookups using name, company or phone number. > Set up 2 sales taxes and optional add-on charges. > Set up automatic discounts, tax rates or tax exemptions for clients. Description Type = Keywords RETAIL SALES INVENTORY POS INVOICING BARCODE Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollar Minimum registration price..................125.00 Maximum registration price..................125.00 Shipping: within same country...............7.00 North America.....................7.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................12.00 Africa............................12.00 Pacific...........................12.00 Description Type = Installation Details Retail Plus version 5.2 is supplied as an archive file called "PLUS52.ZIP". It contains all the files you need. Follow these steps to get a functioning system onto your hard drive: 1 - At the "C:>" prompt create a new directory on your hard drive and go to that directory: MD RETAIL <press enter> CD\RETAIL <press enter> 2 - Using an archive un-packing utility such as UNZIP.EXE, unpack the contents of PLUS52.ZIP into the new directory: UNZIP A:PLUS52 <press enter> 3 - Now check for a file called "CONFIG.SYS" in the root directory of the startup drive. If it is there it should contain the following statements with the at least minimum values shown (they can be greater but not smaller): FILES = 30 BUFFERS = 10 You can check the contents of CONFIG.SYS just by typing: TYPE CONFIG.SYS <press enter> If the files & buffers statements are absent you can use any text editor to insert them. STARTING RETAIL PLUS To start Retail Plus go to the directory where it is found and enter R52 at the DOS prompt: CD\RETAIL <press enter> R52 <press enter> Explanation: The installation process creates a file called R52.BAT that contains the following two lines: SET CLIPPER=F:30 RETAIL52 Retail Plus should always be started up with this batch file, otherwise your system may not allow it to open enough files. If at some point in the program you press F1 for help, and instead of a help screen you get a DOS Error 4 (too many files open), then you know that you cannot open enough files. If this happens try typing SET at the DOS prompt. You should then see CLIPPER=F:30 on the screen along with the other DOS environment setups. If it is not there then the program was not started up using R52.BAT. If the file R52.BAT is missing you can create it with any text editor such as the DOS Edit command. Retail Plus is initially configured to start without requiring a password. If it does prompt you for a password just type "TEST" and press ENTER. You can remove this password later and set up new ones if you need security. If this password does not give you access then someone has already set up the system for security. Description Type = Permissions The files in this package may be freely distributed in any form and by any means without restriction. The attached VENDINFO data is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution is hereby authorized. See the Retail Plus documentation for license terms for use of the software as a retail management system. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct SALON-TEK SALON-TEK HAIRDRESSING MANAGEMENT PROG Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JULES GEE SALON-TEK #2-11500 NO 1 ROAD RICHMOND, BC V7E 6E1 CANADA Telephone: (604) 272-9179 Description Type = Short Description The Salon - Tek software program is data based, written in Clipper for a DOS environment, and designed to streamline reception and appointment making func- tions, automate most of the bookkeeping work of the salon manager, reduce mistakes, and automate day to day operations. Description Type = Long Description The Salon - Tek software program is data based, written in Clipper for a DOS environment, and designed to streamline reception and appointment making functions, automate most of the bookkeeping work of the salon manager, reduce mistakes, and automate day to day operations. Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The SALTEK.EXE File is self-extracting and self-installing. Use Windows File Manager RUN : A:\SALTEK.EXE Your AUTOEXEC.BAT File must contain : SET CLIPPER=F100 THIS MUST BE WRITTEN EXACTLY AS SHOWN (NO=SPACES) Your CONFIG.SYS File must open enough Files FILES=100 THIS MUST BE WRITTEN EXACTLY AS SHOWN (NO=SPACES) Add NOVCPI to the line DEVICE=EMM386.EXE... DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE NOEMS NOVCPI ........... Stacks must be upgraded STACKS=18,512 THIS MUST BE WRITTEN EXACTLY AS SHOWN (NO=SPACES) PLEASE RE-BOOT AFTER CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE. Instructions are included in the Installation Program. THE PROGRAM WILL NOT WORK UNLESS THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE CARRIED OUT PRIOR TO USING THE PROGRAM. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Sales Register III 1.8 Sales Register III (P.O.S.)Cash Regist Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: LOUIS ROBERT ABM 1948 HIGHWAY 114 HESSMER, LA 71341 Telephone: 318-563-4428 Fax: 318-563-4428 Description Type = Short Description SALES REGISTER III (POS) Cash Register for retail,wholesale,mailorder,bar,res- taurant,fast food,C stores,health clubs, gyms,and rental stores.Complete invent- ory control track ingredients/components management reports,accounts receivable, purchasing,employee timekeeping & comm- issions.Supports guest checks,open inv- oices,recurring invoices,layaways,price quotes,& customer check-in time billing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct SmartChecker 1.00 Windows Spreadsheet addon Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL JONES INSIGHT SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS P.O. BOX 354 BOUNTIFUL, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description SmartChecker v1.0 - Windows Spreadsheet add- on that audibly "Reads Back" ranges of cells from a spreadSheet . (No sound card required). Supplied with an Excel Add-On that can incorporate it permanently in the Tools menu. Has "Pause & Resume" option, and can be made to work with pretty much any spreadsheet or any Windows application that has columns of figures to be checked. Description Type = Long Description SmartChecker v1.0 - Windows Spreadsheet add- on that audibly "Reads Back" ranges of cells from a spreadSheet . (No sound card required). Supplied with an Excel Add-On that can incorporate it permanently in the Tools menu. Has "Pause & Resume" option, and can be made to work with pretty much any spreadsheet or any Windows application that has columns of figures to be checked. Description Type = Keywords SMART EXCEL SPREADSHEET READBACK CHECK ADD-IN Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......USD Minimum registration price..................19.95 Maximum registration price..................19.95 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply create a directory for the SmartChecker program and copy all the files in this package into it. Then read the "installation instructions" part of the Help File (double-click on SMARTCHK.HLP from file manager). Description Type = Permissions The evaluation version of SmartChecker may be distributed by anyone without further permission, providing it remains unaltered, no charge beyond a reasonable fee for copying and delivering the software is charged, and it is clear that the software is not "free", but that a registration fee must be paid for continued use beyond the terms of the evaluation licence. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the evaluation version of the SmartChecker package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Oakley Data Services Oakley Data Services may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Oakley Data Services. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Software Inventory 2.1 SOFTWARE INVENTORY DATABASE V2.1 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOHN BURL 1410 CALVERT ROAD CHESTER, MD 21619 Description Type = Short Description SOFTWARE INVENTORY DATABASE V2.1 A MS-Windows program that allows you to track software titles using an Access DB. (Access not required). Fully functional, no nags or limitations. Very easy to setup and use. VB source to registered users. Requires VBRUN300.DLL. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Software Sale Trackr 1.05 SOFTWARE SALES BILLING/TRACKING Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ROBERT F. KEBER JR. TYPERIGHT SOFTWARE COMPANY 336 SWAIN BLVD. GREENACRES CITY, FL 33463-3342 Telephone: (561) 969-3643 Fax: (561) 964-0785 24HR Description Type = Short Description Invoice/Statement/Reports/Leger/Labels/Lists. NO BOOKKEEPING KNOWLEDGE NEEDED! Print Customer Address/Phone Books (ALL or by Program Name). PopUp Inventory, Part Payments, LastPayDate & Balance Due. Set for 0/1/2 SaleTaxs, Track up to 97 Tax Districts. Print to Disk/Lpt1/Lpt2. Microsoft ISAM datafiles. Create LZW Compressed Backup file. Customer Search by Multiple Search Keys. Handles Multiple Programs. Simple To Use. Description Type = Long Description SST II is a "Customer Billing" program. SST is designed for Software Distributors who have a need to produce Invoices which contain "Descriptions" about their products. Program Names, Serial Numbers, Credit Card Information, special shipping details. Instructions, Expiration Dates, Disclaimers or just about anything else can be entered into SST II invoices, as well as the very important numbers which say "Who, When, Where, Why and How Much". Customers: - Shows "Last Sale Date" & "Total Spent" For Every Customer. - Prints Cust Phone Directory (2 phones COUNTRY,AREA,PHONE,EXT.). - Prints 2 Customer Address Directories (Long & Short Versions). - Prints Cust Mailing Labels (by Name/City/State/Zip/Area/Etc.). - Large "Comment Field" For Terms, Ship/Bill To Address, Etc. - Data Fields Are Designed To Allow INTERNATIONAL Addresses. - Prints Labels/Phone/Address Lists By Territories Or Routes. - Sales Tax Code Field - Applies One Of 96 Sets Of Tax Rates. - BROWSE Finds Records By Partial Name Or Customer ID Number. - SEARCH Find Cust By Searching Any Field(s) (City, State, Etc) - UnLimited Customers (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Invoices: - Allows Listings Of Descriptions, Part#'s And Work Performed. - Configured To Work With ZERO, ONE, or TWO Sales Tax Fields. - Sales Taxes Can Be Set To Comply With Most Laws & Regulations. - Use 1 Primary Sales Tax & Up To 96 Sets Of Secondary Tax Rates. (Eg:Primary Tax = State Tax 96 Secondary Taxes = County Taxes) - Print Multiple Copies (1-99) Of Invoices (Cust. & File Copies). - Generates Invoice & Customer Numbers Automatically (No Dupes) - Prints Accounts Receivable Statements With Mailing Labels. - Prints Invoice Ledger For Any "Time Period/Customer/Employee". - Prints Invoice Ledger With Totals For Accounts Receivable. - Provides 12 ReNameable Sales Cats + 2 ReNameable Sales Taxes. - Provides 10 "ReNameable" Sets Of "Terms & Conditions". - Handles "Partial" Or "Installment" Payments. - Inventory - Pop-Up Scroll Bar Window & Sorted Inventory List. - Allows A Six Line "Heading" For Your Name, Address & Telephone. - Six Line Invoice Footer For Custom Messages, Disclaimers, Etc.. - Extensive Use Of "Pop Up Windows" For Easy Use & Simplicity. - Jump From New Invoice To New Customer (& back) By F5 Hot Key. - UnLimited Invoices (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Income: - Print/Display Accounts Receivable Ledger & Customer Statements. - Prints Income Breakdown By Sales Category For Any Time Period. - Prints Totals For Any Customer For Any Time Period. - Shows Sales Taxes Charged, Collected & UnCollected For Both The Primary And Secondary Sets Of Sales Taxes. - Displays Or Prints Many Reports & Ledgers And Shows Averages. Inventory: - Support program: Ability To Create/Edit An Inventory Data File Which Holds Up To 735 Items. Automatic % MarkUp & Retail Price Calculations. Entries Appear In The Invoice And Packing List Screens In A Pop-Up Scroll-Bar-Window For Automatic Data Entry. General: - ONE Rugged ISAM File Holds ALL Customer/Invoice/Index Data. - Handle Data Files Up To 128 MegaBytes (130,000,000 Characters). - Uses "EMS" (Expanded Memory - If Available) For Buffer Storage. - Uses "LZW" File Compression To For VERY Compact BackUp Files. - Printed Output May Be Sent To LPT1:, LPT2:, Or To A DISK FILE. - Print NOW or LATER: A BIG Time Saver With SLOW Printers. - Word Processing Style Commands For Majority Of Field Entries. - Use Partial "NAMES or NUMBERS" For Retrieving Records. - Find Strong & Weak Sale Areas For Any Or All Of Your Customers. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Product Or Service. - Unique "BROWSE" Mode For Viewing Customer & Invoice Records. INTERNATIONAL FEATURES: - International Date Settings: MM/DD/YY DD/MM/YY or YY/MM/DD. - Time Settings: 12 or 24 Hour Clocks. - International Currency Symbol: Dollar, Pound, Frank, None, Etc. - Two International Currency Formats: 1,234.56 or 1.234,56 System Requirements: - Computer - PC/XT/AT/286/386/486 or Close Compatible - MS/DOS VERSION 3.3 OR HIGHER (Ver 5.0+ with EMS Recommended) - Ram Memory - 640k (Requires About 450k Of FREE Ram) - Hard Drive Is Required - Monitor - Mono Or Color - 80 Column - Printer - 80 COLUMN DOT MATRIX - IBM ProPrinter or Epson FX. - CONFIG.SYS: Set To "FILES = 25" (Or More - Very Important!) (See MS/DOS Manual - CONFIG.SYS) Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,LIST,LABEL,INVOICE,STATEMENT,BILLING,CUSTOMER,INCOME,TAX, SALES,PAYMENT,BID,ESTIMATE,PROPOSAL,INVENTORY,PACKLIST,KEBER Description Type = Registration Details $69.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack the Archived File to ANY disk or drive. To start the program, run the file named SST.EXE. To print the program instructions, enter the file named:PRINT-IT.BAT Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copyright (c) - ROBERT F. KEBER JR. - ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Produced & Distributed By TypeRight SOFTWARE COMPANY Vendors are authorized and encouraged to distribute FREE copies of this software package. We request that you keep ALL files included with this package together and unmodified. A maximum charge of up to $5.00 may be charged for disk duplication, cost of materials, and disk preparation (combined). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct The Invoice Store 3.1 Invoicing, POS and Customer Tracking Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL COLUCCI SOFTWARE STORE PRODUCTS, INC. 10351 SW 69TH COURT OCALA, FL 34476 Telephone: 352-237-0378 Fax: 352-237-0662 Description Type = Short Description Invoicing, POS and Customer Tracking for the small business. Ideal for any Mailorder, Retail or any business requiring invoicing. Maintains Customers, Sales Personnel, Inventory Management, Vendors, Invoicing, Payments, Packing Slips, Credits, Refunds, Mailing Labels, Customzized Reports, Wordprocessing, Mailmerges, Network Ready, plus much more! Description Type = Long Description THE INVOICE STORE is an Invoicing, POS and Customer Tracking software product for the small business. The software is very simple to learn & use, and does not require any accounting background. It is currently being used by more than a dozen countries around the world, and supports several modes for different countries. It has also been featured in many publications, including Home Office Computing & Computer Shopper magazines. THE INVOICE STORE will maintain your Customers, Vendors, Sales Personnel and Inventory Management. It will generate invoices, packing slips, customer statements, payments, refunds, shipping info, credits, returns and is network ready. It also supports most POS hardware. THE INVOICE STORE also includes a Custom Form Designer, Custom Report Writer, Custom Mailing Label Generator, Wordprocessing, Mailmerges, Online Help, Import/Export, Data Analysis plus much more. Description Type = Keywords INVOICE STORE INVENTORY POS SALES Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States dollar Minimum registration price..................95.00 Maximum registration price..................95.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct The Invoice Store Jr Simple invoicing program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL COLUCCI SOFTWARE STORE PRODUCTS, INC. 10351 SW 69TH COURT OCALA, FL 34476 Telephone: 352-237-0378 Fax: 352-237-0662 Description Type = Short Description THE INVOICE STORE JR THE INVOICE STORE JR is a very simple to use invoicing program. The user can maintain a database of customers and products. Invoices can be easily generated and payments can be applied to these invoices. Many fincancial reports can also be generated. This JR program is a low cost alternative to the bigger product. Shareware. $20 to reg. Description Type = Long Description The Invoice Store Jr is a simple invoicing program. The user can maintain a database of customers, products, and services. Invoices can easily be created, payments may be made, and all customer activity may be tracked. Invoices may be customized to work with existing forms or they may be printed on regular paper. Supports US & Canada taxes. Description Type = Keywords INVOICE,BUSINESS,RECEIVABLES Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions Distribute file INVJR.ZIP on any type of media that is desired. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Software Store Products, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct The Order Pro 2.0 Easy Order-entry, Inventory, & Invoici Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JANE & FRANK SEMERARO AUTOMATED SYSTEMS 386 MAIN STREET P.O. BOX 192 LITTLE FALLS, NJ 07424-0192 Telephone: 201-812-1428 Fax: 201-812-1169 Description Type = Short Description A simple-to-use order entry system with all the features of it's not-so-simple competitors. As you enter orders, the system updates inventory quantities, sales tracking reports, receivables and customer profiles. Attractive, descriptive invoices are always ready to print; as well as packing lists and shipping labels. Many valuable reports are provided to keep you well informed. This is one easy program that will do it all! Description Type = Long Description The Order Pro will completely automate the order taking business. A simple-to-use order entry system with all the features of it's not-so-simple competitors. As you enter orders, the system automatically updates inventory quantities, sales tracking reports, receivables and customer profiles. Attractive, descriptive invoices are always ready to print; as well as packing lists, mailing labels and shipping labels. Many valuable reports are provided to keep you well informed on significant things, such as total sales, shipping costs and sales tax from any-date to any-date; total inventory quantities; what is on back-order; which invoices are receivable; which items are not selling fast enough, and much more. The program is adaptable to many types of businesses, however, it is perfect for the mail- order-type business. There are currently hundreds of small businesses using this software, and some large businesses, such as Seven-Eleven, The US Postal Service in VA, Paolo Gucci and it has also been used by Chase Manhattan Bank to track the inventory of gifts given to customers opening new accounts. Having one program to do it all, without the need to study a manual and teach new employees, can save time and money. Description Type = Keywords "business", "mail order", "customer", "mailing list", "inventory", "sales tracking", "invoice", "orders", "order entry", "invoicing", "sales" Description Type = Registration Details $99.95 Description Type = Installation Details From a floppy drive--enter GO when installation is complete, enter START to begin. Description Type = Vendor Instructions It is not required that Automated Systems be notified before any vendor begins distribution of Automated Systems software. However, updates will only be furnished by Automated Systems--to those who do. Description Type = Permissions Vendors, BBS's and individuals may duplicate and distribute only the "shareware" versions of Automated Systems software. Programs include: Smart-N-Easy (R) WEDDING PLANNER, PARTY PLANNER, BABY PLANNER, HOME INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, BAR MITZVAH PLANNER & THE ORDER PRO 2.0; an order-entry/inventory management program. No modifications shall be made to any such software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct The Simple Bookkeepr SHAREWARE Very simple single-entry accounting Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ARNOLD STRICKMAN A. P. SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 205 WESTFORD, MA 01886 Telephone: (508) 692-3726 Fax: (508) 692-3726 Description Type = Short Description An easy to use single entry yearly recordkeeping system. No computer or accounting expertise is necessary. It tracks 15 income and 60 expense accounts for one full year. Seven printed reports are available. This program eliminates the "shoebox" ,pencil and paper tedium of recordkeeping. It is for small or home business. Information is assembled in an easy to use form, ready for tax time. Description Type = Long Description An easy to use single entry yearly recordkeeping system. No computer or accounting expertise is necessary. It mimics the popular workbooks, but eliminates the pencil and paper tedium that arises when using "simple" accounting workbooks. The program tracks income and expenses for one entire year. The shareware version has 15 income and 60 expense accounts. Seven printed reports are available. This program is useful for home or small business, and will replace the "shoebox" method. Information is assembled in an easy to understand form, ready to be used by yourself or your accountant at tax time. Description Type = Keywords accounting,bookkeeping,small/home business Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......Dollars (US) Minimum registration price..................35.00 Maximum registration price..................35.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details There is no special installation file. Hard Drive: 1. Create a separate subdirectory. 2. Copy all files to this subdirectory. Floppy : Copy all files to a backup disk. Do not copy BKKP3SW.DOC as it is the documentation and will take up necessary room on your diskette. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute The Simple Bookkeeper, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the The Simple Bookkeeper package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is A.P. Software, PO Box 205, Westford, Ma 01886. A.P. Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to A.P. Software. The attached Vendinfo data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed on that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct The Video Store 2.0 Video Rental Store POS System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL COLUCCI SOFTWARE STORE PRODUCTS, INC. 10351 SW 69TH COURT OCALA, FL 34476 Telephone: 352-237-0378 Fax: 352-237-0662 Description Type = Short Description The Video Store 2.0 Rev V. Video Rental Store POS system. Tracks customers, rentals & sales, inventory management, late charges, taxes, payments, mailing labels, customized reports, network ready, plus much more! Very simple to learn & use. Description Type = Long Description The Video Store 2.0 Rev V. Video Rental Store POS system. Tracks customers, rentals & sales, inventory management, late charges, taxes, payments, mailing labels, customized reports, network ready, plus much more! Very simple to learn & use. Description Type = Keywords VIDEO STORE RENTAL POS INVENTORY Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States dollar Minimum registration price..................75.00 Maximum registration price..................75.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Total Financial S/W 2.3 Total Financial Calculation Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLTON WOOLARD 17280 ANNA ST. SOUTHFIELD, MI 48075-2936 Telephone: (313) 557-3766 Description Type = Short Description Financial calculations and simple analysis for small businesses. Every conceivable calculation including loan/lease values, IRR,mortgage, annuities, insurance calculations, buy vs rent, break-even, foreclosures, present/future value, depreciations, bonds, time-share values, and much much more! Description Type = Long Description Far more than a loan amortization package, FINANCE 101 is a comprehensive and friendly "wants you to know-everything" package. With over 70 calculations available covering every conceivable "what-if?". Special strengths in it's easy Q&A approach, it's Real estate section, and its "print anything from anywhere" capability. A crown jewel is its multiple loan payoff strategy feature...I'm sure the banks don't want you to learn too much about this one. Excellent documentation throughout the package to walk you through each option, as well as a refreshingly clear README file. . handles advanced payments . calculates actual payment dates . retains your last entries for repeat recall . has a built-in calender for all time . handles any number of payments per year . relieves you of having to repeat same entries . flexible compounding periods . you can evaluate 5 different amortization schemes (including rule-of-78, graduated payments, interest only, declining balance) . evaluates the effective value of any insurance policy . straight forward without financial mumbo-jumbo lingo "FINANCE 101 leads you by the hand through the information gathering process. ... Finance 101 works splendidly..." by PCM Magazine. What Finance 101 can do for you: ACQUIRING ITEMS . Full loan amortization schedules . Calculates actual payment dates . Normal amortization, balloon payment, declining payment, rule of 78, graduated payments, interest only . Nominal rate & effective rate . Calculates the missing variable . Accepts any number of payments per year . Determines multiple loan pay-off strategies . Lease valuations . Buy vs Rent analysis SAVINGS PLANNING . Retirement planning - annuity payout & total value . Future value on series of deposits . Time to reach target savings . Determine the right Investment Device for you . Required deposits for FUTURE AMOUNT . Requred investment for SERIES OF WITHDRAWALS . TIME TO DEPLETE investment amount . Required withdrawals for TARGET TIME FRAME BUSINESS DECISIONS . Company acquisitions (public companies with stocks) . Business financial performance analysis . Internal rate of return . MAKE vs BUY analysis . Corporate BUY vs LEASE analysis . Break⌐even analysis INSURANCE EVALUATIONS . Insurance valuations and comparisons - TERM, WHOLE LIFE, LIMITED PAYMENT, ENDOWMENT REAL ESTATE . Blended mortgages . Refinancing evaluation . True APR . Lease options . Mortgage qualification . Building cost proposals . Foreclosures . Evaluating bank notes . Real estate considerations . Real estate terminology GENERAL CALCULATIONS . Present and Future value of amount or series of payments . Cash Flow valuations . Depreciation comparisons - straight line, declining balance, ACRS, sum of years, etc. . Rates - effective from nominal, APR, true rate after inflation, rate of depreciation, fixed vs variable . Salvage value . Bonds - price, yield, coupon interest payments . Earned interest tables REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS/MATH TOOLS: . Remote communications . Statistics . Linear regression analysis . Simultaneous equations . Greatest common denominator . Formula Calculator ╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨╨ BENEFITS !!! ╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥╥ Know the impact of any loan before you sign. Never be taken again by clever amortization schemes. Students never miss a Finance problem again. Learn to pay-off your loans faster WITHOUT increasing your payments. When is it really better to lease? Calculate the true value of any lease. How much is that financial gift really worth? Due to program memory requiements further information may be provided from the author Description Type = Keywords loan, amortization, Finance, payments, lease, value, rent, buy, business, calculation, re-finance, mortgage, foreclosure, property, Real-Estate, agents, lenders, rate Description Type = Registration Details $39 Description Type = Permissions Unlimited number of lines deffning vendor CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Windows Accts Payabl 1.25 Medlin Windows Accounts Payable Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JERRY MEDLIN MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE 1461 SPROUL AVE. NAPA, CA 94559 Telephone: 707-255-4475 Fax: 707-255-9266 Description Type = Short Description Medlin Windows Accounts Payable <ASP> A fast, easy to use A/P and check writing program for small businesses. Prints reports for any period or combination of periods. Reports can be previewed on screen and saved to a file. An easily-modified standard chart of accounts in included. Invoices are entered, marked for payment and checks written from a single screen. $38 Description Type = Long Description Medlin Windows Accounts Payable <ASP> A fast, easy to use accounts payable and check writing program for small businesses. Prints reports for any period or combination of periods. Reports can be previewed on screen and saved to a file. An easily- modified standard chart of accounts in included. Invoices are entered, marked for payment and checks written from a single screen. Sort checks and invoices by any field for review. Two auto-invoice fields for each vendor. Up to 60 accounting periods per year. Includes context sensitive help file and manual file. Integrates with Medlin Windows General Ledger and Payroll Writing. Requires Windows 95 or 3.1. $38 Description Type = Keywords A/P Payable Check Medlin Accounting PC-AP PC-GL Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Minimum registration price..................38.00 Maximum registration price..................38.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for MWAP - MEDLIN WINDOWS ACCOUNTS PAYABLE is quite simple. The disk package includes a program, "SETUP.EXE", which automates the entire process. MWAP requires less than 1/4 megabyte of disk space. The program requires no changes to any existing files on your hard disk. The file VBRUN300.DLL must be in your Windows\System directory for MWAP to run. It is not included in this .ZIP file to shorten your download time. If you do not have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL, it should be available from the same source you downloaded MWAP. VBRUN300.DLL is a "library" file that is shared by most windows programs. You only need one copy, no matter how many of your programs use it. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette, you need to perform the following steps. o Place MWAP distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. Start Windows. o Execute the "SETUP.EXE" program on the distribution diskette, either by choosing File/Run from the Program Manager or by double clicking on SETUP.EXE from the File Manager. o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MWAP files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files or any Windows files. INSTALLING FROM A ZIP FILE If you downloaded MWAP from a BBS (or received it in the form of zipped files from some other source), perform the following steps. o Use the File Manager or drop to DOS to create a directory on your hard drive. You may use any allowable directory name, but we recommend MWACCT to be consistent with the setup program supplied with the diskette version. Change directory into the new directory. o Run the unzip program by typing PKUNZIP MWAP125 from the DOS prompt or from the File/Run section of Program Manager. o You may run the program directly from File Manager or create a program group and a program item using File/New in Program Manager. You must have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL in your Windows System directory for the MWAP program to run. Chances are you already do. If not, you may download VBRUN300.DLL from any BBS. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the help file ("MWAP.HLP"). You may read the MWAP.HLP by double clicking it from the File Manager or by pressing F1 from inside MWAP or by choosing HELP from the MWAP menu bar. The help file allows you to read the entire file sequentually by clicking the >> symbol. Description Type = Permissions To distribute MWAP - Medlin Windows ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the MWAP - Medlin Windows ACCOUNTS PAYABLE package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware, 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa CA. 94559. Jerry Medlin and/or Medlin Accounting Shareware may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BillAcct Windows Gen. Ledger 1.31 Medlin Windows General Ledger Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JERRY MEDLIN MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE 1461 SPROUL AVE. NAPA, CA 94559 Telephone: 707-255-4475 Fax: 707-255-9266 Description Type = Short Description Medlin Windows General Ledger <ASP> A fast, easy to use double entry general ledger program for small businesses. Prints general ledger, transaction listing, income statement and balance sheet reports for any period or combination of periods. Reports can be previewed on screen and saved to a file. An easily-modified standard chart of accounts in included. $38 Description Type = Long Description Medlin Windows General Ledger <ASP> A fast, easy to use double entry general ledger program for small businesses. Prints general ledger, transaction listing, income statement and balance sheet reports for any period or combination of periods. Reports can be previewed on screen and saved to a file. An easily-modified standard chart of accounts in included. Transactions are entered and changed from a single screen. All transactions for the current year are available for editing and reprinting. Includes context sensitive help file and manual file. Point and click bank reconciliation. Integrates with Medlin Windows Accounts Payable and Payroll Writing. Requires Windows 95 or 3.1. From the winner of the FIRST Shareware Industry Award for BEST BUSINESS AND FINANCE APPLICATION. $38 Description Type = Keywords G/L Ledger Bookkeeping Medlin Accounting PC-PR PC-GL Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Minimum registration price..................38.00 Maximum registration price..................38.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for MWGL - MEDLIN WINDOWS GENERAL LEDGER is quite simple. The disk package includes a program, "SETUP.EXE", which automates the entire process. MWGL requires less than 1/4 megabyte of disk space. The program requires no changes to any existing files on your hard disk. The file VBRUN300.DLL must be in your Windows\System directory for MWGL to run. It is not included in this .ZIP file to shorten your download time. If you do not have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL, it should be available from the same source you downloaded MWGL. VBRUN300.DLL is a "library" file that is shared by most windows programs. You only need one copy, no matter how many of your programs use it. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette, you need to perform the following steps. o Place MWGL distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. Start Windows. o Execute the "SETUP.EXE" program on the distribution diskette, either by choosing File/Run from the Program Manager or by double clicking on SETUP.EXE from the File Manager. o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MWGL files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files or any Windows files. INSTALLING FROM A ZIP FILE If you downloaded MWGL from a BBS (or received it in the form of zipped files from some other source), perform the following steps. o Use the File Manager or drop to DOS to create a directory on your hard drive. You may use any allowable directory name, but we recommend MWACCT to be consistent with the setup program supplied with the diskette version. Change directory into the new directory. o Run the unzip program by typing PKUNZIP MWGL131 from the DOS prompt or from the File/Run section of Program Manager. o You may run the program directly from File Manager or create a program group and a program item using File/New in Program Manager. You must have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL in your Windows System directory for the MWGL program to run. Chances are you already do. If not, you may download VBRUN300.DLL from any BBS. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the help file ("MWGL.HLP"). You may read the MWGL.HLP by double clicking it from the File Manager or by pressing F1 from inside MWGL or by choosing HELP from the MWGL menu bar. The help file allows you to read the entire file sequentually by clicking the >> symbol. Description Type = Permissions To distribute MWGL - Medlin Windows General Ledger, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the MWGL - Medlin Windows General Ledger package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware, 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa CA. 94559. Jerry Medlin and/or Medlin Accounting Shareware may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ Easy Timekeeping 1.14 EASY TIMEKEEPING-Employee time & atten Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: LOUIS ROBERT ABM 1948 HIGHWAY 114 HESSMER, LA 71341 Telephone: 318-563-4428 Fax: 318-563-4428 Description Type = Short Description EASY TIMEKEEPING v.1.14 - Turns a PC in- to a time clock for employees. It tracks complete information on your employees ( name, address, phone number, pay rate, & so on) & lets them quickly clock in/out of work.Reports include an employee list time cards, mailing labels,& barcoded ID badges. You can manually edit time cards ETK supports barcode reader & electronic turnstile. Description Type = Keywords EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK TIMECARD PAYROLL SHAREWARE TIMEKEEPING Description Type = Permissions You may freely distribute this software. You are not authorized to distribute a modified version, of this software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ PAYROLL USA (tm) 5.01 Excellent 1995 DOS Payroll, any State Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHRISTOPHER ANTHISTLE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROG. LTD. 563 PATRICIA DRIVE OAKVILLE, ON L6K 1M4 CANADA Telephone: 905-845-7959 Description Type = Short Description PAYROLL USA V5.01 Rel 20-Feb-95 2x360K DISKS The best payroll system on the market for the IBM PC XT and 286/386/486 compatibles running DOS. Includes PIF and ICO files for start up from Windows 3.1 if you have it (but windows is not required). Very complete payroll for all sizes of company, lots of features, works in any State. Can handle multiple files (good for multi-client payroll prep. services). Description Type = Long Description PAYROLL USA is probably the most comprehensive payroll system on the ShareWare market. It is also better than most commercial payrolls. Works in ANY State. and interfaces to ANY Accounting System (even manual bookkeeping). It does EVERYTHING, maintain employee info., calculates pay and taxes (yes, it can handle California SDI), prints checks or payslips (with option for direct bank transfers) check register, payroll register, summary journal, even does 941, 940, W-2, 1099-MISC, and Quarterly State Unemployment List. Handles taxes on Employee Benefit Plans. Can also export files to Lotus, Quattro, dBASE, etc. Also handles multiple pay frequencies, and Accountants doing client payroll will appreciate its ability to handle multiple employee files. Complete documentation on disk ready to print out. Needs minimum 640K installed RAM and a hard disk. Runs on IBM XT, AT, PS/2, and 286/386/486 compatibles. If you are looking for payroll you MUST try this one. Optional extra cost add ons are available for: Magnetic Media W-2, Check Reconciliation, and an interface to "The General Store" point of sale system. A SIMILAR PROGRAM, PAYROLL CANADA, FOR USE IN CANADA (EXCEPT IN QUEBEC) IS AVAILABLE FROM ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. Description Type = Keywords PAYROLL USA, PAYUSA, PAYROLL, ACCOUNTING, BOOKKEEPING, EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYER, WAGE, TAX, W-2, 1099-MISC, 941, THE GENERAL STORE, TGS, ANTHISTLE, HUMAN RESOURCES, PERSONNEL, MAGNETIC MEDIA Description Type = Registration Details US $149.95 (includes 1st 2 years) then US $75 per year Description Type = Installation Details For fuller information see file PAYUS42.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYUS42.TXT INSTALLATION FROM DISKETTES --------------------------- If you received the two diskettes, put disk 1 in drive A and type A: CD \ INSTALL then insert disk 2 when prompted. If using drive B to install then simply substitute B: for the A: in the above instructions. If install finds that all files are on one diskette you will not be prompted for a second diskette. INSTALLATION FROM MODEM DOWNLOADS (also applicable to CD-ROM) --------------------------------- If you downloaded the disks over your modem as two large ZIP or ARC etc. files then they must be unpacked first onto whichever directory you use to test downloads, or onto diskettes. They can both be unpacked onto the same disk or directory. Once unpacked make that directory the active directory and run the INSTALL program, it will do the rest for you. (You will be unzipping the file(s) you downloaded to reconstitute what would have been on a distribution diskette, then INSTALL will be unzipping that onto the final working directories. You can delete the contents of the intermediate directory containing INSTALL.EXE after installation is complete) RUNNING PAYROLL USA ------------------- Decompressing the ZIP files is a one time job. It need never be done a second time. Once decompressed, whether manually or by the INSTALL.EXE program, you can run the component programs as follows: To use the PAYROLL USA system: C: CD \PAYPGMS PAYUSA The Slide Show was last updated March, 1990. It is rather dated and in 1994 has been replaced by the new 20 page Payroll USA instruction manual PAYUSA.DOC which can be displayed or printed from the PAYUSA.EXE start up menu choice "F3 READ OR PRINT DOCUMENTATION & REGISTRATION INFO". It contains all most users need to know in a much more compact and up to date form than the old slide show. We are, however, retaining the Slide Show for now as a reference source should you need it. To see the Slide Show C: CD \PAYSLIDE RUNSLIDE or select choice "F4 SEE OR PRINT THE PAYROLL USA SLIDE SHOW" from the PAYUSA.EXE start up menu Description Type = Vendor Instructions For fuller information see file PAYUS50.TXT after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is extracted from PAYUS50.TXT (NOTE: THE CD-ROM FILE PAYUSA50.ZIP WHEN UNZIPPED GIVES YOU THE SAME FILES THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ON THE ANTHISTLE SYSTEMS & PROGRAMMING LTD. DISTRIBUTION DISKETTE) DISKETTE VENDORS ---------------- If you received it direct from us Payroll USA will be on one 3 1/2 inch low density (720K) disk so it can be installed on older computers that have low density drives. The low density disk is also readable "as is" by high density 3 1/2 inch drives. It can also easily be copied to high density 5 1/4 inch 1.2 meg or 3 1/2 inch 1.44 meg disks with DOS COPY *.* or XCOPY *.* to a pre-formatted high density disk of the required size. Those vendors still selling low density 5 1/4 inch 360K disks can split our distribution disk using our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT file. If you add your own start up program it must start our INSTALL.EXE (which will be on disk 1 of a 2 disk set). As long as all files are present, our INSTALL.EXE does not care whether it is one or two diskettes or whether they are low or high density. DO NOT install or otherwise expand all the component zips (payus50a.zip, payus50b.zip payus50c.zip etc.) then re-pack them for distribution in some different order or with different names. Our install.exe depends on finding our file names in the original zip file names we gave them. It makes it simpler for the end user to install the registered user version and annual upgrades if the unzipped shareware version is on a known directory (which our install uses - \PAYPGMS for the working programs and \PAYSLIDE for the slide show). BBS SYSOPS ---------- How you post them on your board depends largely on personal preferences and how much time your users are allowed to download a file. They could be in one large ZIP file, PAYUSA50.ZIP, containing the entire contents of our distribution diskette zipped into one file, with the FILE_ID.DIZ description visible in your download directory, or if you prefer to split it into 2 smaller ZIP files you might want to use our supplied 2DISKSET.BAT to create two 360K diskettes then zip each 360K diskette into PAYUS501.ZIP and PAYUS502.ZIP then post them with a modified FILE_ID.DIZ description for each, or with the PAYUS50.TXT information file and a one liner description such as: PAYUS50.TXT PAYROLL USA V5.01 DOWNLOAD INFO. AT 2/95 PAYUS501.ZIP PAYROLL USA V5.01 DISK 1 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 PAYUS502.ZIP PAYROLL USA V5.01 DISK 2 OF 2 RELEASED 2/95 Description Type = Permissions For fuller information see file VENDOR.DOC after the CD-ROM distribution file has been unpacked. The following is summarised from VENDOR.DOC Please note that PAYROLL USA is only to be distributed by those distributors who prominently describe the term "ShareWare" in writing in their catalogs, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on their package, with a written statement saying shareware is not free software and encouraging Registration after a 30 or 60 day evaluation period. The maximum copying fee that may be charged for PAYROLL USA is $20.00 (for the set of 2 disks) and we prefer you charge much less than this maximum. Distributor members of the Association of ShareWare Professionals qualify as PAYROLL USA distributors. Others also qualify if they meet our standards described above. Distributors who did not receive these disks direct from us at Anthistle Systems & Programming Ltd. should advise us so we can add you to our mailing list for updates. If you are in the business of misleading your customers into believing they have full rights to use this software by paying your copying fee then you are denied permission to distribute PAYROLL USA. This can be inferred if you do not have the required statement encouraging Registration in your catalog, or for CD-ROM or rack sales, on your package. CD-ROM Publishers and Rack Vendors must ask permission to distribute FIRST, supply a sample of their packaging (or text of proposed packaging), quote what (if any) royalties they propose to pay, and CD-ROM publishers must supply us with a free copy of the CD-ROM containing our programs after permission is granted. If you have some unconventional method of shareware distribution in mind, such as satallite, cable, broadcast, etc. we would like to hear from you with details for permission FIRST. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ PayWindow 1.2 Payroll for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL MAYER ZPAY PAYROLL SYSTEMS, INC. 2526 69TH AVE SO ST. PETERSBURG, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description PayWindow v1.2 Payroll for Windows <ASP> Pay by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned, non-employee workers; prints Checks, W2s, 1099-MISC forms and reports galore! Built-in data backup and restore with file compression. You can pay an employee in as little as three clicks of the mouse! Password protection. From the creators of the popular ZPAY 3 Payroll System for DOS. Description Type = Long Description PayWindow v1.2 Payroll for Windows <ASP> Pay by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned, non-employee workers; prints Checks, W2s, 1099-MISC forms and reports galore! Built-in data backup and restore with file compression. You can pay an employee in as little as three clicks of the mouse! Password protection. From the creators of the popular ZPAY 3 Payroll System for DOS! Great for accountants that do after the fact payrolls. Can handle as many companies as your hard drive can hold. Can hold up to 1 billion records per file! Easy to use on-screen pick list for finding employees. Uses incremental searching allowing you to locate an employee in as little as three keystrokes. User can change the tax tableswith built-in tax table editor. System comes with Federal Tax tables entered and all state tax tables too! You must try this one out to see how easy it is. Absolutely no accounting experience required to perform a payroll with this package. Sample data and built-in "test drive" takes beginners through a payroll step by step. You'll be up and running in the first session with PayWindow! Description Type = Keywords PAYWINDOW,PAYROLL,BUSINESS,ACCOUNTING,ZPAY Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States Minimum registration price..................69.95 Maximum registration price..................69.95 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................10.00 South America.....................15.00 Europe............................15.00 Asia..............................15.00 Africa............................15.00 Pacific...........................15.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for PayWindow is quite simple. The package includes a program, "SETUP.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 2MB of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install PayWindow. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received PayWindow. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place PayWindow's distribution diskette "Disk 1" in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "SETUP.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type in the Windows RUN command, "a:setup". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the PayWindow files to that directory. If you received PayWindow on two diskettes, you will need to insert Disk 2 in the diskette drive when asked to do so. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded PayWindow from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "SETUP.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the PayWindow package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the RUN command in Windows, "c:\tempdir\setup". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the PayWindow files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed PayWindow (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents in the new program group which have been installed. In particular, read at least the "Read This First" (it's an Icon) and "Test Drive" in the "PAYWIN.HLP". That information will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate PayWindow. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute PayWindow, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the PayWindow package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is <company name and address>. ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ TimeCapture 3.11 Electronic Employee Time Clock Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL REAVER VERSATILE SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS PO BOX 147 FAIRBORN, OH 45324 Telephone: (513) 878-0315 Description Type = Short Description TimeCapture 3.11 <ASP> Many new features include bulletin board, overtime calculation, unlimited in/out times, ability to "bridge" the midnight hour, employees can be grouped by department, enhanced printing capabilities, a screen that tells you - at a glance - who's "in" or "out", times in and out can be rounded so employees don't have to punch in exactly on time, and you can add vacation, holiday, and sick time. Description Type = Long Description TimeCapture 3.11 <ASP> Many new features have been added to this version. They include: a bulletin board for communication between manager and employee, the ability to calculate overtime by day or week, unlimited in/out times per day, and the ability to "bridge" the midnight hour, Employees can now be grouped by department, and printing capabilities have been enhanced with many new options. There is a screen that tells you - at a glance - who's "in" or "out". Times in and out can be rounded to the nearest quarter or half hour so that employees don't have to punch in and out exactly on time. Even with this feature turned on, you can still capture actual times with a different key. You can now add vacation, holiday, and sick time, or any type of time you choose. Employees can view and print their own times, but only if you turn that feature on. If you don't turn it on, they don't see it as an option. All menu choices can now be selected by pressing the first letter of the menu option. This version also includes a printed manual. As in earlier versions, the program checks to make sure employees clock in and out. If they miss a time, they will be notified. At your discretion, you can allow them to enter the "forgotten" time themselves, or have the program advise them to notify the appropriate person. Description Type = Keywords TIMECAPTURE TIME CLOCK EMPLOYEE HOURS PAYROLL ASP Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. dollars Minimum registration price..................59.00 Maximum registration price..................159.00 Shipping: within same country...............1.00 North America.....................1.00 South America.....................3.00 Europe............................3.00 Asia..............................3.00 Africa............................3.00 Pacific...........................3.00 Description Type = Installation Details Make sure the TimeCapture files are installed in a directory of their own. See the READ_ME.1ST file for instructions on setting up the program to run for the first time. Description Type = Permissions The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ Windows Paroll Wrtng 1.96 Medlin Windows Payroll Writing Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JERRY MEDLIN MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE 1461 SPROUL AVE. NAPA, CA 94559 Telephone: 707-255-4475 Fax: 707-255-9266 Description Type = Short Description MWPR - Medlin Windows Payroll Writing <ASP> From MEDLIN ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE. Ziff-Davis 5 Star rated. Complete easy to use payroll writing program. Built-in State & Federal tables. Up to 4 user set deductions. Up to 3 other income fields. Print reports for any period. Multi-State payrolls. $38 Description Type = Long Description ACCOUNTING SHAREWARE. Easy to use payroll writing program. Built- in State & Federal tables. Handles multi-State payrolls. Up to 4 deduction fields allow for tips, 401k, medical deductions, disability insurance, local taxes, etc. Up to 3 other income fields. Allows for unlimited companies by using separate sub- directories OR disks. Tax tables updated each year. Paychecks can be corrected and reports printed for any period. Reports include: 941 calculations, Payroll Ledger, Check Listing, Employee History Report, Employee Listing (for use as input sheet), Federal Liability By Paydate, Quarterly Listing. Up to 9 separate departments. Context sensitive help file. Registered users receive multi-state W-2 printing program and data conversion utility for converting from DOS PC-PR to MWPR. From the winner of the FIRST Shareware Industry Award for BEST BUSINESS AND FINANCE APPLICATION. $38 Description Type = Keywords Payroll Employee Check Medlin Accounting PC-PR PC-GL Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Minimum registration price..................38.00 Maximum registration price..................38.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for MWPR - MEDLIN WINDOWS PAYROLL is quite simple. The disk package includes a program, "SETUP.EXE", which automates the entire process. MWPR requires less than 1/4 megabyte of disk space. The program requires no changes to any existing files on your hard disk. The file VBRUN300.DLL must be in your Windows\System directory for MWPR to run. It is not included in this .ZIP file to shorten your download time. If you do not have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL, it should be available from the same source you downloaded MWPR. VBRUN300.DLL is a "library" file that is shared by most windows programs. You only need one copy, no matter how many of your programs use it. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette, you need to perform the following steps. o Place MWPR distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. Start Windows. o Execute the "SETUP.EXE" program on the distribution diskette, either by choosing File/Run from the Program Manager or by double clicking on SETUP.EXE from the File Manager. o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the MWPR files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files or any Windows files. INSTALLING FROM A ZIP FILE If you downloaded MWPR from a BBS (or received it in the form of zipped files from some other source), perform the following steps. o Use the File Manager or drop to DOS to create a directory on your hard drive. You may use any allowable directory name, but we recommend MWACCT to be consistent with the setup program supplied with the diskette version. Change directory into the new directory. o Run the unzip program by typing PKUNZIP MWPR196 from the DOS prompt or from the File/Run section of Program Manager. o You may run the program directly from File Manager or create a program group and a program item using File/New in Program Manager. You must have a copy of VBRUN300.DLL in your Windows System directory for the MWPR program to run. Chances are you already do. If not, you may download VBRUN300.DLL from any BBS. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the help file ("MWPR.HLP"). You may read the MWPR.HLP by double clicking it from the File Manager or by pressing F1 from inside MWPR or by choosing HELP from the MWPR menu bar. The help file allows you to read the entire file sequentually by clicking the >> symbol. Description Type = Permissions To distribute MWPR - Medlin Windows Payroll Writing, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the MWPR - Medlin Windows Payroll Writing package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware, 1461 Sproul Ave. Napa CA. 94559. Jerry Medlin and/or Medlin Accounting Shareware may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Jerry Medlin, Medlin Accounting Shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ ZIPPER Payroll 1.752 Payroll for small business Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED PROTAS SOFTCRAFT 3612 122ND PLACE SE EVERETT, WA 98208-5647 Telephone: 206-728-8427 Fax: 206-337-1842 Description Type = Short Description ZIPPER PAYROLL ver 1.75 Ed Protas <ASP> - Payroll for small business with optional Quicken export. Includes 1994 tax tables. Easy error correction. Print checks, export to Quicken, or write them by hand. Prints W-2 & quarterly reports. Optional password with tattletale feature. Registration $67.00, includes 1 yr free tech support, next year tax tables, & printed User's Manual. Requires 640K, hard disk, & printer. Description Type = Long Description ZIPPER Payroll provides a simple yet powerful solution to a tedious business requirement. Features include: Optional export to Quicken; Menu driven with easy to follow screens and a natural progression; Context sensitive help at all menus; Does not require payroll, accounting, or computer experience; Handles hourly, salary, commission, and tips income; Includes federal and state tax tables, formulas, deductions and exemptions; Computes all payroll deductions (Federal, State, and Local withholding, FICA, FUTA, SUTA, SDI, and optional user defined payroll tax); Handles advances and union dues, holiday pay, and 401k; Computes and maintains sick pay, vacation pay, and advance balances; Print checks, export checks to Quicken, or write them by hand; Proof checks before they print; Undo all, or part of any payroll, at any time, without reversing entries; Prints checks, W-2 forms, quarterly reports, management and budget reports; Perform "what-if" payroll analysis to test the effects of payroll adjustments (control costs, bid jobs); Optional password security with "tattletale" feature; Supports all printers; Includes a complete on-disk user's manual; uses R:BASE file structure; Requires 640K and hard disk. Supports dot matrix and laser printers. Registration fee of $67.00 includes 1 year of free technical support, a printed User's Manual, tax table updates for following year, and other surprise goodies. Description Type = Keywords Payroll, Business, Accounting, Quicken, R:BASE,IRS, Paychecks Description Type = Registration Details $67.00 US Description Type = Installation Details Self-extracting archive file. Copy ZPACK17.EXE (ZIP) to hard disk drive; type "ZIPER175" (without quotes), and press ENTER. Description Type = Vendor Instructions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC Description Type = Permissions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ ZIPPER W-2 1.0 W-2 Wage and Tax Statement processing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED PROTAS SOFTCRAFT 3612 122ND PLACE SE EVERETT, WA 98208-5647 Telephone: 206-728-8427 Fax: 206-337-1842 Description Type = Short Description ZIPPER W-2, V 1.0 <ASP> - Enter & print W-2's & W-3 forms. Simplifies end of year payroll processing for businesses and accountants. Unlimited companies & employees. Prints W-2's & W-3 on preprinted forms. Optional password security. Registration $29.00, incl 1 yr tech support, printed manual, & free forms. Req. 640K, hard disk, & dot matrix printer. SOFTCRAFT. 206-728-8427 Description Type = Long Description ZIPPER W-2 provides a simple solution to the annual requirement of issuing W-2 forms required by the Internal Revenue Service, and the Social Security Administration. W-2 information is entered directly into an on screen form that looks like the paper form. Data can be updated and printed at any time. When you are ready, this information gets printed onto preprinted, tractor feed, W-2 forms. ZIPPER W-2 automatically calculates sub-totals and totals as required. Automatically creates, summarizes and prints the W-3 as well. Supports all dot matrix printers. Registration fee of $29.00 plus $5.00 shipping & handling includes 1 year of free unlimited technical support, a printed User's Manual, 8 free W-2 forms, a free W-3 Summary form, and unlimited access to the shareware library maintained on the SOFTCRAFT BBS. The shareware version includes all features of the registered version. Description Type = Keywords W2, W-2, W3, W-3, Payroll, Business, Accounting, Tax, IRS Description Type = Registration Details $29.00 US Description Type = Installation Details Self-extracting archive file. Copy ZIPW210.EXE (ZIP) to hard disk drive; type "ZIPW210" (without quotes), and press ENTER. Description Type = Vendor Instructions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC Description Type = Permissions See files VENDOR.DOC & SYSOP.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Payroll_ ZPAY 3 4.00 Payroll for DOS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL MAYER ZPAY PAYROLL SYSTEMS, INC. 2526 69TH AVE SO ST. PETERSBURG, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description ZPAY 3 v4.0 Payroll for DOS <ASP> Pay by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned, non-employee workers; prints Checks, W2s, 1099-MISC forms and reports galore! Built-in data backup and restore with file compression. You can pay an employee in as little as three keystrokes! Password protection. From the creators of the popular PayWindow Payroll System for Windows. Description Type = Long Description ZPAY 3 v4.0 Payroll for DOS <ASP> Pay by any pay period; hourly, salaried, commissioned, non-employee workers; prints Checks, W2s, 1099-MISC forms and reports galore! Built-in data backup and restore with file compression. You can pay an employee in as little as three keystrokes! Password protection. From the creators of the popular PayWindow Payroll System for Windows! Great for accountants that do after the fact payrolls. Can handle as many companies as your hard drive can hold. Can hold up to 1 million records per file! Easy to use on-screen pick list for finding employees. User can change the tax tables! We also have an annual upgrade where registered users get the latest versionalong with new tax tables for only $25! You must try this one out to see how easy it is. Absolutely no accounting experience required to perform a payroll with this package. Sample data and built-in "test drive" takes beginners through a payroll step by step. You'll be up and running in the first session with ZPAY 3! Description Type = Keywords PAYROLL,ZPAY,BUSINESS,ACCOUNTING Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States Minimum registration price..................69.95 Maximum registration price..................69.95 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................10.00 South America.....................15.00 Europe............................15.00 Asia..............................15.00 Africa............................15.00 Pacific...........................15.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for ZPAY 3 is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 2MB of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install ZPAY 3. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received ZPAY 3. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place ZPAY 3's distribution diskette "Disk 1" in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the ZPAY 3 files to that directory. If you received ZPAY 3 on two diskettes, you will need to insert Disk 2 in the diskette drive when asked to do so. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded ZPAY 3 from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the ZPAY 3 package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the ZPAY 3 files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed ZPAY 3 (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the "Overview" and "Test Drive" sections of the file "ZPAY3.DOC". That document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate ZPAY 3. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute ZPAY 3, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the ZPAY 3 package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is <company name and address>. ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ZPAY Payroll Systems, Inc.. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales .The Disk Vendor 2.23 The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PHILIP KAPUSTA 406 Monroe Avenue FALMOUTH, VA 22405 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. Great marketing tool! (General business version). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor - Creates on-disk catalogs. For businesses who would like an alternative to a printed product catalog. The Disk Vendor is a compiler PLUS run-time module that allows you to easily create professional looking menu driven catalogs for your customers. Sell "anchors" to "zippers". Handles credit cards, large volume discounts, shipping and handling, printed order forms, custom opening and closing screens. Complete instructions and sample catalog included. Great marketing tool! (General business version). Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, BOOK, AUTHORING Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................60.00 Maximum registration price..................60.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales 125% 95 Service-Providers Marketing Software Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PETER J. DEWIT DEWIT BUSINESS SOLUTIONS 3670 SYCAMORE LANE NORTH PLYMOUTH, MN 55441 Telephone: 612-559-0820 Fax: 612-559-0820 Description Type = Short Description 125% Service-Providers Marketing Software for Windows V95 helps you increase revenue. 125% provides you an early identification of customers due for an appointment or product and helps you book appointments on time. UnZip each Disk file to Diskette. Run A:\Setup to install. Logon as User2. Documentation in Help file. 125.Txt has additional information. Description Type = Long Description 125% Service-Providers Marketing Software for Windows V95 helps you increase revenue. 125% provides you an early identification of customers due for an appointment or product and helps you book appointments on time. UnZip each Disk file to Diskette. Run A:\Setup to install. Logon as User2. Documentation in Help file. 125.Txt has additional information. What can 125% do for you? * collects information on your clients and their purchases * keeps your appointment book current * creates a call list of clients that are due for an appointment or productpurchase * prints post cards of clients that are due for a purchase with your marketing messages * prints birthday cards for your clients with your marketing messages * tracks marketing promotion results * tracks one time customers so that you can follow up and make them repeat customers * informs you which hours of the day and days of the week need marketing promotions * informs you when inventory is below desired levels so you don't run out of product * calculates and reports staff sales commissions based on your commission schedule What could this mean for your business? * happier customers with prompt service and increased revenue for you * increased staff productivity by increasing revenue producing activities by reducing staff idle time and administrative activities * increased profits by better inventory management and improved productivity Try this product out and let me know what you think. Description Type = Keywords 125 Marketing Clients Customers Windows Business SOHO Database Profit Revenue 95 Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......USA Minimum registration price..................29.95 Maximum registration price..................30000.00 Shipping: within same country...............9.95 North America.....................19.95 South America.....................19.95 Europe............................19.95 Asia..............................19.95 Africa............................19.95 Pacific...........................19.95 Description Type = Installation Details To install 125% Service-Providers Marketing Software: UnZip each of the 4 ZIP files 125v95a, 125v95b, 125v95c, and 125v95d and copy to 4 diskettes. Label each. 125v95a is Disk 1, 125v95b is Disk 2 etc. Insert Disk 1 into drive A. In the Windows Program Manager, choose Run from the File menu Type a:setup and press enter. Follow the directions on the screen. Double click the 125% ICON and Logon as User2. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute 125%, completely unaltered, without further permission. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the 125% package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). DeWit Business Solutions may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to DeWit Business Solutions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales ADMAN! 1.10 The Ultimate in Computer Advertising Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MACGREGOR K. PHILLIPS TAN$TAAFL(TM) SOFTWARE COMPANY STO. NINO PALAUIG ZAMBALES, 2211 PHILIPPINES Description Type = Short Description ADMAN v1.10 <ASP> The Ultimate in Personal Computer Advertising. Turn your computer into your own personal advertising agency. Create and play your own ads in text mode. Create colorful scrolling or panning ads with ADMAN Editor and play them with ADMAN. Extemely versatile, easy and fun to use. Each ad will run from 1 to 2 min. Requires an 80386 or above and a COLOR VGA system. Description Type = Long Description ADMAN v1.10 <ASP> The Ultimate in Personal Computer Advertising Turn your computer into your own personal advertising agency. Create and play your own ads in text mode. Create colorful scrolling or panning ads with ADMAN Editor and play them with ADMAN. Extemely versatile, easy and fun to use. Each ad will run from 1 to 2 minutes. Take snapshots of almost any text mode screen in full color to import into an Ad with SNAPSHOT.EXE. Define 8 custom colors for use with an Ad from any of the 262,144 colors available on a VGA adapter. Four separate Undo Procedures with up to 100 levels of undos for editing, color modification, 50 import undo levels, and 20 palette undo levels. Requires an 80386 or above and a COLOR VGA system. Description Type = Keywords ADVERTISING ADS BUSINESS SALES Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................18.00 Maximum registration price..................18.00 Shipping: within same country...............7.00 North America.....................7.00 South America.....................7.00 Europe............................7.00 Asia..............................7.00 Africa............................7.00 Pacific...........................7.00 Description Type = Installation Details If you are installing ADMAN! from the ASP CD-ROM Disk use the installation procedure supplied on the CD-ROM Disk. If you have obtained ADMAN! from a vendor that made their disks from the ASP CD-ROM Disk use the installation procedure supplied on your disk. All others use the following installation program supplied by TAN$TAAFL Software Company. The installation procedure for ADMAN! is very simple. You will need at least 1,040K of free disk space to store the programs, Ads, and documentation files. Use the INSTALL.BAT file to install the files on any disk drive. The INSTALL.BAT command line format is: INSTALL [source:] [destination:]. At the DOS prompt type INSTALL A: C: followed by a carriage return if you are installing the files from the A: drive to the C: drive. A directory called "ADMAN" will be created on the destination drive and then the files will be copied into it. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute ADMAN, completely unaltered, without further permission, individuals to individuals, any BBS, and any ASP approved Vendors, etc. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the ADMAN package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is TAN$TAAFL(TM) Software Company; Sto. Nino; Palauig, Zambales 2211; Philippines. TAN$TAAFL(TM) Software Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to TAN$TAAFL(TM) Software Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales Computerized Host Mn 5.07.02 Computerized Host Manifest Program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOHN FERGUSON 3904 WINDING WAY ROAD ROANOKE, VA 24015 Description Type = Short Description UPSBOOK v5.07.02 Computerized Host Manifest program that enables you to automatically prepare and maintain accurate shipping records. Time saving features include: - Easy for ANYONE to learn to use quickly - Customer database for quick repeat entries - Built-In On-Line Help lines - History of all packages shipped - Printing all COD and shipping labels - Prints Package ID Label for use with existing shipping labels - Calculation of all shipping charges - Print shipping manifest for driver pickup - Handles 150 lb weight limit - Handles International Worldwide Express - Handles different Intrastate Rates - Built-In diminsional size calculator - Print manifest, shipping labels and cod tags to different printers or a file - Allows adding a fixed surcharge to all shipping charges for mailling companies - Handles NEW Zone 28 shipping UPGRADE: Only UPSBOOK.EXE, CUSTOMER.EXE & UPSRATES.DAT are necessary to upgrade from 4.xx.xx versions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales Desk Top Marketing 7.5 Desk Top Marketing and Contact Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HOWARD A. BROOKS INTER ACTIVE MICRO, INC. P.O. BOX 478 BRADFORD, NH 03221-0478 Telephone: 603-938-2127 Fax: 603-938-5230 Description Type = Short Description DESK TOP MARKETING - Contact Manager, Appointment Calander, Call, Expense and Follow-up Reporting, Telemarketing, Sales Orders, Agency and Sales Commission Tracking, Performance Reports, Job Costing, Inventory Control, Walknet with FAX and File Communications, Word Processor Description Type = Long Description Front Office means: Sales opportunity You always having someone to call to increase income! Mailings and Word Processor Telemarketing and follow-up! Fast with mouse support! Sales Orders and Inventory Control... AND MORE!!! Display, report or lookup prospects and customers segmented by region or office codes, by prospect code or salesman code, by name, zip code, states, follow-up date, type code, product code, status code, or user defined code. There are 15 user-defined-fields that you can title and code for your particular business or tracking needs. Using the menu driven code selection process segments of the database can be prepared for reports, letters, labels, envelopes, Walknettm files, and the word processor of your choice. Telemarketing permits the sequential moving through a selected group of prospects to telephone them, enter call results, produce a fulfillment letter, and enter database changes while easily handling incoming calls. Follow-up dates are entered through an automatic dating feature to ensure prospects are not missed for follow-up includ- ing control of non-business days. Follow-up listings are produced using follow-up dates enabling easy calling and tracking for more sales. Walknet permits unique portions of selected database groupings to be easily sent, received with file updates using Zmodem File Transfer, user ID's, and passwords without leaving Front Office. Both manual and automatic daily "to-do list" are available with notepad, and day and week in review graphs. The FAX Menu permits you to send call reports, sales orders or any fax desired right from within Front Office. Compatible with the Intel SatisFAXtion FAX/Modem board. The Memory Code Manager provides fast and simple pop-up recall of the various coding definitions, and during edits the MCM can be modified on-the-fly. WordPerfect, WordStar/Mail Merge, PC-Write, MicroSoft Word, PFS Professional Write or Lotus Manuscript are integrated with Front Office without ASCII transfer. The telephone numbers and FAX numbers (up to ninety-nine) on each prospects record can be automatically dialed provided you have a modem or FAX/Modem connected to your computer. Labels can be up to three across and custom formatted... On pin-feed paper or laser printer labels in three sizes. Records can be quickly duplicated to easily create multiple locations for the same prospect's record. Built-in backup and restore of database files. Pop-up calculator. The all-in-one productivity package even does sales tax calculations and accounts receivable S A L E S O R D E R S M E A N R E S U L T S The Front Office produces Sales Orders and keeps a financial record of volume and profitability by customer, salesperson and vendor. Sales Order line item extensions can be automatically calculated or manually entered. Payments can be posted at the time the order is prepared or later, and always to individual orders. Sales Orders can be edited, line items changed, added to, or deleted at any time. Up to 99 line items are permitted per order. Multiple page orders with 16 lines per page. An optional Sales Order memo is provided at the end of each order for announcements and reminders. Orders can be printed as prepared or printed later for any time period and duplicated at will. Sales commissions, calculated when orders are written, can be split between two sales people for each line item. Commission percentages for both principals and sales people can be over-riden and amounts can be adjusted for each line item on the Sales Order. Sales Orders can be printed on the printer or FAXed by Front Office. Sales tax records indicate figures necessary for printing of state sales tax reports. There is a sales tax reconciliation feature when paying taxes collected to taxing body. Sales taxes, calculated by line-item and posted at entry time, can be globel or figured for the individual customer location. Sales taxes are recalculated when payments are posted. Posting to Job Costing, Commission Control, Sales Tax, Vendor, Accounts Receivable and Sales Performance modules is automatic. A Vendor module maintains personnel information on each vendor with a percentage for commissions due from a principal or gross profit margin anticipated from a vendor. Further information available from author. Description Type = Keywords Sales, Marketing, Contact, Manager, Inventory, Sales Orders Description Type = Registration Details ONLY $69.00 Description Type = Installation Details I. You will need to unzip the TFO.ZIP file onto a 1.44 diskette. To do this type PKUNZIP tfo A: Then with the newly prepared diskette "Install" is the file used to copy, index and setup files from the diskette to your hard drive. Because some files are archived, do not use the DOS copy command to copy TFO files to your hard disk. II. Place diskette 1 in A:. 1. Key a: [Enter] to go to your A: prompt. 2. Key readme [Enter] to display what's new. 3. Key install [Enter] at the A: prompt. A. Select 1 for First Time Installation from the menu. B. Select P to proceed to install to c:\tfo and c:\tfo\tfofiles on your hard drive. 4. Key tfo [Enter] to begin the Front Office after files are unarchived. Please read all that appears as the install moves through the various set-up screens. Touch F1 key for help if necessary. Description Type = Vendor Instructions You will need to unzip the TFO.ZIP file onto a 1.44 diskette. To do this type PKUNZIP tfo A: Then with the newly prepared diskette feel free to make copies of the diskettes for distribution. Description Type = Permissions Vendors do not need my permission to distribute copies of TFO. But you must please point out in writing to your shareware users that the Front Office is not freeware. You must ask that they register their copies of Front Office is they continue to use it. Please inform them of the registration price of $69.00 if you will. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales GENINVOICE SALETRAKR 2.17 INVOICING & BILLING FOR SMALL FIRMS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ROBERT F. KEBER JR. TYPERIGHT SOFTWARE COMPANY 336 SWAIN BLVD. GREENACRES CITY, FL 33463-3342 Telephone: (561) 969-3643 Fax: (561) 964-0785 24HR Description Type = Short Description Invoice/Statement/Reports/Leger/Labels/Lists. NO BOOKKEEPING KNOWLEDGE NEEDED! Print Customer Address/Phone Books (even by Sales Territory). PopUp Inventory, Packing List, AutoReBill, Part Payments, LastPayDate & Balnc Due. Set Invoices for 0/1/2 SaleTaxs & Track 97 Taxing Districts. Bid/Proposal/Estimate. Print to Disk/Lpt1/Lpt2. Microsoft ISAM datafiles. Create LZW Compressed Backup file. Customer Search by Multiple Search Keys. Adapts to a very wide variety of firms. Description Type = Long Description GIST PLUS(plus) is a "Customer Billing" program. GPP is designed for firms who have a need to produce Invoices which contain "Descriptions" about anything. "Names and Serial Numbers" for parts used or for sold or serviced equipment. Instructions, Expiration Dates, Disclaimers or just about anything else can be entered into GPP invoices, as well as the very important numbers which say "Who, When, Where, Why and How Much". Customers: - Shows "Last Sale Date" & "Total Spent" For Every Customer. - Prints Cust Phone Directory (2 phones COUNTRY,AREA,PHONE,EXT.). - Prints 2 Customer Address Directories (Long & Short Versions). - Prints Cust Mailing Labels (by Name/City/State/Zip/Area/Etc.). - Large "Comment Field" For Terms, Ship/Bill To Address, Etc. - Data Fields Are Designed To Allow INTERNATIONAL Addresses. - Prints Labels/Phone/Address Lists By Territories Or Routes. - Sales Tax Code Field - Applies One Of 96 Sets Of Tax Rates. - BROWSE Finds Records By Partial Name Or Customer ID Number. - SEARCH Find Cust By Searching Any Field(s) (City, State, Etc) - UnLimited Customers (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Invoices: - Allows Listings Of Descriptions, Part#'s And Work Performed. - Configured To Work With ZERO, ONE, or TWO Sales Tax Fields. - Sales Taxes Can Be Set To Comply With Most Laws & Regulations. - Use 1 Primary Sales Tax & Up To 96 Sets Of Secondary Tax Rates. (Eg:Primary Tax = State Tax 96 Secondary Taxes = County Taxes) - Print Multiple Copies (1-99) Of Invoices (Cust. & File Copies). - Generates Invoice & Customer Numbers Automatically (No Dupes) - Prints Accounts Receivable Statements With Mailing Labels. - Prints Invoice Ledger For Any "Time Period/Customer/Employee". - Prints Invoice Ledger With Totals For Accounts Receivable. - Provides 12 ReNameable Sales Cats + 2 ReNameable Sales Taxes. - Provides 10 "ReNameable" Sets Of "Terms & Conditions". - Handles "Partial" Or "Installment" Payments. - Packing List - List & Print Up To 675 Different Sale Items. - Inventory - Pop-Up Scroll Bar Window & Sorted Inventory List. - Double Checks "Calculations" On Hand-Written Employee Invoices. - Allows A Six Line "Heading" For Your Name, Address & Telephone. - Six Line Invoice Footer For Custom Messages, Disclaimers, Etc.. - Extensive Use Of "Pop Up Windows" For Easy Use & Simplicity. - "Re-Bill" Feature Produces New Copies Of Previous Invoices. - Jump From New Invoice To New Customer (& back) By F5 Hot Key. - UnLimited Invoices (Limited Only By 128 Meg Max File Size). Income: - Print/Display Accounts Receivable Ledger & Customer Statements. - Prints Income Breakdown By Sales Category For Any Time Period. - Prints Totals For Any Employee Or Customer For Any Time Period. - Shows Sales Taxes Charged, Collected & UnCollected For Both The Primary And Secondary Sets Of Sales Taxes. - Displays Or Prints Many Reports & Ledgers And Shows Averages. Estimates: - Ability To Produce And Print Multiple Copies Of PROPOSALS, BIDS And ESTIMATES Directly From The Printing Menu. Inventory: - Support program: Ability To Create/Edit An Inventory Data File Which Holds Up To 735 Items. Automatic % MarkUp & Retail Price Calculations. Entries Appear In The Invoice And Packing List Screens In A Pop-Up Scroll-Bar-Window For Automatic Data Entry. Eliminates Much Of The Work With Constantly Looking Up Prices For Sold Items In Printed Supplier's Price List Catalogs. Packing Lists: - Support Program: Ability To Create/Edit Large "Packing Lists"(Up To 675 Items Each) For Inclusion With Each Invoice. Multiple Packing Lists Can Be Produced For Each Invoice. Will Create, Edit, Sort & Print Many Different Pre-Prepared Packing Lists Or Can Produce Custom (Use Once) Lists. Accessed Directly From The Invoice Menu. "Pop-Up" Scroll-Bar "Inventory" Window Helps Speed Up These Packing List Creations. General: - ONE Rugged ISAM File Holds ALL Customer/Invoice/Index Data. - Handle Data Files Up To 128 MegaBytes (130,000,000 Characters). - Uses "EMS" (Expanded Memory - If Available) For Buffer Storage. - Uses "LZW" File Compression To For VERY Compact BackUp Files. - Printed Output May Be Sent To LPT1:, LPT2:, Or To A DISK FILE. - Print NOW or LATER: A BIG Time Saver With SLOW Printers. - Word Processing Style Commands For Majority Of Field Entries. - Use Partial "NAMES or NUMBERS" For Retrieving Records. - Find Strong & Weak Sale Areas For Any Or All Of Your Customers. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Employee's Performance. - Find Strong & Weak Categories Of Any Product Or Service. - Unique "BROWSE" Mode For Viewing Customer & Invoice Records. Due to space constraints further information on International Features and System Requirements are available from author. Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,LIST,LABEL,INVOICE,STATEMENT,BILLING,CUSTOMER, INCOME,TAX,SALES,PAYMENT,BID,ESTIMATE,PROPOSAL,INVENTORY,PACKLIST,KEBER Description Type = Registration Details $99.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack the Archived File to ANY disk or drive. To start the program, run the file named GPP.EXE. To print the program instructions, enter the file named: PRINT-IT.BAT Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copyright (c) - ROBERT F. KEBER JR. - ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Produced & Distributed By TypeRight SOFTWARE COMPANY Vendors are authorized and encouraged to distribute FREE copies of this software package. We request that you keep ALL files included with this package together and unmodified. A maximum charge of up to $5.00 may be charged for disk duplication, cost of materials, and disk preparation (combined). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales Opportunity Awaits! Winter'95 Info & contacts to help start a busine Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. SCOTT PERRY COMPUTERIZED HORIZONS 2490 BLACK ROCK TPKE. #309 FAIRFIELD, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description OPPORTUNITY AWAITS! Winter 1995 <ASP> - Start your own business! 100's of sources, plus advice to get you started. Whether you want to start with just a few dollars, or have thousands to spare, you will find plenty of ideas and advice to help you. Hundreds of opportunities are listed, now it's time to start making some money! Shareware, $9.95. Description Type = Long Description Opportunity Awaits helps a budding entrepreneur find a business opportunity that is right for him, and can help you make extra money either part-time or full-time. Included are sources for many companies that are currently searching for people like you. They want to help you make money. These are realistic opportunities, not the "get-rich-quick" schemes. These could better be classified as "get-rich-at-your-own-pace" opportun- ities, where your success depends on the effort you give it. Examples of such opportunities are selling books by mail, offering Mace(TM) to your neighbors, even selling perfume and lingerie. Or, perhaps you want to start your own 900 telephone number. The possibilities are endless. Included are hundreds of listings, broken down by category, with company name/address, phone number(s) (most have a toll-free 800 number), as well as information about what the company has to offer. These were compiled from actual advertisements from the companies, from many different sources, and are up-to-date. Most, if not all, bogus opportunities have been weeded out. You won't find the companies that have advertisements like, "You can make $100,000 a month with no work!" Also, you will not find educational offers (ie., 'learn to repair air conditioners in 4 months'). In most cases, investment ranges are given. Some require no investment, others require large investments. It's your choice. And, the registration fee is very low--just $9.95. Description Type = Keywords Business,Opportunity,Career,Entrepreneur,Money Description Type = Registration Details $9.95 Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary: Just type OA to start the program. Use the arrow keys to make choices in the menus, and press <ENTER> to view the category you chose. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be distributed in most cases with no unusual requirements. Any shareware vendor may distribute the shareware version of Opportunity Awaits, just so long as the people receiving the program have been informed of the shareware concept. See the VENDOR.DOC file for further information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales Survey Analyzer 4.7 Creates surveys & Analyzes replies. V4 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WALTER MACADAM CONSULTING ENGINEER 9 PINEWOOD VILLAGE WEST LEBANON, NH 03784-3120 Telephone: 603-643-2278 Description Type = Short Description Creates opinion surveys and analyzes replies. Prints detailed report in final distribution form. Handles up to 100 questions and 40 response choices per question. Up to nine demographic groups can be analyzed in addition to total. Can cross-tabulate responses from different demographic groups. Release 4.7 Description Type = Long Description SURVEY simplifies creation and analysis of opinion surveys. It prints a report in final distribution form, and can handle multiple-choice questions, including rank-order selection. The survey sheet for distributiion to respondents can also be printed. A separate analysis by demographic groups is possible, including cross-tabulation of question responses from different demographic groups. The choice selections can be sorted and listed in the order of choice preference. You can add, delete or modify questions or edit response choice names. A preliminary view can be obtained, showing results from the early response entries. The program also prmits correlation measurements between answers to two different questions. Data files from different sources can be merged for similar surveys. A 35-page Instruction file with tutorial and sample survey is included. Description Type = Keywords survey,opinion,poll,polling,questionnaire Description Type = Registration Details $10 Description Type = Installation Details In drive/directory holding the SURVEY files, type INSTALL and press ENTER. Description Type = Permissions You can make as may copies as you wish and distribute them to others, provided no charge is made for the program except for the costs and charges for distribution, and provided no change is made in any of the files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION MktSales Survey for Windows 2.0 Opinion Survey Creator and Analyzer Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WALTER MACADAM CONSULTING ENGINEER 9 PINEWOOD VILLAGE WEST LEBANON, NH 03784-3120 Telephone: 603-643-2278 Description Type = Short Description Creates opinion surveys and analyzes the replies. Release 2.0 for Windows. Computes scores and percentages for single-choice, multiple-choice, and rank order questions. Supports demographic group separations and cross-tabulation of replies from different groups. Up to 100 questions and 40 choices per question. Prints detailed scores and percentages. Simple editor creates and prints the questionnaire to printer or disk. Description Type = Long Description This is the Windows version of SURVEY, the opinion survey creation, analysis, and report generation program. It simplifies creation of surveys containing single-choice, multiple-choice and rank-order questions, each with as many as 40 choices per question. After entry of text and the characterics of each question, the program can print the questionnaire to the printer, or to the disk for editing with a word processor if desired. The program accommodates up to nine demographic groups, each analyzed separately in addition to the total for all respondents. For example, a demographic question might include separation either by age groups, gender, or the respondent's locality. When the replies are returned, the data is entered in the order listed in the form. Results can be displayed in this order or in descending order of the respondents' preference. A useful feature permits printing of a cross-tabulation comparing the answers generated by different demographic groups. The program prints a detailed report in final distribution form to the printer or disk, tabulating the scores and computed percentages. A short sample demonstration survey is included to permit the user to become familiar with the procedure for viewing, printing and editing. A short tutorial is included, together with a 42-page instruction file that can be viewed or printed. Up to 100 questions can be accommodated. Description Type = Keywords survey opinion questionnaire Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................15.00 Maximum registration price..................15.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Permissions SURVEY is an unpublished proprietary work, COPYRIGHT (C), 1988-1996 by Walter K. MacAdam, 9 Pinewood Village, West Lebanon, NH 03784, USA. The user has permission to use SURVEY and distribute it to others, or to electronic bulletin boards, or distributors, provided that: 1.) No fees are charged other than for the service of distribution. 2.) SURVEY files may only be distributed in their original unmodified state. These include WSURVEY.EXE, WMKSRVY.EXE, WRSURVEY.EXE, WSRVYADD.EXE, AND WSURVEY.DOC. The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BarZipCd Australian Post Code 1.1 AUSTRALIAN POST CODES Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEVIN B. SOLWAY KEVIN SOLWAY P.O. BOX 207 ST. LUCIA BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND, 4067 AUSTRALIA Description Type = Short Description Quick information on Australian post codes, compacted into a small file. You are provided with post codes, place and state names for over 13,000 locations in Australia. Very fast searching. Description Type = Keywords Post, post codes. Description Type = Registration Details USD$10 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BarZipCd Barcode creator 2.1 Barcode image creator for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Creates barcode images on the Windows clipboard for pasting into other applications. Images are resizeable metafiles. Demo version creates genuine image but changes coding when copying to clipboard. Description Type = Long Description Barman creates resizeable Windows metafile images of barcodes, optionally including text and margins. Image may be hoizontal or vertical. EAN/ISSN/ISBN, UPC, Code 39, Code 128, Code 11, Code B, Codabar, MSI, ITF and Telepen codes supported. Pro version includes bar thickness reduction facility to compensate for ink-spread in wet-ink printing. VBX and DLL versions are available for developers. Description Type = Keywords barcode Description Type = Registration Details $49/ú35 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BarZipCd US ZIP CODES 1.1 US ZIP CODES - SMALL AND FAST. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEVIN B. SOLWAY KEVIN SOLWAY P.O. BOX 207 ST. LUCIA BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND, 4067 AUSTRALIA Description Type = Short Description Quick information on U.S zip codes, compacted into a small file. You are provided with ZIP codes, place and state names for over 46,000 locations in the United States. Very fast searching. Description Type = Keywords Post, postal, zip, codes. Description Type = Registration Details USD$10 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip uszc11.zip using the program PKUNZIP.EXE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Apropos 1.5 Powerful contact management system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEPHAN R. PATTERSON LOGISTRAL INC. P.O. BOX 483 DONNACONA, QC G0A 1T0 CANADA Telephone: (418) 285-4003 Fax: (418)285-0710 Description Type = Short Description Apropos 1.50 * ASP * Contact Manager * [1/2] Helps you organize your contacts, activities, to-dos, and documents. Features include user-defined reports, file compression for backups and file transfers, support for international date formats, addresses and phone numbers, User's Manual by professional writer, industry standard CUA user interface, with pulldown menus, buttons, windows, and customizable context-sensitive online help. Description Type = Long Description Apropos is a powerful, yet easy-to-use package designed to help business people manage their contacts and related activities. Apropos provides you with the contact, activity and document management functions necessary to keep track of the people who are important to you -- and your business. This convenient database program also offers robust reporting, and archiving facilities. Best of all, it's all handled through a friendly and streamlined interface - which helps make Apropos the easiest to use package of its kind. It's also why we like to call Apropos "The Contact Management Software anyone can manage". Apropos requires an IBM PC or compatible computer, with 512K RAM, a hard disk and MS/PC-DOS v3.x or later. A mouse is optional. Apropos is priced at $49.95US. Dealer discounts, quantity discounts, and site licences are available. Logistral Inc. is a member of the Association of Shareware Professionals. Description Type = Keywords APROPOS,CONTACT,MANAGER,PIM,TO-DOS,LOGISTRAL,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 US or $69.95 CDN Description Type = Installation Details Apropos is distributed in compressed form. Please run the installation program INSTALL.EXE. It will expand the files to your hard disk and create the subdirectories required for proper operation. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please refer to the file VENDOR.DOC for the conditions under which you may distribute Apropos. Description Type = Permissions Disk vendors who are members in good standing of the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP) may include this program in their catalog as long as they respect the conditions defined in this contract. Disk vendors who are not members in good standing of the Association of Shareware professionals (ASP) must contact us first for permission to sell evaluation copies of this program. Please include a copy of your current catalog. In any case, Shareware Disk Vendors agree to: [A] Market the Software as shareware using the words "try before you buy" or words of similar meaning, and not to misleadingly market it or label it as fully-paid software; [B] Endeavor, to the extent practicable, to sell only the most current version of the Software that the Author provides; [C] Hold the Author, its employees and agents harmless from damage, loss and expense arising directly and indirectly from the Vendor's acts and omissions in copying and distributing the Software; [D] Distribute the Software hereunder in complete, unaltered form. Among other things, this means *no* distribution is authorized hereunder unless it contains all of the Software's files, including its text, order forms and documentation files, each in their original form. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList CHRONILIST scheduler 1.3 Scheduler that does it all for one & a Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description Among the most powerful schedulers available. Whether used on a LAN or a single PC, it will handle not only your busy schedule, but those for up to 50 other people as well. It will prepare numerous calendars and other reports that display one person's events or those for several (or all)l people simultan- eously. Recurring events, multi-day events, date calculation, etc., are a snap. Much, much more. A "Must-Try". Description Type = Long Description CHRONILIST is among the most complete schedulers available. It will handle not only your busy itinerary, but that of everyone in your office (or family). It will prepare calendars and other reports that display one person's upcoming events or those for several people simultaneously. Data can be filtered when a report is generated, so that only events for a particular project, or only those events containing a particular word, will be displayed. The program's main strength is the completeness of its scheduling capacity. Few programs even approach it in this regard, much less match it. And, considering all it can do, the program is surprisingly easy to use. Its reports, while not as infinitely customizable as those provided by those output-oriented calendar producers with limited scheduling capability, are attractive, functional, and simple to set up. This program will optionally drag events forward from day to day until you tell the program to tag them for deletion. Chronilist even allows you to link related events, so that a change to one will result in the automatic modification of others. Finding free time, establishing recurring events, viewing religious dates (Christian, Jewish, and Muslim), and tracking julian dates are a snap for this program. And, as a bonus, the program includes a Log module that tracks services performed, money spent, and money received. It will even produce an Income-Expense report for any period of time you desire. And please note that entries into the Chronilist Log can be used directly by BillPower (timekeeping, billing and bookkeeping software available from Integra Computing). Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Business, Office, LAN, Network, Law, Legal, Docket, Management, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT, Religion, Christian, Muslim, Jewish, Integra, Shareware Description Type = Registration Details $60 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from KRNLSTxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList CataList 5.44 Professional approach to List-Manageme Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: ALAN L. STEWART AUTOMATION CONSULTANTS, INTR'L 23131 TIAGUA STREET MISSION VIEJO, CA 92692-1403 Telephone: 714-768-4544 Fax: 714-768-4548 Description Type = Short Description C a t a L i s t Comprehensive list-manager. Built-in database features. Frontend for most WP-systems. Creates labels,envelopes Rolodex-cards. Many reports. Detects both Exact-and-Near-duplicates, formats addresses for 160 countries, excellent printer controls.Limitless abilities to select-&-sort data. Bar Coding,import/export from other DBs. Description Type = Long Description Comprehensive, professional approach to effective and efficient list-management with built-in database and features & functions found only on large, main-frame computers. Integrates with almost ALL WP-Systems. Produces labels, envelopes, postcards, Rolodex- Cards, Filofax, bulk-mail flyers and reports of selected and sorted entries printed in an endless variety of formats. Ability to detect both `Exact-and-Near' duplicates, formats addresses for more than 160 countries, excellent printer control and virtually limitless abilities to select and sort data. External, ten- utilities package available for Input/Ouput ASCII conversions, Duplicate-Detection, Merge/Purge, Random-Selection, etc. Each input field can be duplicated from the previous entry or extracted from a table of constant values to accelerate data- entry. Each input-field can be entered, automatically as all upper-case letters, all lower-case letters except the first- letter of each word or accepted as was typed. Entries for both individuals as well as companies can be intermixed in the same file. Addressee-titles can be customized for each list and pulled from a table. Use of `wild-cards' is extensive for common messages such as `Occupant', `Resident', etc. Description Type = Keywords List-Manager, Labels, Envelopes, Bar-Coding, Rolodex-Cards, Duplicate-Detection, Data-Base retrieval, Import/Export Description Type = Registration Details $ 69.00 Description Type = Installation Details Diskette into Drive-`A'. type `HARD C'. ENTER-Key. Description Type = Vendor Instructions DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THE TEMPORARY FILE CALLED `DEMO.0' CREATED WHEN FIRST RUN OR TESTED. REMOVE THIS FILE BEFORE DISTRIBUTION IF IT EXISTS AFTER RUNNING OR TESTING. Description Type = Permissions NONE CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList ChronoLog 1.11 Resource Management System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DOUG PATRICK COMPUTEREASE 7204 JOHN ELIZABETH PLACE SUITE 15A PRINCE GEORGE, VA 23875 Telephone: 804-458-2212 Description Type = Short Description ChronoLog Version 1.11 <ASP> - Resource Management System for DOS. Features easy entry of 11 event types, reminding, resource utilization matrix, conflict-checking, string and keyword searching, printing appointment schedules/calendars/reports, export/import, phonebook w/autodial, calculator, ToDoList, DOS shell, perpetual calendar. Past events form endless logbook. Previous version won 1991 Dept of Defense Software Contest. Description Type = Long Description ChronoLog is an easy-to-use resource or personal information manager for DOS. It was originally designed and developed for use in the federal government, to provide a software tool for managing teams of programmers/analysts responsible for developing and fielding application software around the world. Tight schedules of meetings, milestones, and travel demanded close scrutiny to avoid conflicts, and such difficulties as delivery of software before hardware, etc. A manager can record a future event and "tag" it to multiple categories (MEETING, TRAVEL, etc.) and/or employee names thru a unique feature called CrossKeys (cross-reference keywords), which are user-defined. If one of these employees has been previously scheduled elsewhere, ChronoLog immediately warns of the conflict. Ten types of recurring events are supported, to include varying- type events, such as "every year on the 3rd Tuesday in August". As events are entered, they are displayed in an "EventLog", which is a scrollable, chronologically-ordered display which can be scrolled or searched forward to the event furthest in the future, or backward to the first event entered in the past, when usage of the program began! ChronoLog will print appointment schedules selected by employee, monthly block calendars on any printer, plus other selected reports. The system will quickly recover past events in summary form for display or print. This is an extremely valuable feature for supervisors; at the end of the year, for instance, when time for an employee's performance evaluation, he can quickly display and/or print a summary of every event with which the employee was involved. When the boss asks for a "recap" of a division's accomplishments during a period, pressing four keys will print it! The user may have multiple databases to hold different types of information. ChronoLog provides the ability to "jump" from one database to another without having to exit the program, and events selected by CrossKey may be exported from one database, then imported into another. Other add-on features are: a user-customizable phone book which will maintain several items of information for a person such as phone number, address, FAX number, e-mail address, etc.; a pop-up calculator with ten memory stores; a scrollable perpetual calendar; a todolist which can contain an indefinite number of items; a DOS menuing system for quickly loading and running other DOS applications without leaving ChronoLog. ChronoLog was originally developed because there was and is no software available that will provide all these things. It has been well-accepted by small businesses and professionals for its many features, functionality, and simplicity. It currently has happy users in all fifty states and in several foreign countries. Description Type = Keywords PIM, CALENDAR, BUSINESS, RESOURCE, MANAGEMENT, SCHEDULER, LOGBOOK Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details - If installing from ChronoLog 3 1/2" master diskette (floppy with 15 system files uncompressed): insert diskette in drive, type CLINST to install system, then CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. - If installing from ChronoLog 5 1/4" master diskettes (two floppies with 15 system files uncompressed): insert disk #1 in drive, type CLINST to install system, then CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. - If installing from CHRON111.ZIP (compressed BBS version): create a DOS subdirectory (i.e. C:\CHRON), run PKZIP v2.04 to unzip CHRON111.ZIP files, then run CLINIT to initialize first ChronoLog database. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE COPIED AND DISTRIBUTED: Shareware distributors and disk vendors who wish to advertise and sell diskettes containing the Chronolog package, individuals who wish to distribute it to friends or associates, computer bulletin board system operators who wish to make it available for download by their users, and Computer Clubs and User Groups wishing to add it to their disk libraries are ENCOURAGED to do so, providing adherence to the Distribution Restrictions are followed. As the exclusive copyright holder for ChronoLog, ComputerEase authorizes distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions: The ChronoLog package - which includes fifteen (15) program and documentation files - CANNOT be modified in any way and must be distributed as a complete package without exception. The PACKING.LST text file contains a list of the files that make up the ChronoLog package. If any files listed in the PACKING.LST text file, or the PACKING.LST file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Small additions to the package, such as the introductory or installation batch files used by many shareware disk vendors, are acceptable. No price or other compensation may be charged for the ChronoLog package. A distribution fee may be charged for the cost of the diskette, shipping and handling, as long as the total (per disk) does not exceed US$8.00 in the U.S. and Canada, or US$12.00 internationally. Vendors who wish to distribute the ChronoLog package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) may do so provided that all the other restrictions are met. It CANNOT be sold as part of any other commercial or shareware system or packaging offer, without the written consent of ComputerEase. Rack sellers may market ChronoLog as long as (1) the software is explicitly identified as SHAREWARE, with a prominent definition of shareware displayed, and (2) ComputerEase is paid a fair royalty. ComputerEase must approve the scheduled royalty payment prior to any sales. If you wish to add any of the system programs to a CD-ROM or other collection, please check the release date of the version you have. If the version is over twelve (12) months old, then please contact us to ensure that you have the most current version. The User's Guide, CHRONO.DOC (from self-extracting file MANUAL.EXE), may not be printed and reproduced in whole or in part, using any means, without the written permission of ComputerEase. The ChronoLog system cannot be "rented" or "leased" to others. ChronoLog may not be listed in advertisements, catalogs, or other literature which describes products as "FREE SOFTWARE". Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free! Licensee shall not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ComputerEase. --- Help Us Serve You Better --- PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE - anyone choosing to distribute ChronoLog is requested to notify ComputerEase so that upgrades may be provided. This benefits us both! We would appreciate copies of anything you print regarding ChronoLog. Please send us a copy of any reviews, articles, catalog descriptions, or other information you print or distribute regarding the ChronoLog package. Thank you for your time and assistance and for supporting the shareware marketing concept. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Contact Book Plus 2.0 Keeps track of all kinds of contacts. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description CONTACT BOOK PLUS for Windows 3.1.Includes two programs: Contact Book and Note Book. Can be used at home or for business. Keeps track of all kinds of contacts (personal, business). Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching, modem dialing, printing records, letters, envelopes, notes, and much more. A similar format to a regular book makes programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description CONTACT BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1) (excellent for Laptops). Includes two programs: Contact Book and Note Book. Can be used at home or for business. Keeps track of all kinds of contacts (personal, business). Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching, modem dialing, printing records, letters, envelopes, notes, and much more. A similar format to a regular book makes programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Keywords ADDRESS,CONTACT,BOOK,PHONE,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME BUSINESS,UTILITY,PIM,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $22 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Contact Manager 1.3 Contact/Client Management & Scheduling Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description CLIENT TRACKS contact manager & scheduler. Combines client & notekeeping databases with "the ultimate" scheduler. The result is a client tracking and calendaring system that few others can match. No program at any price offers more scheduling power than Client Tracks, and none offers a better mix of client-tracking or income- & expense-tracking features. If you are busy and need to track clients and other people, try this program. Description Type = Long Description CLIENT TRACKS integrates client tracking with one of the most complete schedulers available. Thousands of clients, scheduled events, income and expenses may all be handled with this program. In addition to the expected name, address, phone, and contact information, each client record has eight miscellaneous fields that you may title as you wish and a note field that may be up to 32K in length. Because Client Tracks is an integrated system, you can easily zip from one module to another. Assume, for instance, that you're looking at Mr. Smith's record, and you'd like to see everything (not just one or two items) scheduled for him during the coming month. A few keystrokes later, what you need will be displayed on your monitor or sent to your printer. When you're finished looking at the schedule, press a key to re-display Mr. Smith's record. Logged events, such as services, income, and expenses are just as easily accessed. Client Tracks will handle not only your busy itinerary, but that of everyone in your office (or family). It will prepare calendars and other reports that display one person's upcoming events or those for several people simultaneously. Data can be filtered when a report is generated, so that only events for a particular project, or only those events containing a particular word, will be displayed. Few programs even approach Client Tracks in the robustness of its scheduling capacity. And, considering all it can do, the program is surprisingly easy to use. Its reports, while not as infinitely customizable as those provided by those output-oriented calendar producers with limited scheduling capability, are attractive, functional, and simple to set up. This program will optionally drag events forward from day to day until you tell the program to tag them for deletion. Client Tracks even allows you tolink related events, so that a change to one will result in the automatic modification of others. Finding free time, establishing recurring events, viewing religious dates (Christian, Jewish, and Muslim), and tracking julian dates are a snap for this program. And, as a bonus, the program includes a Log module that tracks services performed, money spent, and money received. It will even produce an Income-Expense report for any period of time you desire. On a network or stand-alone computer, you'll find that this program will handle your scheduling needs like nothing else. Give it a thorough work-out. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Client, Contact, Business, Docket, Management, Sales, Track, Shareware, Integra, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT Description Type = Registration Details $90 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from CLNTRKxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Contact Manager 1.3 Contact/Client Management & Scheduling Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=Yes Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description CLIENT TRACKS NT contact manager & scheduler. Combines client & notekeeping databases with "the ultimate" scheduler. The result is a client tracking and calendaring system that few others can match. No program at any price offers more scheduling power than Client Tracks, and none offers a better mix of client-tracking or income- & expense-tracking features. If you are busy and need to track clients and other people, try this program. Description Type = Long Description CLIENT TRACKS NT integrates client tracking with one of the most complete schedulers available. Thousands of clients, scheduled events, income and expenses may all be handled with this program. In addition to the expected name, address, phone, and contact information, each client record has eight miscellaneous fields that you may title as you wish and a note field that may be up to 32K in length. Because Client Tracks is an integrated system, you can easily zip from one module to another. Assume, for instance, that you're looking at Mr. Smith's record, and you'd like to see everything (not just one or two items) scheduled for him during the coming month. A few keystrokes later, what you need will be displayed on your monitor or sent to your printer. When you're finished looking at the schedule, press a key to re-display Mr. Smith's record. Logged events, such as services, income, and expenses are just as easily accessed. Client Tracks will handle not only your busy itinerary, but that of everyone in your office (or family). It will prepare calendars and other reports that display one person's upcoming events or those for several people simultaneously. Data can be filtered when a report is generated, so that only events for a particular project, or only those events containing a particular word, will be displayed. Few programs even approach Client Tracks in the robustness of its scheduling capacity. And, considering all it can do, the program is surprisingly easy to use. Its reports, while not as infinitely customizable as those provided by those output-oriented calendar producers with limited scheduling capability, are attractive, functional, and simple to set up. This program will optionally drag events forward from day to day until you tell the program to tag them for deletion. Client Tracks even allows you tolink related events, so that a change to one will result in the automatic modification of others. Finding free time, establishing recurring events, viewing religious dates (Christian, Jewish, and Muslim), and tracking julian dates are a snap for this program. And, as a bonus, the program includes a Log module that tracks services performed, money spent, and money received. It will even produce an Income-Expense report for any period of time you desire. On a network or stand-alone computer, you'll find that this program will handle your scheduling needs like nothing else. Give it a thorough work-out. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Client, Contact, Business, Docket, Management, Sales, Track, Shareware, Integra, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT Description Type = Registration Details $90 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from CLNTNTxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Contact Plus 2.5 Award winning Contact Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED TRUJILLO CONTACT PLUS CORPORATION P.O. BOX 372577 SATELLITE BEACH, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-984-2592 Fax: 407-984-8192 Description Type = Short Description Contact Plus Personal 2.5 - award winning! New: Full support for WordPerfect 6.0 form letters and mail-merge. Import. Still: auto-dialer, user defined fields categories, memory resident (TSR), Avery mailing labels, ticklers, reminders, history graph, call analysis reports, 24 categories, holidays, databases, automated follow-up schedules, history. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description Contact Plus is an excellent way to keep track of people in your life. It helps you organize your phone calls, notes, notes and future appointments. You can keep multiple databases and can setup your own user defined fields. It is a great application for salesmen, telemarketing, realtors, insurance agents, bankers. It has won several honors including "Best Buy of the Year" in Business Marketing Magazine (Jan '89), and "Best of Shareware 1990" in the business category in PC World Magazine (Oct '90), and "Editor's Choice" (Jan/Feb 1992) in Shareware Magazine. Description Type = Keywords contact,sales,dialer,business,marketing,calendar,phone Description Type = Registration Details $99.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "C" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Contact Plus 2.5 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Contact Plus Windows 1.6 Award winning Contact Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED TRUJILLO CONTACT PLUS CORPORATION P.O. BOX 372577 SATELLITE BEACH, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-984-2592 Fax: 407-984-8192 Description Type = Short Description Contact Plus Personal for Windows, 1996 Shareware Industry Award Winner, contact management system for Windows. Includes smart autodialer, word processing, email interfaces, user defined fields, multiple databases, categories, quick pick data entry, calendars with drag and drop, recurring events, mail/merge, mailing labels, envelopes, filters, reports, to-do list, event history, perpetual notes. Description Type = Long Description If you've been trying to keep track of your clients using a conventional phone book, rolodex or other simple name and address book program then Contact Plus Personal for Windows is for you. Contact Plus Personal helps you keep your contacts organized into multiple databases. You may have a personal database of your softball team, a database of interested clients for your business, a database of the members of the choir and want to keep all of this information in one standard place. Contact Plus for Windows provides an intuitive easy to use way of keep track of your contacts, letters to each contact, notes, phone calls, meetings, to-dos, etc. You can directly send e-mail to your contacts with full history of the e-mail. Or you can do a mass mailing via e-mail. E-mail requires a MAPI compliant serve such as MicroSoft Exchange. Several sample databases are provided for quick and easy setup. Follow the examples for more information. Description Type = Keywords contact sales dialer business marketing calendar phone pim client Description Type = Registration Details $89.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and run the SETUP program. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Contact Plus Personal for Windows as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Drag and File 1.01 Powerful file manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAN BAUMBACH CANYON SOFTWARE 1537 FOURTH STREET SUITE 131 SAN RAFAEL, CA 94901 Telephone: 415-382-7999 Fax: 415-382-7998 Description Type = Short Description Drag And File v.1.0 - Very powerful File Manager for Windows. Copy, move, delete, view, zip files from up to 10 Drag And File windows at one time. List files for selected directories or entire drives or multiple drives. Toggle the display of just duplicate files. Multi Associate files. Description Type = Long Description Drag And File is a very powerful replacement for Windows File Manager Besides the standard copy, move and delete functions, Drag And File allows you to perform these operations on multiple Drag And File Windows. You can select directories in up to 12 Drag And File windows and just list the files in the selected directories. You can also list the files for an entire drive or combination of drives. From these listings you can also perform all standard file operations plus toggle on and off the display of just duplicate files. Associate data files with more than one program. Drag And File comes with a copy of our program Drag And View Plus which allows you to view the contents of most spreadsheets, word processors, databases and graphics files. It also comes with Drag And Zip giving you all zip and unzip functions. Description Type = Keywords Drag And File, File Manager, Win 3.1, Copy, Move, View, Show Duplicate, Zip Description Type = Registration Details $69.95 Description Type = Installation Details Extract all of the files from DRAGFL10.ZIP to a directory on your hard disk. Run the installation program DFSETUP.EXE. You can elect to install Drag And File to the same directory or another directory. Follow the prompts on the screen and Drag And File will be installed. Description Type = Permissions You are specifically prohibited from charging, or requesting donations, for any such copies, however made; and from distributing the software and/or documentation with other products (commercial or otherwise) without prior written permission, with one exception: Disk Vendors approved by the Association of Shareware Professionals are permitted to redistribute Drag And Filewithout specific written permission. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Easy Address Index 1.3 AUTOTYPING ROLODEX Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description EZ-DEX v1.3 <ASP> - Automatically types names and addresses into running word processors, or other text oriented programs, upon user command. EZ-DEX also prints labels and envelopes directly and dials phone numbers. IBM-PC, 10K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, ROLODEX, KEYBOARD, & LABELS. Description Type = Long Description EZ-DEX, the EASY ADDRESS INDEX, provides a means of quickly fetching an address and auto-typing it into the currently running word processor, or other application program. EZ-DEX can also print labels and envelopes as well as dial phone numbers. EZ-DEX does all this with a minimum of keystrokes and takes only a fraction of a second. EZ-DEX works with word processors by popping up a window over the center of their text display. After striking a few beginning characters of a last name, or using arrow keys, to zero in on the desired address, simply striking the ENTER key restores the display, resumes the execution of the word processor, and synthesizes the keystrokes necessary to effect typing the entire address block -- hands off. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, ROLODEX, KEYBOARD, & LABELS. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) EZ-DEX directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Ede HyperNotepad 1.2 A HyperText information organizer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TIM B. COOPER ESPRIT DE E SOFTWARE DESIGN 31 EPPING AVE EASTWOOD, 2122 AUSTRALIA Telephone: +612-804-7473 Description Type = Short Description Ede organises information (textual) in a Tree or HyperText format. It allows you to write short notes and long documents with a mini word-processor, and then group them under categories and subcategories. Suitable for small businesses, authors, home users to organise client lists, books and theses, office manuals, shopping lists etc. Compatb. with WinWord. Includes application menu program and 'Life'like screen saver. Description Type = Long Description The Ede Concept --------------- Ede organises information. The information is arranged in small documents which are either in the main menu or sub-menus that you set up. You can have sub-menus inside sub-menus and so on. For example, in the main menu (the one you see when you first start Ede) you could set up sub-menus called 'To-Do list', 'Correspondence', 'Invoices', 'Phone List', 'Notes for my book', 'Tax File number', 'Instructions for fixing the sewing machine'. Then, under 'Phone list', you could set up sub-menus for 'Business contacts', 'Friends' and 'Spouse's phone list'. Ede contains a mini word-processor. You can set up a sub-menu for any project you might be involved in, and put into it the largest or tiniest snippets of information. You can set up a manual for a bank teller, with instructions for every kind of transaction neatly filed away under headings and sub-headings. If you are a student, you can file your notes away under course headings, chapter headings and section headings. If you run a business, you can have files on all your clients or suppliers, including the basic details and then whatever other information you need. There is a special kind of document, called an Address Document, which has special places for the Name, Address, Phone Number and Details of a person or organisation, and in addition it has unlimited room to put further text. You can put any information pertaining to that person or organisation here. There is no real limit on the amount of information put into Ede. Ede also functions as a menu program for DOS applications. It has a 'Life'- like screen saver program. Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details Run the 'SETUP' program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Frequency Manager 1.06 Organizes and manages radio frequencie Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BEN SALADINO 660 WEST OAK STREET HURST, TX 76053-5526 Telephone: 817-282-0331 Description Type = Short Description Organizes and manages radio frequencies that amateur radio operators and scanner enthusiasts use. With Frequency Manager you can store, sort, print, and search for frequencies. Plus, Frequency Manager lets you import and export text files for other applications that don't support Paradox files directly. Each Frequency List file has 9 fields. They are Class, Service, Frequency, Mode, Call Sign, Note, Brief, Last Monitored, and Rating. Description Type = Long Description Organizes and manages radio frequencies that amateur radio operators and scanner enthusiasts use. With Frequency Manager you can store, sort, print, and search for frequencies. Plus, Frequency Manager lets you import and export text files for other applications that don't support Paradox files directly. Each Frequency List file has 9 fields. They are Class, Service, Frequency, Mode, Call Sign, Note, Brief, Last Montiored, and Rating. The Note field is especially helpful. You enter the name of a text file into the Note field. Then when you want to view the text file you simply press the Edit Note button that starts your favorite text editor with the text file loaded. You can then enter free from notes into the text file. For example, you could have a file called FWFD.TXT that is entered into the Note field. When you press the Edit Note button Window's NotePad program loads the FWFD.TXT file which contains detailed information on the Fort Worth Fire Department. The information might include district information, unit designations, and fire department jargon and codes. Other features include, Easy Add makes adding similar records a breeze, Import and Export files from and to other programs, Select records according to matches on any field, Search for records using Class, Service, and/or Frequency fields, Sort by Class, Service, or Frequency fields, You can choose the font and title for reports. SHARE.EXE, included with DOS, must be loaded. Description Type = Keywords Windows, Scanning, Scan, Radio, Amatuer Radio, Application, Frequency, Manager, Saladino Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip and run! Description Type = Permissions Vendors have my permission to distribute Frequency Manager as long as you only charge for the means of distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 Keeps track of expenses/hours & mileag Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED TRUJILLO CONTACT PLUS CORPORATION P.O. BOX 372577 SATELLITE BEACH, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-984-2592 Fax: 407-984-8192 Description Type = Short Description Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 - great for salespersons and consultants. Easy to use. Keeps track of billable hours, expenses while on the road, and mileage to be reimbursed. Exports to spreadsheet or databases. Uses international currency symbols. Includes a slide-show tutorial for new users. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description HEM keeps track of expenses such as meals, parking, tolls, hotel, etc. The expenses are gathered day by day and categorized according to the client that the expense should be charged to. Billable time is also tracked. Simply enter the hours worked and any miscellaneous charges. HEM will automatically calculate the taxes and total charge. Description Type = Keywords sales,consult,expense,mileage,billing,client Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "E" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Hours/Expenses/Miles 2.21 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Human Resource App. 2.1 Stand alone / Network RDBMS Resource P Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MARK RAYMOND PROGWHIZ, INC. P.O. BOX 1068 PORT OF SPAIN, TRINIDAD W.I. Telephone: 1-809-633-5185 Fax: 1-809-632-1671 Description Type = Short Description Human Resource Application A Stand aone / Networkable Front end application, which incorporates Querying ability as in Oracle, but with BUG free validatoin routines and Robust and Fault tolerance never seen before. Lastly the Interface is true point and click with allowance for mouseless stations Description Type = Installation Details Unzip the program into it's own directory and then run the SETUP.EXE file from Windows and VIOLA! that's it. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList IC2 Contact Manager 2.01 IC2-Total Contact Manager for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KRISTINE BALMER CREATIVISION PUBLISHING CORP. P.O. BOX 5523 ARLINGTON, TX 76005-5523 Telephone: 817-656-5970 Fax: 817-656-7794 Description Type = Short Description IC2 Ver 2.01 - Total Contact Manager for Windows. Includes time manager, network compatibility, autodialer, custom fields, display options, & up to 32K of notes per contact. Design your own labels, reports, and form ltrs. Plus many other features! Requires VBRUN300.DLL to run. Description Type = Keywords contact, manager, management, pim, database, business, Description Type = Registration Details $49 Description Type = Installation Details To install run SETUP.EXE. Can be run from diskette or from hard drive. Setup must be run to configure program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions User must run our SETUP.EXE. If you must use your own installation program, please execute our Setup program after completion. Description Type = Permissions Recipients of the JCS Author to Distributor CD-ROM have the permission of CreatiVision Publishing to distribute IC2 Version 2.01. Distributors who do not get IC2 v2.x through JCS should contact CreatiVision Publishing to obtain permission. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Infodex 2.14 Infodex Multipurpose Database! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CRAIG STEVENSON STEVENSON TECHNICAL SERVICES 108 SECOND AVENUE WEST P.O. BOX 297 BERTHA, MN 56437-0297 Telephone: (218) 924-2050 Fax: (218) 924-2050(X11) Description Type = Short Description Infodex v2.14 <ASP> Multipurpose Database! Infodex is a versatile database manager used to keep track of names and addresses, equipment, computer software, books, and more! Includes a FREE-FORM layout. Add, delete, or rearrange fields EASILY! Search for text in any field. Import and export to a delimited text file. Quickly browse through a list of records. Easy push button interface w/mouse support! Description Type = Long Description Infodex v2.14 <ASP> Multipurpose Database! Infodex is a versatile database manager used to keep track of names and addresses, equipment, computer software, books, and more! Includes a FREE-FORM layout. Add, delete, or rearrange fields EASILY! Search for text in any field. Import and export to a delimited text file. Quickly browse through a list of records. Easy push button interface w/mouse support! Description Type = Keywords Infodex Database Name Address Manager Description Type = Registration Details 34.95 (U.S. Dollars) Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL at the DOS prompt. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Vendors distributing this program are asked to send their name and address to the author to be placed on a mailing list to receive updates and new programs as they are released. Description Type = Permissions Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI) grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed two weeks. If you continue using this software after the two-week evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauphorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI). The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. (STSI), 108 2nd Avenue West, PO Box 297, Bertha, MN 56437. Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Stevenson Technical Services, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList MT-Tracker 7.3 Contact/client/prjct tracking and sche Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description Contact/client manager based upon TickleX, the scheduler which reviews have called "best buy" ,"the ultimate", "far and away the most powerful", and "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Including all the features found in TickleX, MT-Trak will also keep a full screen of information about each client or project, accept notes on such things as telephone calls, and tie it all together like no other program. Description Type = Long Description This is the client tracker that is based upon TickleX, the scheduler which reviews have called "best buy" ,"the ultimate", "far and away the most powerful", and "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Including all the features found in TickleX, MT-Trak will also keep a full screen of information about each client or project, accept notes on such things as telephone calls, and tie it all together like no other program. Network-ready and capable of being optionally used as a TSR, MT-Trak must be tried. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Client, Contact, Business, Docket, Management, Sales, Track, Shareware, Integra Description Type = Registration Details $90 Description Type = Installation Details Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the MTRKDOS.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Maint.Planning&Mgmt 1.32 Maintenance Planning and Management Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BORJE KYRKLUND VIA DEI RADIOTELEGRAFISTI 28B3 ROME, 00143 ITALY Description Type = Short Description Maintenance Planning and Management MPM Description Type = Long Description M P M for Windows What MPM is MPM is short for Maintenance Planning and Management. It is a tool for planning and management of the maintenance activities of an industry of any kind that uses equipment to produce its output. It can be applied to industry of any size, although it was essentially designed for medium sized industry. What MPM does The principle of MPM is very simple: First you assign inventory areas to your system, based on the location of the equipment. Then you complete on screen 'cards' for inventory, maintenance and repair data. This will be your database for your maintenance planning and management activities. MPM will then provide a daily listing of what maintenance activites needed to be carried out. It will display, print or file records for the mainten- ance and repair work done, including downtime, for future reference. The package also includes two companion programs, SPARES, for spare parts inventory management, and SUPPLY, for creating and using a database on suppliers of spare parts and equipment. Description Type = Keywords MPM Maintenance Management Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US$ Minimum registration price..................130.00 Maximum registration price..................130.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Permissions Although the unregistered, shareware version of the program can be copied freely and distributed as long as no charge was made for this, except to cover reasonable costs of distribution, the registered version must not under any circumstances be copied for distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Membership Tracking 3.0 Membership Tracking System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: FRANK BUCHER BUCHER'S PCSOFTWARE P.O. BOX 162 DOGWOOD STREET #220 KELSO, MO 63758 Telephone: 1-800-699-6395 Description Type = Short Description A full membership tracking system that can be used to track information on membership, committee assignments, awards, offices held, and reservations (banquet rooms, equipment, etc.). Many reports, mailing labels, and post cards can be printed. The program provides automatic billing for membership dues; including automatic reminders. Description Type = Long Description P.O. Box 162 Kelso, MO 63758 Dear Club Officer: Many organizations are now looking to put their membership information on computer. The problem is finding the right program that is simple to use, flexible, and can be changed if needed. If that description fits your situation, I have just the program for you. M-TRAC (Membership Tracking System) is a program that will run on any IBM or IBM compatibl computer. It's purpose is to help your organization keep and maintain information on each member of the organization. M-TRAC consist of five main areas: Membership Committees Awards Offices Held Reservation System (banquet rooms, equipment, etc.) Data stored in each member's file may include: name, address, phone numbers, information on dues, date joined, date transferred, committee assignments, awards received, offices held, and more. M-TRAC can print reports, mailing labels, and post cards (refer to the last page for a complete list of available reports). A key element of M-TRAC is the automatic billing system for membership dues. M-TRAC was designed to be simple to use so it can be passed on to other members of your organization when responsibilities change with little or no training. It was designed as a menu driven system. This means you tell M-TRAC what you want to do by selecting options displayed on menus. For example, you can print any report listed on the last page by selecting the one you want from the appropriate menu. You can add, change, and/ or remove information from a member's record by selecting the appropriate option from a menu. M-TRAC was also designed to be flexible so each club can name its own committees, awards, offices, etc. There is no limit to the number of committees, awards, and offices that you can set up. M-TRAC is used by organizations with memberships that range from 100 to 1200 members (the only limit is your hard disk). Organizations that use M-TRAC include: Knights of Columbus Veterans of Foreign War (VFW) American Legion ELKS Country Clubs Senior Citizens Associations Members of the Foreign Services Many organizations that use M-TRAC find it does every- thing they need it to do. But, occasionally, an organization has special requirements that are unique to them. If necessary M-TRAC can be changed to fulfill those special needs. For more information on this service, please write or call (314) 264- 2537. (Because of space constraints, please see author documentation for full description) Description Type = Registration Details $85.00 (includes shipping and handling) Description Type = Installation Details Installing from 3.5 or 5 1/4 STEP 1: At the C:\> prompt, type MD M-TRAC3 i.e. C:\>MD M-TRAC3 STEP 2: At the C:\> prompt, type CD\M-TRAC3 i.e. C:\>CD\M-TRAC3 STEP 3: Place the M-TRAC diskette in Drive A or B STEP 4: At the C:\M-TRAC3> prompt, type A: (or B: if you are using Drive B) i.e. C:\M-TRAC3>A: STEP 5: At the A:\> prompt, type PKUNZIP M-TRAC3 C: i.e. A:\>PKUNZIP M-TRAK3 C: STEP 6: Wait for all of the files to be copied from Drive A to Drive C STEP 7: After all files are copied to Drive C, remove the M-TRAC3 diskette from Drive A STEP 8: At the A:\> prompt, type C: i.e. A:\>C: STEP 9: You are now ready to begin using M-TRAC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Personal Inventory 2.12 Personal Inventory program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED TRUJILLO CONTACT PLUS CORPORATION P.O. BOX 372577 SATELLITE BEACH, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-984-2592 Fax: 407-984-8192 Description Type = Short Description PERSONAL INVENTORY 2.12. Keeps track of personal inventory. Includes: initial purchase costs, depreciation, serial and model numbers, warranty information and description. Handy worksheet. Easy to use. By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description Welcome to the Personal Inventory 2.12 program! This program is designed primarily for home usage. It will keep track of all items in your household and is especially great for insurance purposes. WHAT IT DOES PERINV 2.12 keeps track of all household items and provide a means of tracking depreciation using 4 different methods. Each item can be categorized and tracked by room or location. Description Type = Keywords home,inventory,possessions,goods,personal Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "INV" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute Personal Inventory 2.12 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Project Mgmt.Package 2.31 A PLAN 2.3 Project Management Package Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BILL SHOR PIK A PROGRAM, INC. 13 SAINT MARKS PLACE NEW YORK, NY 10003 Telephone: 212-598-4939 Fax: 212-228-5879 Description Type = Short Description A PLAN 2.3 Project Management Package A Plan creates and maintains an overview of your data in a gantt diagram. This program fills the gap between PIMs (to-do lists) and full scale commercial project managment software at a price anyone can afford. 2.5 Mb Hard Disk Required/Windows 3.1 Shareware from KLR PC Service and BRainbow CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Radio Manager 2.02 Controls Icom and OptoScan456. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BEN SALADINO 660 WEST OAK STREET HURST, TX 76053-5526 Telephone: 817-282-0331 Description Type = Short Description Radio Manager for Windows controls the OptoScan456 and Icom Radios. You can define your own Banks, Channels, Delays, Priorities, Search Rangers, and more! Description Type = Long Description Radio Manager for Windows is a radio control program for the Icom R-7000 Radio. It should also work with other Icom radios. New version 2.0 works with the OptoScan456(tm) from OptoElectronics. Radio Manager handles scanning, delays, 5 priority channels, lock-outs, presets, search ranges and more. You can choose your own delay amounts and priority checking intervals. Radio Manager stores data in Bank Files that can have 999 banks each. Within a bank you can have 999 channels. That's 998001 channels! Your computer's memory may limit this. You choose your own channel and bank numbers. Each bank can have a description, and be enabled or locked out. System Requirements: * 80386 and higher IBM PC and Compatibles with 4MB RAM * Windows 3.1 or Higher (running in Standard or Enhanced Mode) * SHARE.EXE must be loaded for Radio Manager to function properly * A hard disk with 2MB free disk space * A 3.5" or 5.25" floppy drive * An available Com Port and a Computer-Radio Interface that supports signal detection with the Ring Indicator (pin 22 of RS-232 connector), or Carrier Detect (pin 8 of RS-232), or software signal detection for the Icom R72, R7100, and R9000 radios. Radio Manager works with the ICOM CT-17 interface, but it will not stop scanning when a signal is present, unless you modify your CT-17 as described in the help file or have a radio listed above that supports software detection. A 9600 BPS connection is strongly recommended. * An Icom R-7000, R7100, or R9000 radio, or a Pro 2005/6 scanner with and OptoScan456. Other Icom radios should work too, but only the R-7000 has been tested by me. Please let me know if your radio works or doesn't work. Works best when communication between computer and radio is set to 9600 bps. Description Type = Keywords Windows, Scanning, Scan, Radio, Amatuer Radio, Application, Manager, Saladino Description Type = Registration Details $30.00 Description Type = Installation Details Just unzip and run! Description Type = Permissions Vendors have my permission to distribute Radio Manager as long as you only charge for the means of distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList Scheduler/Calendar 1.3 The "ultimate" scheduler for Win95/NT Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate scheduler/calendar for Win95, CHRONILIST NT can handle the scheduling needs of everyone in your office as easily as your own. LAN-ready. Features galore, including a multitude of reports, each of which can be filtered to include only those items that meet certain criteria. Conflict checking, including weekends and national & religious holidays (Chrstn, Jwsh, Mslm). Quickly finds free time. Everything you're likely to need. Description Type = Long Description CHRONILIST NT is among the most complete schedulers available. It will handle not only your busy itinerary, but that of everyone in your office (or family). It will prepare calendars and other reports that display one person's upcoming events or those for several people simultaneously. Data can be filtered when a report is generated, so that only events for a particular project, or only those events containing a particular word, will be displayed. The program's main strength is the completeness of its scheduling capacity. Few programs even approach it in this regard, much less match it. And, considering all it can do, the program is surprisingly easy to use. Its reports, while not as infinitely customizable as those provided by those output-oriented calendar producers with limited scheduling capability, are attractive, functional, and simple to set up. This program will optionally drag events forward from day to day until you tell the program to tag them for deletion. Chronilist even allows you to link related events, so that a change to one will result in the automatic modification of others. Finding free time, establishing recurring events, viewing religious dates (Christian, Jewish, and Muslim), and tracking julian dates are a snap for this program. And, as a bonus, the program includes a Log module that tracks services performed, money spent, and money received. It will even produce an Income-Expense report for any period of time you desire. And please note that entries into the Chronilist Log can be used directly by BillPower (timekeeping, billing and bookkeeping software available from Integra Computing). Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Business, Office, LAN, Network, Law, Legal, Docket, Management, Windows, Windows 95, Win95, Windows NT, Religion, Christian, Muslim, Jewish, Integra, Shareware Description Type = Registration Details $60 Description Type = Installation Details Extract program files from KRNLNTxx.ZIP and run SETUP routine CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList StarTrack 2.0 2.0 Personal Information Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: SAM SAAD APEX COMPUTER SERVICES P.O. BOX 807 ALHAMBRA, CA 91802-0807 Telephone: 818-574-8101 Fax: 818-458-3344 Description Type = Short Description StarTrack is a Personal Information Manager which combines projects and tasks tracking, employee information, daily planner (To-do list, appointments, and notes), and phone book all in one program. Description Type = Long Description StarTrack is one of the most complete Personal Information Manager programs available on the market today. The program combines projects and tasks tracking, employee information, daily planner (To-do list, appointments, and notes), and phone book all in one program. Daily Planner The Daily Planner allows users to access and display calendar, to-do list, appointments, and diary (notes) from one screen. You can search for a word or a phrase in any of the to-do list, appointments, diary during the last few days, weeks, or even months. Moves your to-do items or appointments to different days. StarTrack moves uncompleted to-do items forward automatically. From the Diary notes you can export to and import from text files. You can print the agenda (to-do list, appointments, and diary) of any day. You can print appointments, to-do list, or diary of current day, current week, current month, or for a selected range of days. Direct link to Projects, Tasks, and Telephone Book. Projects & Tasks You can track projects and tasks within projects. StarTrack will calculate the task completion date based on the duration of each task. The report query system is very powerful. You can create a report filter (query) based on any combination of fields, save it to file, and use it later to re-print reports. Track information about your employee. Phone Book Keeps telephone numbers and addresses about your contacts. Reminds you of birth-dates and anniversaries up to 99 days in advance; this future can be a life saver. Prints phone directory, and address book sorted by first name, last name, company name, city, state, or zip code. Other Consistent CUA compliance interface. Password protection. Runs external programs. Built-in utilities to fix corrupted index files, backup, restore, and clean-up of old data. Mouse and keyboard driven. Registrants will received a printed bound manual and free technical support. Description Type = Keywords STARTRACK,STARTRK,PIM,TRACK,TIME,APPOINTMENTS,CALENDAR, BUSINESS,EMPLOYEES,TELEPHONE Description Type = Registration Details $19 USA Description Type = Installation Details Insert Disk #1, and from the DOS prompt type A:INSTALL and press Enter. Follow instructions on the screen. Description Type = Vendor Instructions unZIP STARTRK.ZIP file into a sub-directory on your hard drive, then create installation disks the way you desire. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, satellite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from APEX Computer Services ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertising, brochures, etc. make it clear that that this is shareware that requires a registrations fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList The Disk Vendor (GB) 3.00GB Makes catalogs on a disk for customers Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PHILIP KAPUSTA 406 Monroe Avenue FALMOUTH, VA 22405 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. Great marketing tool! (General business version with graphic support). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor - Creates on-disk catalogs. For businesses who would like an alternative to a printed product catalog. The Disk Vendor is a compiler PLUS run-time module that allows you to easily create professional looking menu driven catalogs for your customers. Sell "anchors" to "zippers". Handles credit cards, large volume discounts, shipping and handling, printed order forms, custom opening and closing screens. Include graphic snapshots into your catalog! Complete instructions and sample catalog included. Great marketing tool! (General business version with graphic support). Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, EMMASOFT, VENDOR Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................90.00 Maximum registration price..................90.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] Description Type = Vendor Instructions You can always download the most recent version from The Mustard Seed BBS (703) 372-9680 under the PKSOFT file directory CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList The Disk Vendor (SW) 2.22 Makes shareware catalogs on a disk Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PHILIP KAPUSTA 406 Monroe Avenue FALMOUTH, VA 22405 Telephone: (540) 371-5746 Description Type = Short Description The Disk Vendor sales catalog system. For shareware businesses who need an interactive on-line disk based catalog for their customers. Complete instructions and compiler is included to show you how to make your own catalog that can be distributed royalty-free to customers. Produces very professional looking results very simply and quickly. (Shareware vendor version). Description Type = Long Description The Disk Vendor is a program for creating an on-disk or printed shareware product catalog. It was written SPECIFICALLY for shareware distributors who want a professional looking, tightly integrated, menu driven product catalog on disk. The program handles multi-disk sets, 4 separate price levels (360/720/1.2/1.4) for each title, credit cards, sales tax, shipping charges, personalized opening & closing screen, discounts on large disk purchases, printed catalogs and order forms, plus more... Description Type = Keywords MARKETING, SALES, CATALOG, BUSINESS, PUBLISHING, TEXT, ASCII, SHAREWARE, VENDOR Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S.A. $ Minimum registration price..................60.00 Maximum registration price..................60.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................2.50 South America.....................3.50 Europe............................3.50 Asia..............................3.50 Africa............................3.50 Pacific...........................3.50 Description Type = Installation Details Before you compile your very own electronic catalog we recommend that you try one that has already been set up for you. Run the compiler first by typing: COMPILE then press [ENTER] ...and step through the prompts. After the compilation is complete, then browse through the resulting catalog by typing: CATALOG then press [ENTER] If you like what you see, and would like to create similar electronic catalogs, print the instructions to the program by typing: COPY COMPILE.DOC PRN then press [ENTER] CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList TickleX 7.3 The ultimate schedular for DOS/Windows Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description TICKLEX: Superb scheduler for DOS/Windows. "Best buy" -- "the ultimate" -- "far and away the most powerful" -- "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Beyond these quotes from reviews describing TickleX, what more need be said? Simply that no other pro- gram at any price offers as much personal or office scheduling power as TickleX, whether on a single machine or local area network. Automated MS Windows installation included. Description Type = Long Description "best buy" -- "the ultimate" -- "far and away the most powerful" -- "the best of the systems that cost under $1000". Beyond these quotes from reviews describing TICKLEX, what more need be said? Simply that, if you need something scheduled, TickleX can handle it like no other program. It will keep track of up to 200 people's appointments and deadlines, print a schedule for any period of time you desire, keep a "to-do" list of deadlines, and chart the projected course of any projects that you handle. Alarms, numerous report formats, a stopwatch, holidays, optional religious events, an income/expense log, and many other features round out this robust software. Network-ready and capable of being optionally used as a TSR, TickleX will out-schedule every other program, regardless of source or price. Especially if you're used to one of those cute but cumbersome Windows-based schedulers, you'll be delighted with TickleX's breadth of scope, speed, and ease of use. Automated Windows installation included. Description Type = Keywords Calendar, Scheduler, Schedule, PIM, Business, Office, LAN, Network, Law, Legal, Docket, Management, Religion, Christian, Muslim, Jewish, Integra, Shareware Description Type = Registration Details $60 per workstation Description Type = Installation Details Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the TKLXDOS.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList WINBOND for EE bonds 6.1 Windows program to track Series EE bon Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BOB STECH 35151 GLEN KYLE LANE WILLOUGHBY HILLS, OH 44094 Telephone: (216) 946-7791 Description Type = Short Description WINBOND V6.1 for Series EE bonds. To track and valuate Series EE bonds. Winbond-E for Series E bonds is also available. Provides import capabilities to convert from other files, export tool to interface to other applications. QUICKEN interface, multiple bond files, owner info, up-to-date bond redemption tables, and reporting, including a 20 year projection of bond values. Redemption rates starting with May 96. Description Type = Long Description WINBOND is a Windows application to track and valuate Series EE savings bonds. The program provides for multiple bond files if desired. Several viewing options are available to view current bond values, interest earned and a special option to project bond values over the next 20 years starting with current actual bond value. Owner information may be entered and reported if desired. Department of the Treasury tables are provided. Sold bonds are also maintained if desired and interest earned history can be kept. Capability to create ASCII report files or printed reports is provided, and these file can be printed or loaded in a word processor. An import function is provided to convert any current bond files to this programs' format from an ASCII file or report. Bond redemption tables are provided as issued by the Department of the Treasury and these tables are updated every six months (the ability is provided to maintain these files yourself, if desired). An export function is available to create customized ASCII files for importing into other applications, such as spreadsheets or other financial programs. Includes QUICKEN interface. This is a shareware program and once registered, all future updates including bond redemption tables can be obtained at no additional charge. See Registration in on-line help for more information. All versions of the program will be upward compatible, meaning that all bond files created with earlier versions will compatible. Description Type = Keywords bonds,series ee,finance,earnings,money,track,savings bonds Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install WINBOND, unzip the file into a temporary directory and run the SETUP program from File Manageer. Copy the file VBRUN300.DLL, distributed separately, to the windows/system directory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList WINBONDE for E bonds 6.1 Windows program to track Series E bond Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BOB STECH 35151 GLEN KYLE LANE WILLOUGHBY HILLS, OH 44094 Telephone: (216) 946-7791 Description Type = Short Description WINBOND-E V6.1 is a WINDOWS application to track and valuate Series E bonds. Provides import capabilities to convert from other files, export tool to interface to other applications like QUICKEN, multiple bond files, owner info, up-to-date bond redemption tables issued by the Department of the Treasury, and reporting, including a 20 year projection of bond values. Redemption rates starting with May 96. Description Type = Long Description WINBOND-E is a Windows application to track and valuate Series E savings bonds. The program provides for multiple bond files if desired. Several viewing options are available to view current bond values, interest earned and a special option to project bond values over the next 20 years starting with current actual bond value. Owner information may be entered and reported if desired. Department of the Treasury tables are provided. Sold bonds are also maintained if desired and interest earned history can be kept. Capability to create ASCII report files or printed reports is provided, and these file can be printed or loaded in a word processor. Description Type = Keywords bonds,series ee,finance,earnings,money,track Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details To install WINBOND, unzip the file into a temporary directory and run the SETUP program from File Manageer. Copy the file VBRUN300.DLL, distributed separately, to the windows/system directory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList WinGRAB 2.0/3.0 WinGRAB & WinGDB Contact Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL MAYER ZPAY PAYROLL SYSTEMS, INC. 2526 69TH AVE SO ST. PETERSBURG, FL 33712-5631 Telephone: (813) 866-8233 Fax: (813) 866-8034 Description Type = Short Description WinGRAB with WinGDB v2.0/3.0 <ASP> Contact Manager with Envelope and Label printing! Dials the phone; reminds you of calls; shows calls made; logs calls to disk. Pastes name and address into your word processor or grabs name and address from word processor. Incremental searching can find a contact in as little as two or three keystrokes. Prints postnet bar codes for ZIP+4 or ZIP+6 ZIP codes and more! Description Type = Long Description WinGRAB with WinGDB v2.0/3.0 <ASP> Contact Manager with Envelope and Label printing! Dials the phone; reminds you of calls; shows calls made; logs calls to disk. Pastes name and address into your word processor or grabs name and address from word processor. Incremental searching in database program can find a contact in as little as two or three keystrokes. Prints postnet bar codes for ZIP+4 or ZIP+6 ZIP codes. Manages your telephone contacts, mailing lists, mail merge files and more! Contact management features will show you calls you need to make today, calls you need to make tomorrow, calls you've made today or in the last week. Has powerful filter which will allow you to selectively display and use records by your selection criteria. Large 2k notepad allows you to enter notes as you talk on the phone with a contact. Timer keeps track of call length while you are on the phone and logs the call information to disk. Too many features to list. Recommended by PC Magazine and PC World! Check this out today. Now prints rotary index cards, phone books and Daytimer books too! Description Type = Keywords PIM, Contact, Manager, Lists, Mailing, Database, Dialer, Envelopes, Labels, Mayer, WinGRAB, WinGDB Description Type = Registration Details Registration is $39.95 and the user receives a printed manual with the latest version of the program on disk. Description Type = Installation Details Run the setup.exe file after extracting the files from the ZIP archive. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Do not re-package this ZIP file. Description Type = Permissions Any shareware vendor, BBS, or on-line service has our permissioin to distribute this package. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList dIndex form system 2.5 dIndex label and form database system Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Database with extensive label/form design and printing facilities. Prints on single or multi-column labels. Demo version cannot save. Description Type = Long Description A powerful database system with extensive label/form design and printing facilities - allows printing of record data (including picture fields) along with text blocks, sequence numbers, pictures, boxes, lines, advance dates and (in Pro version) barcodes (fixed, sequential, or database field). Extensive database sorting and searching facilities. Database up to 16000 records, 100 fields per record. Import from spreadsheet, text files, etc; user-definable line, field and record separators. Forms up to 10 pages/labels. Prints to single or multicolumn labels - user definable sizes. Pro version has barcodes and full colour control. Barcode reader driver available, enables data input and/or data retrieval. Description Type = Keywords database,label,form,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList dLetter for letters 2.5 Letter writing system for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Letter/document printing system, based on database; includes label/envelope printing. Prints stationery background including logos, text blocks, graphics, etc. Merge fields from database into letter text. Ideal for form letters and all office letters. Description Type = Long Description A versatile letter printing system complete with label or envelope printing facilities - allows printing of letters/documents along with text blocks, sequence numbers, graphics, advance dates and (in Pro version) barcodes. Letter text may contain merged fields from built in database. Database may contain upto 16000 records and 100 fields per record. Easy import from spreadsheet or wordprocessor; user-definable separators for line, field and record on import and export. Label printing on single- or multi-column labels or envelopes. Pro version include barcodes and full colour. Barcode reader driver available, enables data input and/or data retrieval Description Type = Keywords label,database,mail-merge,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION PIMSList dMAIL 6.0 Easy professional mailing list manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: KUNO EGGER TRUE NORTH COMPUTER SERVICES P.O. BOX 985 HUNTSVILLE, ON P0A 1K0 CANADA Telephone: 705-789-0928 Fax: 705-789-0928 Description Type = Short Description DMAIL v6.0 - A very friendly mailing list manager with many advanced features. Easy to use with pull-down menus and online help. Import and export addresses. Print labels, envelopes and rolodex cards. Print PostNet bar codes. Use standard label sizes on either dot matrix or laser printers. Make master lists and sub-lists. Copy addresses between lists. Has user-defined field which can be printed with addresses. Description Type = Long Description FEATURES OF dMAIL dMAIL is an advanced mailing list system for all MS-DOS microcomputers. It has the following features: -> Uses pull-down menus and pop-up windows to maximize ease-of-use. -> Includes a built-in help system. Press the F1 key at any time for help. -> Includes user-defined fields that can be used for searches and sorts. -> Maintains any number of lists - limited only by disk space. -> Classifies addresses with key words or your own coding system. -> Sorts addresses on any of nine sort keys. -> Copies selected addresses from one list to another. -> Creates mailmerge data files for Wordperfect, Microsoft Word and Wordstar. -> Displays data in record view or table view. -> Imports addresses from text data files. -> Prints addresses on labels or directly on envelopes. -> Prints with any impact printer and HP LaserJet III or workalike. -> Prints U.S. Postnet bar codes on envelopes (HP LaserJet III). -> Sends any printer output to a text file. -> Automatically records mailing date when addresses are printed. -> Prints two types of quick reference lists. -> Includes a built-in backup and restore feature that makes backups easy. -> Performs duplicate checking. -> Uses dBASE compatible data files. -> Provides full support for color monitors. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS -> IBM-PC, PS/2, or compatible. -> A hard disk drive. -> 640 KB of memory. -> Any impact printer -> Optional - HP LaserJet III or work-alike laser printer. If your laser printer is not an HP look at your printer's manual to see if it has a LaserJet III emulation mode. OFFICE SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS -> Any of three standard tractor feed label sizes: - Three and a half by fifteen sixteenths (one up) Avery #M56151A - Four by one and seven sixteenths (one up) Avery #M64231A - Four by fifteen sixteenths (two up) Avery #M64152A -> Either of two laser printer label sizes: - Four inch by one inch (two up) Avery #5161, AL110 in Canada - Four inch by one and one third (two up) Avery #5162, AL125 in Canada -> Standard business size envelopes (COM10). -> Three by five inch tractor feed Rolodex cards. Description Type = Keywords MAILING LIST,LABEL,POSTNET,DATABASE,DMAIL Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLING DMAIL: dMAIL is supplied as an archive file called "DMAIL52.ZIP". It contains all the files you need. Follow these steps to get a functioning system onto your hard drive: 1 - At the "C:>" prompt create a new directory on your hard drive: MD DMAIL <press enter> 2 - Using an archive un-packing utility, unpack the contents of DMAIL52.ZIP into the new directory. 3 - Check for a file called "CONFIG.SYS" in the root directory of the startup drive. If it is there it should contain the following statements with the minimum values shown: FILES = 20 BUFFERS = 8 You can see the contents of the file just by typing: TYPE CONFIG.SYS <press enter> If these statements are absent you can use any text editor to insert them. If the file does not exist, you can easily create one with the following steps: 1 - Go to the root directory: CD\ <press enter> 2 - Create a file called CONFIG.SYS and put the two lines in it: COPY CON CONFIG.SYS <press enter> FILES = 20 <press enter> BUFFERS = 8 <press enter> 3 - Close the file: <press F6 then press enter> Thats all! --------------------------------------------------------------- FILES SUPPLIED WITH DMAIL: DMAIL52.EXE The executable program DMAIL52.DBF A sample mailing list file 1 DMAIL52.DBT A sample mailing list File 2 DMAIL52.DOC The documentation DMHELP .DBF A Help system file DMHELP .DBT Another Help system file --------------------------------------------------------------- Description Type = Permissions There are no restrictions on distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms Business Clock Link 2.2a Business Clock Link 2.2 <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MARK HICKS BIZMARK DEVELOPMENT P.O. BOX 182 PRINCETON, LA 71067-0182 Telephone: 318-949-4309 Fax: 318-949-4400 Description Type = Short Description Business Clock Link 2.2 <ASP> Networkable PC Time Clock with real-time job and task reporting, E-mail, barcoded badges, on-line discipline and Ticker Tape reports. v2.2 enhances messaging with broadcasting. Written in C with dBASE file format. "This Clock Means Business". XT, 640K, 2 meg drive required. $149. Written to help managers manage. Description Type = Long Description Business Clock Link v2.2 <ASP> An incredibly easy-to-use PC-based Time Clock. Helps managers monitor production, maintain discipline and improve worker communication. "This Clock Means Business." Version 2.2 adds enchancements to the messaing system with broadcasts and allows workers to keep messages. Features include (1) Continuous scrolling display (2) Real-time job and task reporting system. (3) Networkable file system.(4) Worker messaging system known as "blue collar E-mail" that gets messages to workers immediately and confidentially. (5) dBASE IV file formats with exporting. (6) On-Line worker discipline with demerits, reprimands and locking workers. (7) Worker Scheduling. (8) Barcoded worker badges (9) "Ticker Tape" continuous printing of transactions to guard data and provide a quick scan of the latest transactions, (10) Netware time synchronization and (11) TSR Utility. Description Type = Keywords CLOCK TIME TIMECLOCK PERSONNEL TSR MANAGE PAYROLL OFFICE BARCODES Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................149.00 Maximum registration price..................149.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................8.00 Europe............................8.00 Asia..............................8.00 Africa............................8.00 Pacific...........................8.00 Description Type = Installation Details The INSTALL.EXE program will move the files from the diskette to a hard drive directory, will check for a minimum of 640K of memory, and will display this README.1ST file for you. You do not have to run INSTALL if you have already accomplished these things. Installation is accomplished by inserting the diskette and typing "A:INSTALL" if the diskette was placed in drive A or "B:INSTALL" if the diskette was placed in drive B. No changes are made to your computer's config.sys or autoexec.bat files. If you are reinstalling Business Clock Link and you have existing data that you wish to keep, be sure to install to another directory or first move your old data to another directory temporarily. Installation will destroy existing Business Clock Link data files in the directory. If you are upgrading from a prior version and you wish to retain your existing data, you must run the File Upgrade Utility to convert your data files. This is provided without charge to licensed users. Attention WINDOWS USERS: You may add an icon and program group to your WINDOWS desktop by running PMSETUP.EXE from Windows. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms FONE900 2.1 YOUR AUDIOTEX COST MANAGEMENT RESOURCE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: EUGENE L. WOODS PE/EE 8817 HILLERY DR SAN DIEGO, CA 92126-2808 Telephone: 619-549-4057 Description Type = Short Description FONE900(tm), Version 2.1 MAJOR UPGRADE! 1-900 Audiotex database! Monitor cost of 900 calls in real time. See estimated cost before call is placed. Note pad for each DB entry. Cost & time reports. Expand on the sample database, many examples are provided, including Attorneys, Doctors, Consumer Lines, Health Info, Radio-TV shows, & much more. Modify the sample database to create your own personal 900 index. Description Type = Long Description YOUR AUDIOTEX COST MANAGEMENT RESOURCE! FONE900(tm) is a comprehensive telephone call pricing data base program that calculates the approximate COST of AUDIOTEX calls BEFORE PLACED, displays on-going call cost in real time, & serves as a powerful business/personal directory management tool. The major function of the program is to collect & organize a library of personal, informational, consumer, & health related "900" telephone numbers. This cost conscious, menu-driven program is so helpful that it can even dial the number thru a MODEM equipped computer. The program comes with a Example Data Base of Audiotex entry types that the user can modify, add to, delete, & update, to conform to their individual personal tastes & requirements. An on-screen note pad is available for taking notes related to each individual entry in the data base. FONE900(tm) can print a report for each entry in the data base summarizing information about the 900 service and any related memos. On-line context-sensitive Program HELP & Telcom INFO is available at the press of a button. Description Type = Keywords FONE900,AUDIOTEX,DATA BASE,TELEPHONE,1-900,CONSUMER,GIFT,AUTO, LAWYER,ATTORNEY,CAR,REPAIR,CONSUMER,HEALTH,HOTLINE,RADIO,TALK, TV,PERSONAL-900 Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 plus $5.00 US/CN or $12.50 Overseas S&H (US DOLLARS). California residents add sales tax. Description Type = Installation Details Type Install CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms Fixed Asset Pro 2.1 Comprehensive depreciation system Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID W. HAMMER HAMMERSOFT P.O. BOX 205 KANSAS, OH 44815-8205 Telephone: 419-986-6007 Fax: 419-986-6007 Description Type = Short Description Fixed Asset Pro is a comprehensive fixed asset depreciation system. Using pull down menus the program calculates depreciation on multiple bases, applies tax limits, performs projections and comparisons and prints reports to screen, printer or file. Provides 38 U.S. Tax Law depreciation methods with on-line help. Mouse support. Manual includes a tutorial. Registration $79.95 Description Type = Long Description FIXED ASSET PRO is a comprehensive fixed asset depreciation system. The program quickly calculates depreciation on multiple bases, applies tax limits automatically, performs projections and comparisons and easily prints various reports. TAX EXPERT ON BOARD Fixed Asset Pro is designed by a tax expert with over 20 years experience with income tax preparation. So tax law is a primary concern of the program. FIXED ASSET PRO FEATURES MACRS (formulas and tables) ALTERNATIVE MACRS ACRS ALTERNATIVE ACRS SUM OF YEARS DIGITS MULTIPLE DECLINING BALANCE STRAIGHT LINE REMAINING YEARS AMORTIZATION Allows fiscal years other than the calendar year. Special expensing election with limitations. Calculates early disposition deductions. Half year, Mid Quarter and Mid Month convention applied. Limits applied to luxury automobiles and listed property. Alternative Minimum Tax Depreciation Adjustments and Preferences. Five sets of Books for each asset, Income Tax, AMT, Financial, State and Other, with key fields transferred automatically. Look up tables make selecting codes simple. Easy reference to IRS asset lives table. Assets are sortable on 3 different fields. View all the assets key information on screen via one key stroke. Easy to use pull down menus. Easy data entry - all one screen. Mouse support. Look up table for group and location with names defined by you to eliminate errors. Context sensitive help screens in hypertext format available. Timely enhancements and updates to keep current with the tax laws. Printed or On-Screen Reports: Summary report Tax report Annual acquisitions and dispositions report Annual AMT report Asset Lifetime Projection Asset Inventory Card Compare accelerated depreciation to straight line Site License Available Free Technical Support Free Fax Support Special renewal and upgrade offers. Description Type = Keywords Fixed,Assets,Depreciation,Tax Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details At the DOS prompt type Install. Description Type = Vendor Instructions When distributing FApro on 360k disks please use the files in the VENDOR subdirectory. Distributors using 3 1/2" or high density 5 1/4" may use the files in the ZIP subdirectory. Additional information may be found in the Vendor.Doc file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms Hotel Motel Manager 2.6b MotelMAX - HOTEL/MOTEL MANAGER v2.6b Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEN MASHBURN MKM SOFTWARE 2812 INGRID LANE METAIRIE, LA 70003 Telephone: 713-488-2436 Fax: 713-524-6398 Description Type = Short Description MotelMAX - HOTEL/MOTEL MANAGER v2.6b <ASP> Includes reservations, deposits, front desk, guest history, accounting and reports. Custom confirmation and marketing letters. Assigns room rates for up to 10 room types. Book reservations up to two years in advance. One key check in/out. Tracks travel agent commissions. Password protected. Data export and online help. Supports US & international date and currency formats. Description Type = Long Description MotelMAX - Hotel, Motel and Resort Manager. MotelMAX is a complete Hotel, Motel, B&B and Resort Manager. It includes reservations, advance deposits, front desk, accounting, room inventory, room rack, guest history, night audit, general ledger, travel agent commissions and many reports. Drop down menus, online help and a consistent user interface make this program easy to learn and use. Room charges are assigned automatically for up to 10 room types according rate tables that you enter. Book reservations up to two years in advance. Tracks travel agent commissions and exports data and reports to your favorite word processor, spreadsheet, database or small business accounting program. Supports all printers and international date and currency formats. All entries are verified so you cannot make a mistake. One key check-in / check-out, autoposting and password protected. Limit user access to only the areas they need. Room rack report displays which guest, by name, is in what room each day of any given week. There are over 50 reports. The standard version manages up to 50 rooms. Other versions can manage any number of rooms. Data from all prior versions can be imported into this version. Single and multi user versions available. Description Type = Keywords HOTEL MOTEL RESERVATION RESORT B&B LODGE Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US dollars Minimum registration price..................135.00 Maximum registration price..................250.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................11.00 Europe............................11.00 Asia..............................11.00 Africa............................11.00 Pacific...........................11.00 Description Type = Installation Details DOS Installation ---------------- Unzip the MotelMAX zip file into any directory on your hard drive. We suggest creating a new directory called \MOTEL. The DOS command to make a new directory is: MD \MOTEL <Enter> The installation directory, \MOTEL, must be the default directory whenever you start the program. To make \MOTEL your default directory, use the DOS change directory command, type: CD \MOTEL <Enter> The program start command is: MOTELMAX <Enter>. Use MOTELMAX as your user name and password. In the registered version, you can setup your own user names. Trouble Shooting: ---------------- If you have any problems installing and running the program, try this: 1. Be sure you are in the \MOTEL directory before you start the program. The DOS command to change to the \MOTEL directory is: CD \MOTEL <Enter>. 2. Check your CONFIG.SYS file. Be sure the FILES= setting is 45 or higher: FILES=45 If you change this setting in your CONFIG.SYS file, reboot your computer. 3. After checking points 1 & 2, try restarting the program with this command: MOTELMAX NEW <Enter>. The NEW switch will verify that all files are present. Windows 3.x and Windows 95 -------------------------- You can launch MotelMAX from an icon in any version of Windows. First, install the program according to the DOS installation instructions. For this example, we assume you have installed MotelMAX in a directory called C:\MOTEL. Create an icon using the Windows Program Manager, select FILE | NEW and create a 'Program Item.' Next edit the 'Program Item Properties' to read as follows: Description......: MotelMAX 2.6 Command Line.....: C:\MOTEL\MOTELMAX.EXE Working Directory: C:\MOTEL Now you only need to click on the icon to start MotelMAX. When you exit the MotelMAX program, you return to the Windows Program Manager. You have to correctly identify the 'Working Directory' in order to launch How to Order ------------ Please refer to the file ORDER.TXT Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to individuals charging no fees, and to BBSes, User Groups, Mail-Order Disk Vendors, CD-ROM publishers, and BBS File-Distribution Networks regardless of fees, to distribute the MotelMAX program, provided they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the shareware version of this program, and provided they claim no ownership of the program. Distribution by other channels, and distribution of modified versions, are also allowed, but only under the terms of the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute this program is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute MotelMAX must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. MKM Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms ProDev*EPRICE 6.0 Convert Price Files To ProDev*QUOTE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE ABBOTT PRO DEV SOFTWARE 545 GROVER ROAD MUSKEGON, MI 49442-9427 Telephone: (616) 788-2243 Description Type = Short Description ProDev*EPRICE <ASP> Price Service interface program to transfer Trade Service price data to ProDev*QUOTE Material data files. Compatible with Trade Service files in USA, U.K. and Australia. $35 registration. Description Type = Long Description ProDev*EPRICE <ASP> Electrical, Plumbing, Heating & Air Conditioning Contractors Price Maintenance system is companion software to the ProDev*QUOTE system to allow these contractors to take advantage of weekly/monthly price updates from either the Trade Service Corporation (USA), Trade Service Of Australia, Trade Service Information (UK), Plumlee Custom Publishing (USA). Compare the registration price of $35 of ProDev*EPRICE combined with the $70 ProDev*QUOTE registration price, with the $800 to $2,500 Quote/Bid systems that use the weekly price updates. The ProDev*QUOTE Quotation system is an excellent full featured Quotation or Bid Estimating system for any Electrical, Plumbing, Heating or Air Conditioning Contractor (or any other type) business. Requires hard disk. Description Type = Keywords PRO DEV,QUOTE,BIDDING,PRICE,SERVICE,CONVERSION Description Type = Registration Details $35 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions For any size disk, unZIP PDEPRIC6.ZIP to Disk 1 of 1. The user changes the DOS prompt to the floppy drive and types INSTALL C: (Enter), or any hard drive letter. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Pro Dev Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms ProDev*QUOTE 6.0d Quotation & Bidding System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE ABBOTT PRO DEV SOFTWARE 545 GROVER ROAD MUSKEGON, MI 49442-9427 Telephone: (616) 788-2243 Description Type = Short Description ProDev*QUOTE <ASP> Quote System. Extremely full featured Quotation or Bidding system for any type or size of business. Point & Shoot browse allows rapid preparation of quotes. Uses dBASE III+ compatible files. For only $70 registrats receive a 112 page bound manual and 1 year of technical support. Description Type = Long Description ProDev*QUOTE [ASP] is an excellent full featured Quotation or Bid Estimating system for any type or size business. Consulting services can even use the Auto Labor feature to create labor only quotes without material, or any combination in between. An unlimited number of Labor Groups can be associated with any quotation. Includes actual cost tracking. Using dBASE compatible files for the Supplier, Labor and Material costs, you can browse the material data base 4 different ways with a Point & Shoot browse method to rapidly build a customized quote. The latest in pull-down menus and constant on-screen and F1 Help "what to do next" instructions make the system highly intuitive to learn and use. You can use the system's natural defaults to build simple quotes or use all of the many bells and whistles to build complex quotes. The stand-alone program does NOT require the user to own Borland's dBASE III Plus or dBASE IV systems. To support your sales efforts, you can print complete catalogs of your products and services with either your prices, List prices or both. You can even include unlimited sized Specifications for the material items in your data base and optionally print them on the quote. Material items can also carry automatic multi-rate labor units so that labor can optionally be pulled in with the selected material items. You can place notes anywhere in the quote as desired. Sub-assemblies can be rapidly merged to a quote to save time and increase accuracy. When modifying a large quote, you can instantly jump to any item. At a registration price of only $70 this is a BEST BUY. Registrants receive the registered disk(s) and a 112 page printed bound manual as well as 1 year of free technical support. Description Type = Keywords PRO DEV,QUOTE,BIDDING,COST TRACKING Description Type = Registration Details $70 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k disks, unZIP PDQUOT5A.ZIP to Disk 1 of 2 and unZIP PDQUOT5B.ZIP to Disk 2 of 2. If preparing a single 720k disk, unZIP both files to a single 720k (or higher) disk). The INSTALL program will automatically handle a 1 or 2 disk configuration. The user changes the DOS prompt to the floppy drive and types INSTALL C: (Enter), or any hard drive letter. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from Pro Dev Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms RAINTREE Reservation 1.1a Raintree Reservation System <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEN MASHBURN MKM SOFTWARE 2812 INGRID LANE METAIRIE, LA 70003 Telephone: 713-488-2436 Fax: 713-524-6398 Description Type = Short Description Raintree Reservation System <ASP> Resort, Motel and Inn Reservation Manager - Book reservations upto 2 years in advance. Tracks room inventory, guest history, source of business. Quick check-in feature prints folio invoice and posts payment at check-in. Includes reports for arrivals, departures, current guests. Online help and data export. BUSINESS MKM Software Description Type = Long Description Raintree Reservation System is a reservations and guest tracking program designed for Hotels, Motels, B&B's and Resorts. Reservations can be booked up to two years in advance. The program calculates room rates and taxes according to rate tables you design. It prints custom confirmation letters, numerous reports for arrivals and current guests and, optionally, an invoice at check-in time. This is a reservations and reports program only and does not include front desk or accounting features. Guest histories are maintained and are available for helping to book repeat guests. Travel agent commissions can be calculated based on the projected amount of a guest's stay. This shareware version is a single user version and supports up to 50 rooms. More rooms are available for registered users and also a multi user version of the program. The program includes a mail manager for printing custom confirmation and marketing letters. You can likewise print mailing labels for all or a subset of your guest file selected by zip code, key word searchs or last stay date. Description Type = Keywords HOTEL MOTEL INN RESERVATION RESORT B&B LODGE Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US dollars Minimum registration price..................85.00 Maximum registration price..................175.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................11.00 Europe............................11.00 Asia..............................11.00 Africa............................11.00 Pacific...........................11.00 Description Type = Installation Details DOS Installation ---------------- Unzip the Raintree zip file into any directory on your hard drive. We suggest creating a new directory called \RRS. The DOS command to make a new directory is: MD \RRS <Enter> The installation directory, \RRS, must be the default directory whenever you start the program. To make \RRS your default directory, use the DOS change directory command, type: CD \RRS <Enter> The program start command is: RRS <Enter>. Trouble Shooting: ---------------- If you have any problems installing and running the program, try this: 1. Be sure you are in the \RRS directory before you start the program. The DOS command to change to the \RRS directory is: CD \RRS <Enter>. 2. Check your CONFIG.SYS file. Be sure the FILES= setting is 45 or higher: FILES=45 If you change this setting in your CONFIG.SYS file, reboot your computer. 3. After checking points 1 & 2, try restarting the program with this command: RRS NEW <Enter>. The NEW switch will verify that all files are present. Windows 3.x and Windows 95 -------------------------- You can launch Raintree from an icon in any version of Windows. First, install the program according to the DOS installation instructions. For this example, we assume you have installed Raintree in a directory called C:\RRS. Create an icon using the Windows Program Manager, select FILE | NEW and create a 'Program Item.' Next edit the 'Program Item Properties' to read as follows: Description......: Raintree 1.1a Command Line.....: C:\RRS\RRS.EXE Working Directory: C:\RRS Now you only need to click on the icon to start Raintree. When you exit the Raintree program, you return to the Windows Program Manager. You have to correctly identify the 'Working Directory' in order to launch Raintree from Windows. How to Order ------------ Please refer to the file ORDER.TXT Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to individuals charging no fees, and to BBSes, User Groups, Mail-Order Disk Vendors, CD-ROM publishers, and BBS File-Distribution Networks regardless of fees, to distribute the Raintree program, provided they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the shareware version of this program, and provided they claim no ownership of the program. Distribution by other channels, and distribution of modified versions, are also allowed, but only under the terms of the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute this program is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute Raintree must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. MKM Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BProgrms Rental Property Mgr 1.0b RENTAL PROPERTY MANAGER <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEN MASHBURN MKM SOFTWARE 2812 INGRID LANE METAIRIE, LA 70003 Telephone: 713-488-2436 Fax: 713-524-6398 Description Type = Short Description RENTAL PROPERTY MANAGER <ASP> APARTMENT & CONDO RESERVATIONS & BILLING - Supports multiple properties. Prints confirm letters, check-in forms and invoices. Tracks income and expenses for owner statements. Automatically calculates unit rates and tax for all units. Includes guest history, 50+ reports, password protected, online help. Business-MKM SOFTWARE Description Type = Long Description Rental Property Manager is a full working business shareware program designed to manage the reservation and billing of apartments, condominiums or other vacation property rentals on a short to medium term basis. The program calculates rates and taxes and compiles income and expenses to produce owner statements for any given date range. The program is capable of managing any number of units for one or more different properties. In addition to organizing reservations, powerful mail manager features are included to facilitate correspondence with your customer base through custom letters, or by simply printing mailing labels for a selected subset of your guest file. You can book reservations up to two years in advance and let the program calculate unit rates on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, using rate tables that you design. You can likewise enter a fixed rate at reservation time. Description Type = Keywords RENTAL REAL ESTATE RESERVATION CONDO APARTMENT Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US dollars Minimum registration price..................145.00 Maximum registration price..................250.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................11.00 Europe............................11.00 Asia..............................11.00 Africa............................11.00 Pacific...........................11.00 Description Type = Installation Details DOS Installation ---------------- Unzip the RPM zip file into any directory on your hard drive. We suggest creating a new directory called \RPM. The DOS command to make a new directory is: MD \RPM <Enter> The installation directory, \RPM, must be the default directory whenever you start the program. To make \RPM your default directory, use the DOS change directory command, type: CD \RPM <Enter> The program start command is: RPM <Enter>. Use RPM as your user name and password. In the registered version, you can setup your own user names. Trouble Shooting: ---------------- If you have any problems installing and running the program, try this: 1. Be sure you are in the \RPM directory before you start the program. The DOS command to change to the \RPM directory is: CD \RPM <Enter>. 2. Check your CONFIG.SYS file. Be sure the FILES= setting is 45 or higher: FILES=45 If you change this setting in your CONFIG.SYS file, reboot your computer. 3. After checking points 1 & 2, try restarting the program with this command: RPM NEW <Enter>. The NEW switch will verify that all files are present. Windows 3.x and Windows 95 -------------------------- You can launch RPM from an icon in any version of Windows. First, install the program according to the DOS installation instructions. For this example, we assume you have installed RPM in a directory called C:\RPM. Create an icon using the Windows Program Manager, select FILE | NEW and create a 'Program Item.' Next edit the 'Program Item Properties' to read as follows: Description......: RPM 1.O Command Line.....: C:\RPM\RPM.EXE Working Directory: C:\RPM Now you only need to click on the icon to start RPM. When you exit the RPM program, you return to the Windows Program Manager. You have to correctly identify the 'Working Directory' in order to launch RPM from Windows. How to Order ------------ Please refer to the file ORDER.TXT Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to individuals charging no fees, and to BBSes, User Groups, Mail-Order Disk Vendors, CD-ROM publishers, and BBS File-Distribution Networks regardless of fees, to distribute the RPM program, provided they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the shareware version of this program, and provided they claim no ownership of the program. Distribution by other channels, and distribution of modified versions, are also allowed, but only under the terms of the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute this program is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute RPM must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. MKM Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Alert ScrSvr/Alarm 1.00 ALERT: Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MENDEL COOPER M/COOPER 3425 CHESTNUT RIDGE RD. GRANTSVILLE, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description ALERT: Combination Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm. A "screen saver" that flashes an INTRUDER ALERT message on a changing-color screen while sounding a klaxon at random intervals should certainly discourage a would-be burglar, or at least prevent anyone from tampering with your computer. Description Type = Long Description ALERT: Combination Screen Saver / Burglar Alarm. A "screen saver that flashes an INTRUDER ALERT message on a changing-color scree while sounding a klaxon at random intervals should certainly discourage a would-be burglar, or at least prevent anyone from tampering with your computer. Includes C source. Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed...... Minimum registration price..................0.00 Maximum registration price..................7.50 Shipping: within same country...............1.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................3.00 Europe............................3.00 Asia..............................3.00 Africa............................3.00 Pacific...........................3.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unpack files in subdirectory of your choice. VGA and 286 or better required. May also work with mono VGA, but this has not been tested. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute ALERT, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the ALERT package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is M\Cooper, 3425 Chestnut Ridge Rd., Grantsville, MD 21536-9801. M\Cooper may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to M\Cooper. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Batch Menuing 2.1 BATCH BRANCHING UNDER MENU CONTROL Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description CHOOSE v2.1 <ASP> - Simple, yet powerful, means of menu controlled branching within AUTOEXEC or other BATCH files. Unlimited cascading/nesting. A menu selection causes a branch in the batch flow to perform needed DOS commands as well as present other menus with more choices and more branches. IBM-PC, DOS 2 (runs between applications). Keywords: MENU, BATCH, AUTOEXEC, ERRORLEVEL, SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION, & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Long Description The CHOOSE program provides an easy to use, yet powerful, means of menu controlled branching within the AUTOEXEC or other BATCH stream. CHOOSE may be used as a conventional menu system to provide a main menu from which programs may be run; however, CHOOSE provides much more. Since menu selections cause a branch to a specific position within a batch file, DOS commands at that position not only can run a program, but also may select drives, change directories, copy and rename files, as well as present another menu with more choices and more branches. The number of menus in a batch stream is unlimited and may be nested or cascaded as freely as needed. The more complex the environment, the more useful CHOOSE is in keeping things simple and avoiding error prone situations. Description Type = Keywords MENU, BATCH, AUTOEXEC, ERRORLEVEL, SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION, & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) CHOOSE directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Bob's BATch Enhancer 2.6 System services for BATch programs Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BOB STEPHAN MOBY DISK 1021 SAN CARLOS ROAD PEBBLE BEACH, CA 93953 Telephone: 408-646-1899 Fax: Call for number Description Type = Short Description GET.EXE Ver 2.6, Bob Stephan's DOS BATch file enhancer for Environment and ErrorLevel BATch services. GET26 is an upgrade for users of Ver. 2.5 and includes the documentation from Ver. 2.5. Many new features are described in the file GET26NEW.DOC incl. string handling, arithmetic, file dates, return codes from other programs and much more. True shareware: No nags, no crippling, no delays. Registration: $15+S&H see ORDER.GET. Description Type = Long Description GET.EXE is a general purpose DOS BATch file enhancer. It makes information available to BATch files through the BATch IF subcommand. The information can come from user input or from the operating system, and it is made available to the BATch file through the DOS ErrorLevel (Exit Code) and variables in the DOS master Environment. GET also has capabil- ities to set some system parameters and perform a few other specific actions, over 30 functions in all. Not only is GET wonderful for automating your personal system, it is excellent for networks, client support, and software installation programs. If these terms are not familiar to you, you will find them fully described and explained in the manual in the file GET.DOC. If you have been using an older version of GET, you will also be interested in the information in GET26NEW.DOC to help focus on the new and improved features. GET makes it possible to do many more interesting things in your BATch files than is possible with plain DOS. GET has over 30 functions that are useful in BATch files, so it can replace a multitude of small BATch file utilities, thus saving disk space. Each BATch file will probably use only a few features, but as you become familiar with the power of GET you will find more and more uses for all the features. The functions available in GET.EXE fall into three general categories: 1. Keyboard and Screen Input and Output 2. Disk and File Information 3. Memory and System Information SOME OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH THE KEYBOARD AND SCREEN I/O ARE: Echo text to the screen in color or reverse video. Display a custom prompt, optionally in color or reverse video, and get keyboard input. The prompt can even be displayed as a line of text moving across the bottom line of the screen to attract attention. Obtain keyboard input for menu selection, yes/no answers, USER IDs and passwords, just to mention a few, then take appropriate action depending on what was entered. You can control the length, valid characters, case, length of time to wait for input, and other characteristics of what is to be entered. Manipulate character (string) information to extract substrings, control the case, measure the length, provide input to other programs, trim leading and/or trailing blanks, and/or write the information to files. Clear the screen with full control of background and foreground color, automatically adjusting for the number of lines of text on the screen such as 43 for VGA or 50 for EGA. Arithmetic - add or subtract two numbers to make a loop counter, create sequential file names, or simply convert a numerical Environment variable into an ErrorLevel. SOME OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH THE DISK AND FILE FUNCTIONS ARE: Your BATch file can find out how large a file is, or how much space is available on a disk. Decisions can be programmed based on this information, for example, to do a COPY only if enough free space is available. You can determine whether a formatted disk is available in a floppy drive, and determine its size without getting the dreaded "Abort, Retry, Ignore" critical error message. Your BATch file can check the volume label of a disk and take appropriate action based on which disk has been inserted in the drive. You can check that the correct backup, installation, data, or program disk has been inserted, for example. You can determine which device drivers were loaded in a CONFIG.SYS file and have your AUTOEXEC.BAT automatically make decisions about which programs to run depending on the system configuration. Your BATch file can obtain and store the current drive and directory so it can return there after performing an action or running a program in a different drive or directory. A FEW OF THE MANY THINGS YOU CAN TO WITH THE MEMORY AND SYSTEM FUNCTIONS ARE: Get date and time information to use to control when to run other programs, to time stamp information in files, to display on the screen or for many other purposes. BATch files can find out how much memory is available,how much Environment space is left, what video attributes and modes are in use, whether a math coprocessor is available, and whether the CPU is an 8086, 80286, or 80386 (among other things). Many BATch programming decisions can be based on such information. Additional, checks are whether ANSI.SYS has been loaded, or whether Microsoft Windows is running. Your BATch file can check to see if a printer is available and ready and determine whether to print or not automatically. It can even turn off Print Screen to avoid accidental hang-ups if no printer is currently on-line. You can even have your BATch file reboot your computer with either a warm or cold boot, for example to change the configuration. Description Type = Keywords GET,BATCH,NETWORK,ENVIRONMENT,ERRORLEVEL,INPUT,ENHANCER, PROGRAMMING,KEYS,STRINGS,CHARACTERS,FILES,MEMORY,DISKS, ARITHMETIC,BATCH UTILITY,VOLUME LABEL,DIRECTORY,DATE,TIME, REBOOT,KEYBOARD,STACK KEYS Description Type = Registration Details $15+S&H. Site and distribution licensing available. Description Type = Installation Details Copy GET26.EXE to a directory in your path as GET.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Must inform end user purchasers of the nature of shareware. Description Type = Permissions Must inform end user purchasers of the nature of shareware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Clipboard Master 2.1 Image capture and show presenter for w Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Captures images for use in DTP or slide show. Converts between various formats. Imports directly to clipboard. Demo version captures and loads images but will not allow images to be saved or used. Manual or automatic presentations. Description Type = Long Description Versatile Windows image capture system and show presentation system. Imports files, exports and interconverts images in several formats, including BMP, DIB, PCX, TIF and WMF. Resize images on the clipboard. Combine clipboard images into a slide show. Manual or timed presentation. Operation by mouse click or keypress. Pro version includes full colour printer module which prints slides and lecture notes, and a run- time show presenter module. Description Type = Keywords presentation,graphics,show Description Type = Registration Details $69/ú45 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility DEED PLOT 0.53 Plots map from your deed, finds errors Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID PERRY BEITER CAVE, INC. 1/2 FAST SOFTWARE DIV. 1/2 FAST ROAD RITNER, KY 42633-8809 Telephone: (606) 376-3137 Fax: switched on demand Description Type = Short Description DEED PLOT ver 0.53 - ($10 to $100) DEEDPLOT draws a map from your land description on screen and printer, closes open boundaries, and calculates acreage. DEEDPLT accepts an assortment of units for the direction and distance, and translates amongst them. This is very useful for finding mutations and blunders in your land description. New and improved! Now with virtually virtual virtuosity!! Description Type = Long Description DEED PLOT ver 0.53 - ($10 to $100) DeedPlot plots your plat and plats your plot. Draw a map from the legal gibberish in your deed and see if it makes sense. Close open boundaries, calculate acreage. Find mutations, typograhpical errors and blunders in your deed calls. Virtually Virtual Virtuosity. Help is available anywhere, compliments of HyperRez hypertext reader. Directions and distances may be entered in a variety of units, and are translated amongst them. Video modes are supported from none [plots with the +|-\/ symbols] to VGA [highest mode supported by QuickBasic]. The program automagically detects and uses the highest resolution graphics mode available. Maps may be printed at [almost] any scale on [almost] any printer. There are several examples, with explanatory comments. There are also many support files, information on vacation or retirement land in The Boonies of Kentucky, and some filler to make a 360KB diskful. The commented file directory is in DDPLT053.DOX Description Type = Keywords DEED PLOT PLAT MAP SURVEY LAND CAVE BYTER BEITER MAR95 REAL ESTATE GENEALOGY Description Type = Registration Details $10 TO $100, depending upon usage. Description Type = Installation Details From DOS CAVE <enter> for a guided tour. Description Type = Permissions Permission granted for shareware distribution under the following conditions: 1) Copyright 1995 by David P Beiter. 2) Buyer must be informed that any fee is your materials & service fee only. 3) Copy fee may not exceed US$5. 4) No files may be altered or deleted (files may be added). 5) Distribution copy with your name on the registration form & an update, supplied to legitimate vendors upon request. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility DR. FORM 3.2 DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RUSS IRWIN IRWINWARE 113 BEECHMONT AVE. PITTSBURGH, PA 15229 Telephone: 412-931-9577 Fax: 412-931-8442 Description Type = Short Description DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> The easiest, fastest way for anybody to create, edit, fill in and print standard or custom made forms. Full Mouse Support. Move, copy, draw lines, etc. Automatic Grid Maker. Print on pre-printed forms and make templates. Much more.... Shareware Magazine Editor's Choice Award. DOS program which includes a Windows Setup. Description Type = Long Description DR. FORM v3.2 <ASP> The easiest, fastest way for anybody to create, edit, fill in and print standard or custom made forms. Full Mouse Support. Move, copy, draw lines, etc. Automatic Grid Maker. Print on pre-printed forms and make templates. Much more.... Shareware Magazine Editor's Choice Award. DOS program which includes a Windows Setup. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Document Builder 1.1 AUTO-TYPING OF BOILER PLATE TEXT Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description KEYSAVER v1.1 <ASP> - Provides a means of automatically typing boiler plate text at will. Saves repetitive typing, and avoids misspelled words and other typos. Auto-types canned text from specified files with prompts for manual keying of unique text. (Not a keyboard macro or re-mapper.) IBM-PC, 6K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, BOILER PLATE, KEYBOARD & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Long Description KEYSAVER, the typing assistant, provides a means of automatically typing boiler plate (commonly used) text at will. This not only saves a great deal of repetitive typing, but also eliminates the associated risk of misspelled words and other typos. KEYSAVER works transparently with WordPerfect, DOS, and other text oriented programs. That is, the program (e.g., WordPerfect) does not know that the boiler plate text was not typed manually. KEYSAVER uses standard ASCII files called templates to contain sets of boiler plate and related prompt text. KEYSAVER's operation is deceptively simple. KEYSAVER is "triggered" to initiate the auto-typing of boiler plate text. When the boiler plate, which may vary from a single character to multiple paragraphs, is auto-typed the prompt that follows the boiler plate in the template is displayed. This prompt usually indicates what unique keystrokes are required following the just auto-typed boiler plate. When the manual input of unique text is completed, KEYSAVER is triggered again, the next boiler plate is auto-typed, and the next prompt is displayed. This cycle may continue until an entire document has been typed. KEYSAVER has been designed to work with speech and large print systems used by the blind and visually impaired. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSING, WORDPERFECT, BOILER PLATE, KEYBOARD & VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) KEYSAVER directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Econ Market Forecast 2.0 Forecast S&P 500, gold, interest rates Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID CHAMNESS DC ECONOMETRICS 1001-A EAST HARMONY SUITE 349 FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 Description Type = Short Description ECON 2.0: Stock Market Forecasting Econometric models of S&P 500, T Bond and T Bill interest rates, inflation, and gold. Enter 9 numbers monthly to get statistically optimized forecasts for 3, 6, and 12 months ahead. Asset Allocation lists four optimal portfolios low to high risk; plus futures and options. 39% per year is possible. Menus, help, & graphs. DOS 3.3 up, 640K memory, hard disk needed. $49.95 shareware for IBM-PC Description Type = Long Description ECON v2.0, Stock Market Forecasting: ECON predicts the S&P 500, T Bond and T Bill interest rates, Gold prices, Zero coupon Bonds, and inflation. All are forecast 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months ahead. An Asset Allocation routine lists optimal portfolios. Choose from minimum risk, conservative, aggressive, maximum return, or futures and options. ECON's maximum return portfolio shows a 39% per year return from 1971 to 1993, turning $1,000 into $2 million. The econometric models in ECON were derived by multiple linear regression to 30 years of data 1963 to 1993. In tests the program predicted all major bull and bear markets from 1963 including the 1982 and 1991 bull markets, the crash of '87, and the drop in interest rates and inflation seen in 1991-1992. Once a month you enter nine numbers: S&P 500 close, S&P 500 P/E ratio, S&P 500 dividend yield, Prime rate, 90 day T Bill discount rate, 30 year T Bond rate, gold price, CPI, and unemployment. Pull-down menus, context-sensitive help, and text-mode graphics make ECON fun and easy to use. Requires 640K memory, DOS 3.3 or above, and a hard disk or a high density floppy. Color screen and mouse are recommended. $49.95 shareware. Description Type = Keywords STOCK, BOND, GOLD, FORECAST, PREDICT, TECHNICAL, ANALYSIS, ECON, MARKET, INFLATION Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Encrypt-It for DOS 2.20 Encrypt-It v2.20 for DOS (DES) Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID BLACK MAEDAE ENTERPRISES 5430 MURR ROAD PEYTON, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Encrypt-It v2.20 for DOS (Shareware). Encrypt-It's secure encryption routines are perfect for protecting everything from private diaries to company proprietary data. Available for both DOS and Windows with full file interchange. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, the shareware version of Encrypt-It is limited to the proprietary and proprietary+ levels of encryption. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition,Substitution Email Description Type = Registration Details $59 ($99 for both DOS and Windows) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Break out the .ZIP archive and run EID.EXE for the main application. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have disabled DES in the shareware version of Encrypt-It. You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of Encrypt-It anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so Encrypt-It is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Encrypt-It for Win. 2.12 Encrypt-IT V2.20 for Windows (DES) Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID BLACK MAEDAE ENTERPRISES 5430 MURR ROAD PEYTON, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Encrypt-It v2.20 for Windows (Shareware). Encrypt-It's secure encryption routines are perfect for protecting everything from private diaries to company proprietary data. Available for both DOS and Windows with full file interchange. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, the shareware version of Encrypt-It is limited to the proprietary and proprietary+ levels of encryption. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition, Substitution,Windows Email Description Type = Registration Details $59 ($99 for both DOS and Windows) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have disabled DES in the shareware version of Encrypt-It. You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of Encrypt-It anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so Encrypt-It is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Encryption Toolkit W 1.00 Windows Encryption Toolkit v1.0! Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID BLACK MAEDAE ENTERPRISES 5430 MURR ROAD PEYTON, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description The Windows Encrytion Toolkit (WET for short) is a DLL that adds secure encryption ranging from basic routines all the way to the Data Encryption Standard with cipher block chaining (WET Pro). WET provides XOR, transposition, and substitution for world-wide distribution. WET Pro (also available) provides the Data Encryption Standard with cipher block chaining. Best of all you can distribute them royalty free! The enclosed encryption DLL has been tested with both Microsoft C/C++ and Borland C++. It should work well with ANY Windows based language that supports DLLs. Due to NSA's Data Encryption Standard (DES) export restrictions, only the standard version of WET with its world-wide distribution is provided as shareware. Description Type = Keywords Encrypt,DES,Fast,Secure,File,XOR,Transposition, Substitution,Windows,Email Description Type = Registration Details $39 ($99 for WET Pro with DES+CBC) + $5 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Many of you are probably aware that programs that use the Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption can't be exported outside the USA and Canada. Because of the export restrictions, we have included only the standard version of WET -- NO DES! You may freely distribute the enclosed shareware version of WET anywhere in the world. We still provide very secure proprietary levels of encryption in addition to DES so WET is still very usable even without DES. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility FED Forms Editor 1.15 FED Forms Editor and Forms Printer-DOS Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM HASS MICROFOX COMPANY 3310 FOX RUN P.O. BOX 447 RICHFIELD, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description FED Forms Editor and Printer uses standard ASCII text files as forms and underlines as input fields. You can print the blank or filled out form to your printer and save it to a file with or without the input fields. Has the ability to set field defaults that can be changed at a later time. FED can pop up a list of files to choose another form. You can also clear all the input fields to fill out the same form with new information. Description Type = Long Description FED Form Editor and Printer Usage: FED [DRIVE:\PATH\FILENAME] [ONLY] A flexible and easy-to-use form filler program. Create a form with any text editor, then use FED to fill it out and print it. If the command line is empty or a directory is entered without a file name or there are wild card characters (* or ?) in the file name, FED will pop up a list of files to choose from. Wild card characters will restrict what files are displayed in the list. If the keyword ONLY is specified after the file name you will not be able to choose another file from inside the program. The file name entered on the command line is a standard ASCII text file. FED uses the file as a form with input fields designated by a series of underlines with a leading and trailing space. The user will be able to enter text into the fields. The form can be printed or saved to a file with the information that was entered into the fields. The input file itself is not changed unless you overwrite it when saving to a file. There are three types of files you can save: a standard text that will be exactly the same as the printed output, a data fields only file, and a special Form File that contains the form and field information. The Form File can be read back into the FED program any time with the information entered into the fields still in place. This is a way to place defaults into the form. You will be able to add, change, and delete all field information. Description Type = Keywords FORM EDIT FILL FILE PRINT TEXT LETTER FED FIELD DATA Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States Dollar Minimum registration price..................15.00 Maximum registration price..................750.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== The installation procedure for the MicroFox Forms Editor (FED) is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 64K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install FED. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received the FED product. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place the FED distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the FED product files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded FED from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the FED package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the FED product files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed the FED product (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the "FED.DOC" and "REGISTER.DOC" files. Those documents will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate FED. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute FED, completely unaltered, without further permission. For special cases or to distribute in modified form, you must contact MicroFox Company and read the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the FED form package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Financial Manager 1.3 Eval Corp. Performance and Planning Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BORJE KYRKLUND VIA DEI RADIOTELEGRAFISTI 28B3 ROME, 00143 ITALY Description Type = Short Description Financial management tool for evaluation of corporate performance and for planning short- term cash flow. Description Type = Long Description Financial Manager (FinMan) FinMan is a financial business management tool. Apply financial ratios to analyze your company's operating performance, corporate liquidity, and value. Meet legal reporting obligations. Forecast future cash flow requirements and make strategic business decisions. The program covers balance sheets, profit and loss statements, liquidity and cash flow, shares, growth equilibrium and the value of time. On screen manual. Requires Windows 3.x. Price for single copy US$ 95, including packaging and air mail shipment. Description Type = Keywords Financial Management Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US$ Minimum registration price..................95.00 Maximum registration price..................95.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Permissions Although the unregistered, shareware version of the program can be copied freely and distributed as long as no charge was made for this, except to cover reasonable costs of distribution, the registered version must not under any circumstances be copied for distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Hot Operator 1.04e Unattended production job scheduler Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOEY ROBICHAUX ROBICHAUX AND ASSOCIATES 21227 PARK YORK DRIVE KATY, TX 77450-4152 Telephone: 504-752-2620 Description Type = Short Description HOT OPERATOR! Multi-user unattended production job scheduler! Turns a dedicated PC into a complete operations staff. Run nightly production based on time or interval -- even check for successful completion and reschedule if necessary. Great for client/server operations! Shareware, ASP, STAR Description Type = Long Description Hot Operator is NOT a menu program; Hot Operator is NOT a wakeup routine. Hot Operator IS a complete production job scheduling system. Meet your production requirements without having to hire and train an operations staff. Hot Operator runs multi-user -- this means your technical group can define and maintain production jobs that will run at a client site. Hot Operator handles job scheduling. Schedule jobs to run at certain times, on certain days, certain intervals of time -- or combinations. You can even schedule jobs by day of the month, quarter, or year -- even end of period! Check for successful job completion -- reschedule jobs if they've failed or run special exception reports based on job failure. There's even a special security mode that keeps job definitions safe from tampering. Hot Operator supports memory swapping -- either third party devices or its own internal memory swapping option. This frees up the maximum amount of available conventional RAM to run your large applications. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, SCHEDULING Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Permissions Vendors who are ASP Associate Members in good standing, or who follow ASP guidelines and principles in describing the shareware concept, are hereby given permission to distribute Hot Operator from their catalog. However, you must send me notification that you are carrying this program (postcard and/or catalog). Also, Hot Operator must be distributed with all accompanying files. Rack vendors, or CD-ROM vendors, must contact me directly to receive permission. In no case may rack vendors or CD-ROM vendors distribute Hot Operator without written and signed permission from myself. All other vendors not mentioned must contact me directly to receive written permission. These are the distribution requirements as of October 20, 1993. I reserve the right to change these distribution requirements at any time. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility I'm Out - Business 1.9B I'M OUT Screen Saver - Business Ver. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEVE HUDGIC PSG-HOMECRAFT SOFTWARE P.O.BOX 974 TUALATIN, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description I'M OUT Screen Saver - Business Ver. 1.9b - the only screen saver that works for you. Yes, it displays pretty pictures, just like other screen savers, but I'M OUT does more! You can leave a custmized message for others and others can leave private messages for you. Let people know where you are, and when you'll be back. Or use I'M OUT to remind yourself of an important meeting. Description Type = Long Description I'M OUT Screen Saver - Business Ver. 1.9b - the only screen saver that works for you. Yes, it displays pretty pictures, just like other screen savers, but I'M OUT does more! You can leave a custmized message for others and others can leave private messages for you. Let people know where you are, and when you'll be back. Or use I'M OUT to remind yourself of an important meeting. Created by PC Conquest and published by PSG-HomeCraft Software. Description Type = Keywords I'M OUT SCREEN SAVER MESSAGES Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................39.95 Maximum registration price..................39.95 Shipping: within same country...............6.00 North America.....................6.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLATION: If you downloaded this software from a BBS, be sure that it has been unzipped before you try to install it. Run Windows. Go to the Files Menu and click on "Run". Select and run the "SETUP.EXE" file that is included as one of the files with the software. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute this software, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute this software is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Just To Quote 3.11 Automatic daily Quote-for-the Day Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLIAM E. PEACE P.O. BOX 627 SOUTH DENNIS, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description JUST TO QUOTE ... will automatically provide you with a quote for the day upon start up of your computer. It is easy to use, takes up no resident memory, and is a pleasant way to start a day of work. With so much to do every day, we need to stop to think, to smile, and to slow ourselves a bit. What better way than to ponder the wisdom and the follies of those who have gone before us? Description Type = Long Description JUST TO QUOTE ... will automatically provide you with a quote for the day upon start up of your computer. It is easy to use, takes up no resident memory, and is a pleasant way to start a day of work. With so much to do every day, we need to stop to think, to smile, and to slow ourselves a bit. What better way than to ponder the wisdom and the follies of those who have gone before us? WITH JUST TO QUOTE ... You can search for particular quotes, or topics, you can print the quotes or series of quotes, and you can even edit the quote file to include your own quotes. Most importantly, you can mark any quote of your choice to appear on a particular date. Quotes have been individually selected to provide a mix of humor, motivation, and thought. Description Type = Keywords Quotations, philosophy, quotes, humor, wisdom Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details To install the program on the hard drive, insert the program disk in drive A and type INSTALL <return> Follow the instructions that you will see. The program will start automatically once installation is complete. To run at other times, type C: CD QUOTE QUOTE You may type QUOTE M to run the program in monochrome. FOR AUTOMATIC QUOTE UPON COMPUTER START UP: Choose this option when prompted as you install to the hard drive. Then your computer will run JUST TO QUOTE ... the first thing every time you run the computer each day. INSTALLATION TO WINDOWS 3.1: Follow these steps to install JUST TO QUOTE to WINDOWS 3.1. This procedure will enable you to run quote manually from the WINDOWS program. If you wish to run quote automatically when you start up your computer, follow the procedure above to install to the hard drive. As you install, you will be given an automatic start up option. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter the quote file or any other files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Label maker 3.5 Label and envelope printer for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Design and print labels/envelopes. Images may include text, graphics, lines, boxes, sequence numbers and (in Pro version) barcodes. Style stored in style file; varying text stored in single field database. Demo version does not save files. Description Type = Long Description A label or envelope design and printing system - allows printing of data block (from a database file, manual entry or single click paste from another application) along with text blocks, sequence numbers, pictures, boxes, lines, dates and (in Pro version) fixed or sequential barcodes. Prints on single- or multi-column labels or envelopes. Pro version includes barcodes and full colour. Database may contain upto 16000 single field records. Description Type = Keywords label,envelope,barcode Description Type = Registration Details $69/ú45 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Magnify Wordperfect 1.0 LOW MAGNIFICATION OF 80x25 TEXT SCREEN Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description WPX provides slight magnification of 80 by 25 text screens for WordPerfect, DOS, and other text oriented programs. WPX's low magnification, which may be switched on and off at will, is very helpful for those with poor vision or just "tired eyes" at day's end. A full function demo is provided. Cost: $20(US) Description Type = Long Description WPX provides slight magnification of DOS and text oriented programs such as WordPerfect, and is automatically disabled when a graphics program such as Windows is running. This low magnification is very helpful for users with poor vision, tired eyes at day's end, or when using a notebook computer under less than optimum lighting. In addition to enlarging text, WPX provides a "Review Mode" that allows you to move the magnified window around the full 80 character by 25 line display, change magnification, and/or change "tracking mode." WPX is NOT a conventional large print system with five to twenty times character magnification, and therefore, does NOT require features to help relate the magnified text to the screen area being enlarged. That is, there is always sufficient screen area in view to maintain orientation. Description Type = Keywords WORDPERFECT, MAGNIFICATION. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into an empty directory, (2) Switch to that directory, (3) Enter "WPX" on the DOS command line for a command summary (4) Enter "COPY MANUAL.TXT PRN" to print a manual, and/or (5) Enter "WPX LEVEL-2" to begin running with 1.3X screen magnification. Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is a full function evaluation/distribution copy of WPX. Upon TSR loading, a System ID is displayed. Upon payment of a $20 fee, this ID is converted to an enabling code for a single computer. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Mortgage Analyzer 2.03 The Mortgage Analyzer v2.03 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL JONES INSIGHT SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS P.O. BOX 354 BOUNTIFUL, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description The Mortgage Analyzer v2.03 contains options for amortization schedules, loan qualification, refinancing, mortgage accel- eration, side by side mortgage comparisons, Buy vs. Rent, Lease vs. Sell, and mortgage related calculators. Tax Analysis, Daily Interest, Points, etc. Save and retrieve multiple clients. Fixed, Stepped, ARM. Calculates Mortgage Insurance, FHA MIP, VA Funding Fees. Caps & Margins for ARMs. MORE! Description Type = Long Description This is NOT an ORDINARY mortgage program. It includes seven predefined loan acceleration methods such as bi-weekly, double principal and growing equity payments plus the ability to set up *ANY* acceleration method con- ceivable through variable extra payments. Accelerated schedules and/or summaries can be produced side by side with the original mortgage or by themselves. Features mortgage comparisons--enter all values for two complete mortgages. For instance, compare a Conventional Loan to an FHA Loan. Print, view or save to file complete schedules and/or summaries for both side by side. No need to wander through endless screens entering data wondering when the last screen is at hand. Mortgage schedule and summary inputs are contained on one screen with the use of function keys to branch out to less common needed items such as variable rates for use with ARMs. The input screen contains Loan Type (Conventional, FHA, VA), Purchase Price, Down Payment, Duration, Interest Rate, Interest Type (Fixed, Stepped, Adjustable, Reset), Closing Date, First Payment Date, Points, Property Tax, Homeowners Insurance, Mortgage Insurance and closing costs. It calculates payments, points, mortgage insurance, tax savings, daily interest, interest paid, interest saved (for acceleration) and complete schedules. Many other features include Loan Qualification, Buy vs Rent, Lease vs Sell, Refinance and a variety of Calculators. Description Type = Keywords REAL ESTATE LOAN MORTGAGE REFINANCE QUALIFY MONEY HOME SALE LOAN ACCELERATION Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................30.00 Maximum registration price..................50.00 Shipping: within same country...............3.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details The Mortgage Analyzer may be run from either a floppy or hard disk. An installation program called INSTALL.EXE is provided to assist you in the installation of the program on a hard drive. To install the program, insert the floppy disk in drive A (or drive B). From the A> prompt (or B>), simpy type "Install". This will prompt you through the installation process. Alternatively, you may simply copy the contents of the floppy disk onto the hard disk. We recommend that it be placed into its own subdirectory. Description Type = Permissions The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Please consult the attached VENDINFO data record for distribution rights. You must obtain written permission directly from Insight Software Solutions if you are unsure of your distribution rights. Permission to distribute The Mortgage Analyzer package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Insight Software Solutions, P.O. Box 354, Bountiful, UT 84011. Insight Software Solutions may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Insight Software Solutions. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Mortgage Designer 2.20 Mortgage Designer v2.20 for Windows! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID BLACK MAEDAE ENTERPRISES 5430 MURR ROAD PEYTON, CO 80831-7402 Telephone: (719) 683-3860 Description Type = Short Description Mortgage Designer v2.20 for Windows (Shareware). Home mortgage calculations complete with amortization schedules! Powerful and easy to use "What if?" calculations. Extensive built-in help. Calculate remaining balance, cost of loan, equity versus balance, missing variables, PITI, tax adjusted payments, plus much more! Multi-color pie charts for overall picture at a glance. Description Type = Keywords Home,Loan,Mortgage,Amortization,Windows,Cost,PITI,Tax,Database Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 + $5.00 S&H Description Type = Installation Details Run INSTALL.EXE from the File Manager after you have broken out the .ZIP archive. Description Type = Permissions Please help distribute our shareware. For shareware libraries or BBSs we have only two requrements for distribution. First, you must distribute all the related files for each application (don't leave anything out of the .ZIP file). Second, you must not charge over $10 per diskette for the reproduction or distribution charge to the end user. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility ORCHIS org charts 1.0 ORCHIS: Org Chart Maker v1.0 Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: FRANK CARROLL TRIONUM INC. P.O. BOX 305 KENDALL SQUARE CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142 Telephone: 617-776-1877 Description Type = Short Description ORCHIS (Org Chart Imaging Software) v1.0 - Shareware for DOS PCs to create organization charts, menu and decision trees, or any tree structured diagram. The intuitive graphical user interface & WYSIWYG display provide easy access to a wide variety of charting options. Chart layout is automatic. Print to LaserJet, DeskJet, dot matrix or PostScript. Export to PCX, PDL or EPS. Includes complete on-line documentation. Color VGA required. Description Type = Long Description ORCHIS (Org Chart Imaging Software) is a simple but powerful tool for creating org charts, menu trees, decision trees, or diagrams of any tree-like hierarchy. The intuitive graphical UI provides easy access to a wide variety of charting options. ORCHIS supports horizontal, vertical, and double column chart types, mixed types in one tree, multiple trees in one chart, assistant nodes, drop shadows, chart titles, and much more. Properties (including type face, type size, color, and line weight) can be controlled for the entire chart, for one branch or level, for an individual box, or even for a single line of text. ORCHIS also provides WYSIWYG display, background printing, scalable fonts, and complete on-line documentation. ORCHIS supports hardcopy output via LaserJet, DeskJet, PostScript, and dot matrix printers, and graphical file output in the PDL, PCX, and EPS formats, so that charts from ORCHIS can be used in most word processors, publishing packages, and painting and drawing programs. ORCHIS charts are stored in a simple ASCII file format, making it easy for programmers to create compatible utilities. Description Type = Keywords ORG, CHART, ORG-CHART, ORGANIZATION, TREE, DIAGRAM, GRAPHICS, TRIONUM Description Type = Registration Details $29 Description Type = Installation Details Step 1: Make a directory for ORCHIS on your hard disk and copy all of the ORCHIS files into that directory. (You can also install ORCHIS on a floppy disk.) Step 2: Run the INSTALL utility and answer the questions that it asks. This will set up ORCHIS to run properly with your hardware configuration. Step 3: Run ORCHIS. Description Type = Permissions Vendors: You have TRIONUM's permission to copy and distribute the unregistered shareware version of ORCHIS, subject to the following 3 conditions: 1. The ORCHIS software and documentation that you distribute must be complete and unmodified. 2. Catalogs and advertisements listing ORCHIS must identify it as SHAREWARE, which must be adequately defined. 3. You must cease all copying and distributing of ORCHIS immediately upon notice from TRIONUM. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Phone call pricing 6.3 Telephone call pricing program of choi Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: EUGENE L. WOODS PE/EE 8817 HILLERY DR SAN DIEGO, CA 92126-2808 Telephone: 619-549-4057 Description Type = Short Description FONE(tm), Version 6.3b MAJOR Reference Data Upgrade. New & Updated Rates including HOME BASED Business Services. NEW Rate Time Periods for Business, Int'l, & Residential Services. More North America Cities; was 1200; NOW 3500+. Many New Area Codes: 610, 810, 905, 910, + +. More Int'l Countries & Territories; was 130; NOW 220+. Includes Personal Contact Manager Database with Auto Redial, Labels, Cost Reports, etc. Description Type = Long Description MAJOR REFERENCE DATA BASE UPGRADE... NEW & UPDATED Sample Rates, including FLAT RATE Services for Home Based Businesses... plus 3500+ US/USVI, CANADIAN, & MEXICAN Cities (was 1200)... plus 220+ COUNTRIES, & TERRIOTORIES (was 130)... plus NEW Area Codes 610, 905, 910, 810... plus EXPANDED LATA!! FONE(tm) is a comprehensive telephone call pricing data base program that calculates the approximate time & cost of calls BEFORE placed DISPLAYS ON-GOING TIME & CALL COST IN REAL TIME, & serves as a powerful contact directory management tool. This full-featured program handles everything from address labels, to a handy Appointment Calendar, to maintaining a FASTFONE(tm) list of frequently called numbers, to providing an on-screen note pad for each contact entry in the data base. Cost/time records can be obtained without a MODEM, or will dial your calls thru your MODEM (features Auto-Redial on Busy Signal). Auto-Lookup of Sample Rates for several major carriers, 3500+ US/CN/MX Cities, & 220+ Countries, are available in the Reference DB for both domestic & international calls OR put in your own rates, cities, countries with the same call time/cost tracking, monitoring, & report performance. REPORTS: Maintains a Call Log Report of all calls, itemizing: who, time spent, call charges (including Local Calls); a Monthly Bill Report of recurring & time/call charges (manual call cost entry allows user to enter time/cost of calls made while away from the computer); Contact Report for each entry in the Personal Data Base (includes memos, time/costs, dates, etc). On-line Program HELP & Telcom INFO is available at the press of a button. Import data from other programs into your FONE(tm) Personal Data Base. Accepts ASCII text files and allows you to define field names for proper inclusion of data into your Personal Data Base. Description Type = Keywords FONE,COMMUNICATIONS,COSTS,MANAGEMENT,TELEPHONE,LONG DISTANCE,GIFT, RESIDENTIAL,BUSINESS,INTERNATIONAL,DATA BASE,AUTO-REDIAL Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 plus $5.00 US/CN or $12.50 Overseas S&H (US Dollars). California residents add sales tax. Description Type = Installation Details To install FONE(tm) to your hard disk, perform these steps: ■ Use mkdir to create a directory for FONE. \FONE is recommended. ■ Copy the FONE(tm) .ZIP file into this directory. ■ UnZIP the FONE(tm) .ZIP file with PKUNZIP, or a compatible utility. ■ Delete the .ZIP file to conserve disk space. ■ If you are updating a previous version of FONE(tm), run MERGDB.EXE. This will merge the new sample database with your existing database. ■ Type "FONE" to run the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The FONE(tm) computer software program, User Manual, all files, including but not limited to, README files, batch files, data files, text files, document files, User Manual and the like, are copyrighted and all rights remain with EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, all rights reserved. You are granted permission to make up to three (3) copies without the written permission of EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, provided you charge no fee whatsoever, nor distribute the said software nor any associated files with any product you or your agents sell. If your are a business, a Library, Software Library or Librarian, a Bulletin Board System or SYSOP, an Electronic Information Service or an individual or the like, who will charge a fee for duplication, and/or handling, and/or distribution you must have written permission to charge said fee(s) for this specific software product and specific version of said software product from EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE. Description Type = Permissions The FONE(tm) computer software program, User Manual, all files, including but not limited to, README files, batch files, data files, text files, document files, User Manual and the like, are copyrighted and all rights remain with EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, all rights reserved. You are granted permission to make up to three (3) copies without the written permission of EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE, provided you charge no fee whatsoever, nor distribute the said software nor any associated files with any product you or your agents sell. If your are a business, a Library, Software Library or Librarian, a Bulletin Board System or SYSOP, an Electronic Information Service or an individual or the like, who will charge a fee for duplication, and/or handling, and/or distribution you must have written permission to charge said fee(s) for this specific software product and specific version of said software product from EUGENE L. WOODS, PE/EE. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility QWERTY WORD PROC 7.1 FRIENDLY EASY TO LEARN & USE WP Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description QWERTY v7.1 <ASP> - A delightfully easy-to- use word processor with plenty of power and dynamic help. Special support for LaserJet printers. User can become productive in less than an hour. IBM-PC, 256K, DOS-3 Keywords: WORD PROCESSOR, OFFICE, TYPING. Description Type = Long Description QWERTY is one of the original word processors developed in 1982 for the then new IBM PC. Since early users were often typists with little, or no, computer experience, QWERTY was designed to feel like a Selectric Typewriter and to be easy to learn and use. In 1992, upon it's tenth anniversary, QWERTY was released as SHAREWARE and continues in use to date. QWERTY has the reputation of being a great "starter" word processor, but for many, it has continued to serve as their only word processor. QWERTY is so easy that you may become productive in minutes. Just start typing -- Hold <F1> down (for HELP) when you have a question. Don't waste time with "the quick brown fox..." Start with something real. QWERTY is a serious word processor with a wealth of useful features that may be ignored until needed. For example, if you wish to produce a pamphlet, you might use QWERTY to develop the text and send the ASCII text file (or a "print-to-disk" file) to a publisher who would then typeset and print the final copy. However, you might also just print it with QWERTY. If you wish to print on both sides of the paper, QWERTY will print alternate pages, allowing a second pass to print the page backs. If you use headers and/or footers, QWERTY will allows odd/even page specifications. If your header or footer contains a page number, it can always be printed away from the binding. The point is that you do not have to deal with details until you actually need them. Description Type = Keywords WORD PROCESSOR, OFFICE, TYPING. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) QWERTY directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility ROCKFORD! 4.0 Business card maker for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE CAMPBELL OSOSOFT 1472 SIXTH STREET LOS OSOS, CA 93402 Telephone: (805) 528-1759 Fax: (805) 528-3074 Description Type = Short Description OSOSOFT'S ROCKFORD! v4.0 <ASP> - Business card maker for Windows 3.1. Fonts, Clip Art, and Line Drawing. Works with all custom card stock. Many new features. WYSIWYG. Camera ready cards too. Shareware. Registration: $20 Requires VBRUN300.DLL. Description Type = Long Description OSOSOFT'S ROCKFORD! v4.0 <ASP> - Business card maker for Windows 3.1. Fonts, Clip Art, and Line Drawing. Works with all custom card stock. Many new features. WYSIWYG. Camera ready cards too. Shareware. Registration: $20 Requires VBRUN300.DLL. Description Type = Registration Details $20 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Snapshot Data XFR 1.0 SCREEN AREA SNAPSHOT/AUTO RETYPE Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HANK KREJCI HFK SOFTWARE 68 WELLS ROAD LINCOLN, MA 01773-3702 Telephone: 617-259-0059 Fax: 617-259-0626 Description Type = Short Description SNAPSHOT v1.0 <ASP> - A "clipboard" like DOS program that takes electronic snapshots of screen areas to be automatically typed back later. Cross application CUT & PASTE. IBM-PC, 15K TSR, DOS 3 Keywords: CLIPBOARD, CUT, PASTE, & WORD PROCESSING. Description Type = Long Description SNAPSHOT provides a means of taking electronic snapshots of specific screen text areas and auto-typing the captured text later upon demand. Up to ten snapshots may coexist. Usually, screen data are captured while running one program and then automatically typed via synthesized keystrokes to provide input to another program. Since the text is not actually retyped, accurate reproduction of the original is assured -- no transposed characters or other typos. SNAPSHOT also functions as a cut-and-paste facility within the same program. Description Type = Keywords CLIPBOARD, CUT, PASTE, & WORD PROCESSING. Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details (1) Unzip into a newly created (or empty) SNAPSHOT directory, (2) Switch to that directory, and (3) Enter "MENU" on the DOS command line. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special requirements. Description Type = Permissions Distribute freely, but without modification. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility Timeclock I 2.4S PC/LAN Replacement for Mech. Timeclock Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD FAUGHT FAUGHT DATA SYSTEMS, INC. 2151 OAKLAND ROAD #24 P.O. BOX 361927 MILPITAS, CA 95035 Telephone: 408-394-4837 Fax: 408-577-0198 Description Type = Short Description TIMECLOCK I v2.4S <ASP> - PC and LAN ready Employee Timeclock. Eliminates timecard tab- ulation. Adds..Kybd/Barcode input, Bulletin board, Emp. messages, Status Board, Post- facto entry, Job/Client labor report, Over- time calc. Tracks Sick, Vac., Hol. time. Exports avail. Registration Bonus to users. Faught Data Systems, Inc. $79.95 Description Type = Long Description If keeping track of employee and project hours is important in your business, don't settle for a timeclock..use Timeclock I. Timeclock I not only logs your employees' "in" and "out", it tabulates their hours automatically at end of each pay period. And unlike manual methods, it never makes a mistake! Entries can be made from the keyboard or a barcode scanner. It's so easy for emploees to use. If your networked they just type PUNCH and an ID code right from their workstations. Captures every billable hour. If your tracking time by project or client simply enter a name/code with any punch and Timeclock I logs employee hours by project too. No other recordkeeping needed! Delivers messages! Send general announcements over the program's bulletin board, or enter private message of up to 80 characters for individual employees. They'll get their messages when they "punch". Employees can use the on-screen timecard to see their hours and you can use the status board to see who's in or out. Calculates overtime and premium time, tracks sick leave, vacations and holidays and can round off to the nearest tenth or quarter of an hour. Saves hundreds of dollars compared to other systems (or manual methods). Try it, you'll like it. Description Type = Keywords TIMECLOCK, TIME, CLOCK, TIMECARD, TIMEKEEPING Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 Description Type = Installation Details TimeClock I can be installed in just a few minutes. If you are an experienced PC user, just make a new directory (typically TC) and copy on the distribution data files from the expanded TC24S.??? file. You can enter COPY PACKING.LST PRN to print a list of the files. 1. Enter COPY *.DOC PRN to print the users manual and supporting files. (Last count was less than 30 pages) 2. Execute the TC.EXE program. (This will create the files DAILY.DAT, MASTER.DAT and EMPLOYEE.DAT as well as their associated key files. 3. Proceed with the SETUP instructions in the manual and you are ready to go. Note! The TimeClock program will open 13 files. Your CONFIG.SYS file should have a FILES= statement with at least this number. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please see file VENDOR.DOC Description Type = Permissions Please see files VENDOR.DOC, SYSOP.DOC, LICENSE.DOC CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BUtility dPlot graph plotter 3.0 Technical graph plotting for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID LAWES DL TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 9 BUCKHURST HILL ESSEX, IG9 5B UK Telephone: ++ 44 81-559-0049 Fax: ++ 44-81-502-9037 Description Type = Short Description Demonstration version. Allows graphs to be created and printed or copied to clipboard for pasting into DTP applications. Demo version does not allow styles or data to be saved. Description Type = Long Description Scientific graph plotting package. Graphs may contain multiple axes, text blocks (with full font control), graphics and pictures (including other graphs). MDI-type windows for graph , file image, spreadsheet-type editor, linear least squares and polynomial analysis, and mouse input. Flexible data input, including copy from spreadsheet. Output to printer or clipboard. Professional version includes full colour control. Description Type = Keywords plotting,graphs Description Type = Registration Details $99/ú65 Description Type = Installation Details Copy the ZIP file to a temporary subdirectory and unzip it. Then from Windows run the INSTALL.EXE program created during unzipping. Installation creates a named subdirectory of the user's choice (which contains all components of the program) and an icon within Program Manager. After installation the subdirectory containing the unzipped ZIP file may be deleted. To unistall the program simply delete the subdirectory created by installation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ 2300+ Shwr Vendors! 1.0 2300+ Shareware Vendors worldwide! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BUD JAY JCS MARKETING, INC. 9594 208th Street West P.O. Box 1216 LAKEVILLE, MN 55044 Telephone: (612) 469-5898 Fax: (612) 469-5898 Description Type = Short Description 2300+ Shareware Vendors worldwide! Learn how to get programs to all of them for about a penny a vendor! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ CEnvi for DOS 2.00 Scripting language/batch-enhancer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BRENT NOORDA NOMBAS P.O. BOX 875 MEDFORD, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter/batch-enhancer/macro tool- CEnvi gives the DOS professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and interrupt calls, in an easy-to- use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file, and can even mix with batch files. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. 150+ built-in functions or create your own. Interact with DOS commands, interrupts, and environment variables. 50 sample utilities are included to demonstrate Cmm programming, looping in batch files, altering environment variables, user input, reading time, sounds, setting ERRORLEVEL, file read/write, program run-time scheduling, and much more. Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, BATCH, ENHANCER, ENVIRONMENT, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details See Readme.doc Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVID). Unzip CENVID.ZIP into that directory. From that directory enter CENVI INSTALL. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ CEnvi for OS/2 2.00 Scripting language/batch-REXX-enhancer Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: BRENT NOORDA NOMBAS P.O. BOX 875 MEDFORD, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter;bach/rexx-enhancer;Automator- CEnvi gives the OS/2 professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and kernel/DLL calls, in an easy-to- use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file, and can even mix with batch or REXX. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. nearly 100 samples are included, demonstrating such tasks as: looping in batch files, setting the NumLock key, killing processes, calling DLLs, deleting directory trees, opening desktop folders, scheduling task times and priorities, controlling PMSHELL and WPS, fine-tuning DOS sessions and appearances, sending keystrokes to PM and Windowed applications, menu selections, automating DOS, Windows, and OS/2 sessions, and much more... Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, BATCH, REXX, SCRIPT, AUTOMATE, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details See README.DOC Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVI2). Unzip CENVI2.ZIP into that directory. From that directory enter CENVI INSTALL. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ CEnvi for Windows 2.00 Windows-batch-language/C-interpreter Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BRENT NOORDA NOMBAS P.O. BOX 875 MEDFORD, MA 02155 Telephone: 617-391-6595 Description Type = Short Description C-interpreter/Windows-batch/macro tool- CEnvi gives the Windows professional a complete C-like environment, including the standard library and DLL calls, in an easy-to-use form and all in one 150K executable. Now 'C' is as easy to use as a batch file. Script almost any Windows tasks. Description Type = Long Description Cmm (C minus minus) is 'C' for the rest of us. CEnvi runs Cmm programs in the DOS, Windows, OS/2, NT, Unix, etc... environments. Together, CEnvi and Cmm make the power and flexibility of the C programming language part of every computer user's environment, without the hardware, time, and programmer resources needed for developing full-blown C programs. With CEnvi and Cmm, anyone can take control of their computer environment. C is not just for programming nerds anymore. CEnvi utilites, macros, batch files, and scripts can quickly be created, shared, and modified among all computer users, professional and amateur alike. CEnvi can be incorporated at a pace that is comfortable to you: you may just want to use CEnvi code set up by a more experienced user, you may want to enhance existing batch files with a line or two of CEnvi code, or you may write complete utilities using CEnvi. 150+ built-in functions, create your own, or call into Windows or other DLLs. 50+ sample files are included to demonstrate Cmm programming, DLL links, reading time, file read/write, controlling other programs, interacting with Windows and DOS, creating graphics and dialog windows, serial communications, menu and dialog creation or automation, and much more. $38. Also available for OS/2 and DOS. Description Type = Keywords C, INTERPRETER, WINDOWS, BATCH, SCRIPT, MACRO Description Type = Registration Details see readme.doc Description Type = Installation Details Create a directory (recommend name CENVIW). Unzip CENVIW.ZIP into that directory. Run CEnvi.exe and enter INSTALL at the prompt. Description Type = Permissions May be freely distributed if no files are removed or modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Car Book Plus 2.0 Car Mileage Book & Car Expenses Book Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description CAR BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1). Includes two separate programs: Car Mileage Book and Car Expenses Book. Both programs will help you keep track of all car records (services, maintenance, repairs, insurance license fees, fuel & oil costs, leasing costs, mileage, and more...). Well suited for both personal and business car use. A similar format to a regular book makes both programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description CAR BOOK PLUS for Windows(MS Windows 3.1) (excellent for Laptops).Includes two separate programs: Car Mileage Book and Car Expenses Book. Both programs will help you keep track of all car records (services, maintenance, repairs, insurance & license fees, fuel & oil costs, leasing costs, mileage, and more...). CAR BOOK PLUS is well suited for both personal and business car use. A similar format to a regular book makes both programs very easy to use and intuitive. Description Type = Keywords CAR,EXPENSES,MILEAGE,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,BUSINESS,TAX,PIM,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $22 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Franchise Oprtunites Winter'94A Info and contacts to start a franchise Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. SCOTT PERRY COMPUTERIZED HORIZONS 2490 BLACK ROCK TPKE. #309 FAIRFIELD, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description Franchise Opportunities, Winter 1994A. If you want to start a business with low risk a franchise may be the way to go! This program contains information on many well- known franchises, and includes details on required investment. New version has info on over 200 companies. Shareware. Description Type = Long Description Franchise Opportunities is a program that can help an entrepreneur find the right franchise to run. A franchise offers many advantages over starting a business from scratch. Mainly, the company you work with can only be successful if you are, so they need to help you. This program has the sources of many franchises that are looking to expand. They are separated into categories to make it easier for you to find what you are looking for. Along with contact information is the investment information. You will see what kind of investment is required to start each franchise, as well as how much of that money goes to the company (most franchises require you to pay them a fee at the beginning). Description Type = Keywords Business,Franchise,Career,Entrepreneur,Money Description Type = Registration Details $6.95 Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary: Just type FRAN to start the program. Use the arrow keys to make choices in the menus, and press <ENTER> to view the category you chose. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be distributed in most cases with no unusual requirements. Any shareware vendor may distribute the shareware version of Opportunity Awaits, just so long as the people receiving the program have been informed of the shareware concept. See the VENDOR.DOC file for further information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ FundRaiser Basic 1.40 Donor Management Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GENE WEINBECK PROFESSIONAL SUPPORT SOFTWARE 106 GARFIELD AVE P.O. BOX 901 WEST PLAINS, MO 65775 Telephone: (800) 880-3454 Fax: (417) 256-4280 Description Type = Short Description FundRaiser Basic v1.40 <ASP> Donor Mgt software, VERY easy to learn and use. Here are the tools you need to fundraise like a real pro. In one session: record donations, make address changes, code donors, print timely thank you letters and labels, print a deposit report - all without leaving the program! Targeted mailings are a snap, as are the impressive and useful reports. Now imports and exports, too. Description Type = Long Description FundRaiser Basic v1.35 <ASP> Donor Management software. VERY easy to learn and use. Here are the tools you need to fundraise like a real pro. In one session: record donations, make address changes, code donors, print timely thank you letters and labels, print a deposit report - all without leaving the program! Targeted mailings are a snap, as are the impressive and useful reports. Now imports existing list from other programs, and exports to other programs. Context sensitive help plus extensive "hint boxes". Handles international dates and phone numbers. Fundraising booklet, printed manual, updates, lots more, come with $48 registration. Description Type = Keywords FUNDRAISING FUND RAISING NONPROFIT NON-PROFIT DONORS MEMBERSHIP CHURCH Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US$ Minimum registration price..................48.00 Maximum registration price..................48.00 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................8.00 Europe............................8.00 Asia..............................8.00 Africa............................8.00 Pacific...........................8.00 Description Type = Installation Details FundRaiser Basic has no installation requirements. o However, to simplify continued use, it is best to put FundRaiser in its own directory. We suggest \FRB, which is the default directory we use when sending updates. If you have already placed the FRB files in another directory and want an easy way to move them all over to \FRB, type: INSTALL and press Enter. o You will need at least 900 k and preferably about 2 Mb of available disk space on the hard drive or diskette on which you plan to install FundRaiser Basic. The program and empty databases take almost 900k, the help files and manual about 400k. In addition, you must have sufficient room to record data on your donors and their donations. Depending on how extensive your notes are, and how many donations, you should figure about 1k for every 1 to 2 donors. o We do not recommend installation onto a diskette because the disk's limited disk capacity will limit the number of donors that can be recorded, and will result in VERY slow operation. o You start the program by first changing to the program's directory. Do that by typing: CD \FRB and pressing Enter. Then to start the program, type: FRB and press Enter. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Ins.Agency Forms Gen 1.0 Insurance Agency Forms Generator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM HASS MICROFOX COMPANY 3310 FOX RUN P.O. BOX 447 RICHFIELD, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description Insurance Agency Forms Generator CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ PCStat Statistics 2.7 Statistical program for reports <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ROY SCHOENBECK PC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 310 RUE DE LA LAVANDA SPARKS, NV 89434-9524 Telephone: 702-342-0376 Description Type = Short Description PCStat v2.7 <ASP> - Updated statistical and histogram report program. Easy to use even for novices. Pull-down menus and context sensitive help. Accepts Lotus, ASCII, DIF and prepared dBase data. Reports are professional and uncomplicated to comprehend. Ideal for many business and industry situations. Update repackages for CD-ROM distribution. Description Type = Long Description Statistical report program providing basic descriptive statistics and histograms. PCStat is particularly useful in showing comparisons such as before-and-after situations or one process versus another. User interface similar to Lotus 1-2-3 enhanced with pull-down menus. Context sensitive help provides on-line documentation. Accepts data from Lotus 1-2-3, prepared dBase, ASCII and DIF compatible files or manual key-in. PCStat produces professional reports ideal for business and industry, even if you're a statistics novice! <ASP> Description Type = Keywords PCSTAT,STATISTICS,STATISTICAL,HISTOGRAM,REPORT,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 + $3.00 S/H Description Type = Installation Details Enter TYPE README or TYPE WINDOWS Description Type = Vendor Instructions To prepare a distribution diskette from the file PCSTAT27.ZIP certain files must be copied from the archive to the disk's root directory. Those files are: README DOS installation information WINDOWS Windows installation information INSTALL.BAT Installation batch file PKUNZJR.COM Unzip program These files plus the PCSTAT27.ZIP file will fit on a 5.25" 360k byte diskette. If additional room is needed for distributor files, the README, WINDOWS, INSTALL.BAT and PKUNZJR.COM files may be deleted from the archive file. Description Type = Permissions PC Information Systems believes in the widest possible shareware distribution of PCStat. Therefore, PC Information Systems gives blanket distribution rights for PCStat to: 1. All Shareware Disk Vendors 2. All BBS and Information Systems Sysops 3. All PC User Groups 4. All PC Computer Clubs 5. Any others interested in distributing the program THE ONLY CONDITION TO THIS BLANKET DISTRIBUTION RIGHT IS THAT PCSTAT BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED AS SHAREWARE. This blanket distribution right applies equally to distribution by: 1. Shareware Mail Order Diskette 2. Shareware Rack Diskette 3. Shareware CD-ROM 4. Communications Modem 5. Any other current or future recognized methods of shareware distribution such as installing on user PCs, software jukebox, satellite or cable TV, etc. PC INFORMATION SYSTEMS DOES RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THE DISTRIBUTION RIGHT OF ANY SPECIFIC DISTRIBUTOR. Shareware Disk Vendors wanting to include PCStat in a collection of programs may do so as long as PCStat retains its identity. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ PSP Parcel Shipping 6.00 UPS Manifest System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KENNETH FERRIN EAST HAMPTON INDUSTRIES 81 NEWTOWN LANE BOX 5069 EAST HAMPTON, NY 11937 Telephone: (800) 645-1188 Fax: (516) 324-2248 Description Type = Short Description THE PARCEL SHIPPING PROGRAM PSP V6.0\ A complete UPS Manifest system.Automates your UPS shipping and eliminates UPS Log Book. Meets all UPS reporting requirements. Is accepted nationally by UPS. Keeps an address file for frequently shipped-to customers. Looks up rates from zip codes and prints manifests, labels and COD Tags. Supports all UPS services. Description Type = Long Description THE PARCEL SHIPPING PROGRAM PSP V6.0\ A complete UPS Manifest system.Automates your UPS shipping and eliminates UPS Log Book. Meets all UPS reporting requirements. Is accepted nationally by UPS. Keeps an address file for frequently shipped-to customers. Looks up rates from zip codes and prints manifests, labels and COD Tags. Supports all UPS services. Description Type = Keywords UPS,Shipping,Manifest,Labels Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................99.00 Maximum registration price..................99.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................99.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details To Install: The PSP programs and UPS rates are contained in the distribution files. Copy all files to a directory. If you received a PSPXX.ZIP file then unzip the files. To start PSP be sure the current directory is the directory containing PSP and then enter PSP and press return. After you have entered your local PSP Zone chart you are ready to use PSP. Please read the Users' Manual for instructions on how to get UPS to validate your system. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute PSP, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the PSP package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is East Hampton Industries, 81 Newtown Lane, East Hampton, NY,11937. EAST HAMPTON INDUSTRIES may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to EAST HAMPTON INDUSTRIES. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Party Planner 1.1 Complete planning and organization. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JANE & FRANK SEMERARO AUTOMATED SYSTEMS 386 MAIN STREET P.O. BOX 192 LITTLE FALLS, NJ 07424-0192 Telephone: 201-812-1428 Fax: 201-812-1169 Description Type = Short Description As featured in PC Novice. Parties should be fun for everyone, and now the host can enjoy the party too. The program is simple to use. It can be used for virtually any type of party or get-together. It will keep track of your guest list, seating chart, RSVP's, contributions, gifts, ticket charges paid/ unpaid, and more. If it is a picnic, it will even keep track of who is bringing the potato salad. Has a complete budget/expense manager. Description Type = Long Description As featured in PC Novice. Parties should be fun for everyone, and now the host can enjoy the party too. The program is simple to use. It can be used for virtually any type of party or get- together. It will keep track of your guest list, seating chart, RSVP's, contributions, gifts, ticket charges paid/unpaid, and more. If it is a picnic, it will even keep track of who is bringing the potato salad. Has a complete budget/expense manager as well. Reports and mailing labels are always ready to print. After the party, it is good to keep the program data on file for future reference. Description Type = Keywords "party", "event", "celebration", "banquet", "planner", "school", "office", "business" Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Enter PARTY to begin. Description Type = Vendor Instructions It is not required that Automated Systems be notified before any vendor begins distribution of Automated Systems software. However, updates will only be furnished by Automated Systems--to those who do. Description Type = Permissions Vendors, BBS's and individuals may duplicate and distribute only the "shareware" versions of Automated Systems software. Programs include: Smart-N-Easy (R) WEDDING PLANNER, PARTY PLANNER, BABY PLANNER, HOME INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, BAR MITZVAH PLANNER & THE ORDER PRO 2.0; an order-entry/inventory management program. No modifications shall be made to any such software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Personal Hotnet 4.0 Multi-User Help Desk System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOEY ROBICHAUX ROBICHAUX AND ASSOCIATES 21227 PARK YORK DRIVE KATY, TX 77450-4152 Telephone: 504-752-2620 Description Type = Short Description PERSONAL HOTNET - Multi-User Help Desk System. Track problem calls, locate solutions. Multi-user and TSR capable. Customer support help desk. Description Type = Long Description Do you use a telephone in your business? Do you run a help desk -- you may call it a hotline, a trouble desk, a customer service center. No matter what you call it, you really need an easy way to track just WHO said WHAT to WHOM WHEN! Phone support is expensive, time-consuming -- and it's one of the most important services you provide. Why waste your investment? Why squander your information? Let Personal Hotnet leverage your resources to do call-tracking right! Hotnet not only provides a quick solution to call capture, it offers a fast and powerful free-form text search tool to use with your information. Pop up crib sheets keep important information where you need it -- at your fingertips. Description Type = Keywords HELP DESK, CUSTOMER SUPPORT, TELEPHONE TRACKING Description Type = Registration Details $129 Description Type = Permissions Vendors who are ASP Associate Members in good standing, or who follow ASP guidelines and principles in describing the shareware concept, are hereby given permission to distribute Personal Hotnet from their catalog. However, you must send me notification that you are carrying this program (postcard and/or catalog). Also, Personal Hotnet must be distributed with all accompanying files. Rack vendors, or CD-ROM vendors, must contact me directly to receive permission. In no case may rack vendors or CD-ROM vendors distribute Personal Hotnet without written and signed permission from myself. All other vendors not mentioned must contact me directly to receive written permission. These are the distribution requirements as of October 20, 1993. I reserve the right to change these distribution requirements at any time. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ PopForm 3.0 Pop-up screen-grabbing merge-printer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RICHARD KELLY INTEGRA COMPUTING 910 COBB PLACE MANOR DRIVE MARIETTA, GA 30066 Telephone: 770-426-5735 Description Type = Short Description POPFORM is a ram-resident program that can be called up from within nearly any application, grab information from the screen, and merge it into a form that's being sent either to a printer or to a disk file. It's more than just the perfect label/envelope printing tool, because, unlike most single-purpose software, PopForm is actually programmable. It can execute subroutines, perform compar- isons and conditional procedures, and more. Description Type = Long Description POPFORM is a ram-resident program that can be called up from within nearly any application, grab information from the screen, and merge it into a form that's being sent either to a printer or to a disk file. It's more than just the perfect label/en- velope printing tool, because, unlike most single-purpose soft- ware, PopForm is actually programmable. It can execute subrou- tines, perform comparisons and conditional procedures, and much, much more. It'll even do simple page formatting, including margins all around, word wrap, page numbers, etc. Comes with several sample forms, including a will. Programming is required. Description Type = Keywords PopForm, Business, Database, Word Processing, Merge-Printing, Document Management Description Type = Registration Details $50.00 Description Type = Installation Details FOR BBS USERS: Create a MANAGEX directory on your hard disk. Copy the POPFRM30.ZIP archive file into it. Then unzip the files contained in that archive. Finally, follow the instructions in the just-extracted README.DOC file. FOR DISKETTE DISTRIBUTEES: Assuming that your hard disk is drive C, place this diskette into drive A and enter "A:INSTALL A: C:". Description Type = Vendor Instructions BBS OPERATORS: Please offer your callers the ZIP file found in the ZIP sub- directory and, if possible, the brief instructions found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. DISKETTE DISTRIBUTORS: Please distribute a single diskette containing the EXE and BAT files found in the VENDOR subdirectory of this CD. Both files will fit onto a diskette as small as 360K. If you distribute this program on a high density diskette that contains other prog- rams, please ensure that this program's EXE and BAT files are placed into the same subdirectory and that that subdirectory contains files for no other program. You may help in prevent user errors if you include on the diskette label the simple note found in the InstallationInstructions section above. Thanks. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Production Economics 1.2 ProdEc - Convert Production to US$ Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BORJE KYRKLUND VIA DEI RADIOTELEGRAFISTI 28B3 ROME, 00143 ITALY Description Type = Short Description Production Economics ProdEc to convert production to US$ Description Type = Long Description Production Economics (ProdEc) ProdEc is a tool for managing production in terms of economics and for evaluation of production and marketing strategies. Get help with preparation of next years corporate budget, Use prime costing for determining a recommended price for a new product and marginal costing for arriving at the unit contribution and profit to volume ratio for a product. Formulate and evaluate strategies for production and marketing channels to maximize profit to volume ratio for a mix of products. On screen manual. Requires Windows 3.x. Price for single copy US$ 105, including packaging and air mail shipment. Description Type = Keywords Production Management Economics Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US$ Minimum registration price..................105.00 Maximum registration price..................105.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Permissions Although the unregistered, shareware version of the program can be copied freely and distributed as long as no charge was made for this, except to cover reasonable costs of distribution, the registered version must not under any circumstances be copied for distribution. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ RealView 1.1 1.1 FoxPro2 Real Estate Photo Display Syst Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description ▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓ ▒RealView - a 256-color real estate display/▒ ▓retrieval system. Showcase property listing▓ ▒with photos. Quick retrieval using customer▒ ▓defined selection criteria: cost, bedrooms,▓ ▒bath, amenities. Requires SuperVGA display.▒ ▓Ward Mundy Software, PO Box 1169, ATL 30301▓ ▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒ Description Type = Long Description RealView (tm) is a full-color, real estate display and retrieval system. It permits a real estate agent and customer to quickly identify properties of interest based upon customer-defined selection criteria such as cost range, neighborhood, school dis- trict, number of bedrooms/baths, square footage, and amenities such as special view, garage, basement, and fireplace. It uses the finest data base engine on the market, FoxPro 2. RealView is designed to showcase special real estate listings with photo- realistic color pictures and home descriptions, all of which can be fully customized. While services such as MLS are intended primarily for use by agents in identifying properties of special interest, RealView is designed as a portable, customer-friendly system which literally can be taken to and use jointly with the customer. It eliminates the need to drive to each propoerty. Requires PC-compatible with 80386SX or faster processor, 640K RAM, SuperVGA display card, and monitor capable of 256-color simultaneous display. Ideal with high-end SuperVGA notebooks! Home pictures require 60K each to store. Software requires about 1.5MB of disk space to load. Description Type = Keywords Real Estate,Realty,Business,Data Base,Picture,Photo,MLS Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC; software customization available for fee Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto three Drive A floppy disks. Be sure INSTALL files and REALVIEW.001 are on Disk1; REALVIEW.002 on Disk2; and REALVIEW.003 on Disk3. Then postition to Drive C and type the following: A:INSTALL with Disk1 in DriveA. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 3-disk 360K distribution, copy REALVIEW.002 to Disk2, REALVIEW.003 to Disk3, and remaining files to Disk1. Make certain disks are labeled correctly as install prompts for disk by number. For high density disk distribution, copy all files in VENDOR subdirectory to the floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. RealView must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Riches Turn your computer into a gold mine Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CLARK CONSOLIDATED INDUSTRIES, INC. 1555 E. FLAMINGO ROAD, ST#135 LOS VAGAS, NV 89119 Telephone: 702-735-0503 Description Type = Short Description FILE-ID.DIZ This program shows you how to turn your computer into a gold mine...4 different ways. Learn how to copy and sell disks at astounding profits... 8 different home computer-based businesses you can run...secrets of online BBS ads...and electronic publishing for profit. Just type "GO" then [enter] from your DOS prompt! Description Type = Long Description FILE-ID.DIZ This program shows you how to turn your computer into a gold mine...4 different ways. Learn how to copy and sell disks at astounding profits... 8 different home computer-based businesses you can run...secrets of online BBS ads...and electronic publishing for profit. Just type "GO" then [enter] from your DOS prompt! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ SMALL BUS. ADVISOR 95.4 The Expert Legal/Tax Advisor Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL D. JENKINS RONIN SOFTWARE 3020 ISSAQUAH-PINE LAKE ROAD SUITE #36 ISSAQUAH, WA 98027-7255 Telephone: 206-391-4036 Description Type = Short Description SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR v95.4 -- Expert, tax/ legal consultant-on-a-disk. Advises small business on vast range of business, legal, tax issues. Over 600 pages up-to-date info (Fed & all 50 states), by a Harvard lawyer- CPA. Menu-driven, 5 minutes to learn. Inter- active consulting sessions on whether to in- corporate, home office, etc.; custom startup checklists; tax planning modules & much more. Nothing else like it! $29.95 Description Type = Long Description SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR v95.4 <ASP> Expert, tax/legal consultant- on-a- disk. Advises small businesses on vast range of business, legal, tax issues. Provides equivalent of over 600 pages up-to- date info (Fed & all 50 states); by Harvard lawyer/CPA. Menu- driven, 5 minutes to learn. Interactive consulting sessions on: Whether to incorp., home office, etc. Creates custom startup checklist for your business, based on YOUR facts and YOUR state's requirements. Includes 1995 & 1996 tax planning modules & much more! Used by U.S. Small Business Admin. offices and universities, as well as by thousands of small businesses. Nothing else like it! "...This superb all-in-one information source gives you advice on everything from finding money for your startup to developing a business plan, marketing your goods and services, hiring personnel, franchising, and paying taxes, as well as EVERY CONCEIVABLE LAW that could apply to your business...." - The COMPUTER SHOPPER (3/95 issue). Selected by PC WORLD Magazine as one of the "Best of Business Shareware" programs: "...Need answers, but don't want to start your attorney's clock ticking? For about the price you'd pay for a billable hour, this program answers [your] questions about taxes, [etc.]...." --PC WORLD (2/94 issue) By RONIN SOFTWARE, $29.95. Description Type = Keywords SMALL BUSINESS, LEGAL, TAX PLANNING Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................29.95 Maximum registration price..................49.95 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR SMALL BUSINESS ADVISOR: 1. For the .ZIP file version (this version), simply copy the compressed file SBA*.ZIP into a directory on your hard disk (preferably with the directory name \SBE) and use PKUNZIP 2.04 or higher to "unzip" the files. Once they have been unzipped, simply type "RUN" or "SBZ" to start the program. It will create its own configuration files the first time you run it. 2. For shareware distributors who wish to obtain a self-extracting version of the program with automated INSTALL.EXE program, for diskette distributrion of Small Business Advisor, contact Ronin Software to request a copy of the (LHA-compressed) self- extracting version and our INSTALL.EXE and READ.ME files for users. Description Type = Permissions DISTRIBUTION LICENSE (DISTRIBUTORS): Ronin Software wishes to grant distributors of the shareware version of Small Business Advisor considerable flexibility in distributing this software program. The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Copyright (C) 1995 Ronin Software and Michael D. Jenkins, All Rights Reserved CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ SOHO Business Wisdom 2.5 SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM - 1500 Tips & mo Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BARRY FETTER MICRO COMPUTER RESOURCES 6116 MERCED AVE. #81 OAKLAND, CA 94611 Telephone: 1-800-767-6797 Fax: 510-444-6561 Description Type = Short Description SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM v2.5 contains a wealth of useful information for Entrepreneurs and SOHO business people. Over 1,900 valuable tips, quotations, insights, and motivational sayings from 1,100 experts; 101 Home Business Ideas; contact info on 200+ entrepreneurial suppliers - save $$ Add, Edit and Delete your own records; Quote-A-Day, Filters, Browser,...more. Shareware-V2.5 Req.: 4MB; Win 3.1 or 95. Description Type = Long Description SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM Shareware Version 2.5 for Windows SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM contains a wealth of useful information for Entrepreneurs and SOHO business people. 1. ADVICE - 1,950 valuable tips, insights, and motivational sayings from 1,100 experts. Distilled business wisdom from successful entrepreneurs, executives, and leaders in many fields - past and present. Clearly organized; easy to understand. 2. IDEAS - 101 Businesses you can run from your home office. Thousands of people are making money in them right now. Brief descriptions. 3. RESOURCES - Names, addresses and phone numbers of 200+ suppliers, associations, publishers, etc. offering products, services or information designed to increase an entrepreneur's revenue or reduce their expenses. Program features include: Quote-A-Day, Two Toolbars, an Iconic Subject Menu, Nine Filters, Browser with Six Indexes, Seven Sections, Quick Start Menu, Word Search, View Screen, Custom Fonts, Sizes and Colors, Hypertext Help, plus the ability to Add, Edit and Delete your own records. Version 2.5 gives you the ability to import external text into the database via the clipboard and index it six ways. The program will work with any IBM or compatible PC running Windows 3.1 or higher with a VGA graphics card and hard disk drive with about 4.0MB of free disk space. Keywords: Business, Work, Home, Money, SoHo, Office, Quotes, Quotations Description Type = Keywords Quotes Quotations Business Speeches SOHO Communications Jokes Writing Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................29.00 Maximum registration price..................79.00 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 Description Type = Installation Details A. INSTALLATION OVERVIEW FOR A BBS DOWNLOAD Before you can use SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM for Windows you have to run the SETUP program from Window's Program Manager so it will work properly on your computer. YOU CANNOT JUST COPY THE UNZIPPED FILES TO A DIRECTORY ON YOUR HARD DISK. SBW_PACK.EXE is a self extracting archive. The SETUP program will expand it; put files in their correct places; and optionally create a Windows Program Group. B. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Although the program can be installed to any Target Directory on any Hard Disk Drive, the instructions below assume that you are using the default values of: Hard Disk Drive: C: Source Directory: \DOWNLOAD (Where the UnZipped Files are Located.) Target Directory: \SBW25 If you use different values modify the instructions accordingly. We suggest that you Copy BIZWIZ25.ZIP to a floppy disk and save it as your backup copy before proceeding. 1. The installation process is started by running SETUP. Since SETUP is a Windows application, you must start Windows (if you haven't already done so), then Windows 3.1 Users: Select Files|Run from Program Manager's menu Windows 95 Users: Click Start|Run In the provided text box type C:\DOWNLOAD\SETUP and click <OK>.* (* Where "DOWNLOAD" is the name of the directory containing the UnZipped files from BIZWIZ25.ZIP.) 2. SETUP assumes you will install to C:\SBW25. You will be given the opportunity to change this assumption. SETUP will also ask your permission to create a SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM Program Group and populate it with group files. Unless you'd prefer to do this yourself, we'd suggest you answer "Yes." ** 3. The entire SETUP procedure takes about four minutes. Much of that time will be spent unpacking compressed files. When SETUP is done, there will be about a six second delay when nothing seems to be happening, and then SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM will start to run. 4. After the program has run, you can delete all the SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM files in the Download directory, such as BIZWIZ25.ZIP and SBW_PACK.EXE. ** Please wait three seconds before answering "Yes." This dialog will briefly flash on the screen before the files have been unpacked. Some 386 owners, with quick reflexes, have managed to answer "Yes" before the files have been unpacked. If you wait three seconds, you're sure to answer "Yes" at the right time. Description Type = Permissions Shareware Distributors, Disk Vendors, CD-ROM Vendors and BBS SYSOPs are granted permission to copy these MCR Software disk(s) only under the following conditions. Any exceptions to these conditions must be received in writing from MCR Software, 6116 Merced Ave. #81, Oakland, CA, Phone: 510-763-9134, Fax: 510-444-6561, Compuserve 73327,1172. A. You can only distribute the shareware version of SMALL BUSINESS WISDOM for Windows if you: 1. Market it as shareware using "try before you buy" or similar words. 2. Try to sell only the most current version of it. 3. Distribute the complete Program, including all of its related files, each in compressed or other format in its original unmodified state, as released by MCR. B. You can charge a disk copying fee for the cost of media, shipping and handling provided it does not exceed $9.00 per disk or $9.00 total. C. You cannot sell or distribute this program in connection with or as part of some more inclusive product or service. Nor can you rent, lease, abridge or otherwise modify this program. D. You cannot sell this program in multiple retail locations without a written royalty contract from us. Nor can you sell to distributors, sublicense or otherwise cause this program to be sold in multiple retail locations without a written royalty contract from us. Liquidated damages for unauthorized sales in multiple retail locations shall not be less than $2.00 for each copy of the program sold to the end user. E. OWNERSHIP: Except to the extent expressly licensed by us, we have and reserve the exclusive copyright and other rights, title and interest to distribute the Program and all earlier versions of it, and the right to use the Trademark in connection with them. F. TERM: This License terminates upon 30 days prior written notice by either of us to the other. If terminated by us by such written notice, you may distribute the Program until the earlier of 30 days after the termination date in the notice, or completion of the distribution of the copies you have in stock. Sections E, G and H will survive the termination of this License. G. THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED "AS-IS". NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE AS TO IT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON. WE WILL PROVIDE NO REMEDY FOR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM IT, INCLUDING SUCH FROM NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, EVEN AFTER NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. H. MISCELLANY 1. Since we would be irreparably damaged if Section A, B, C, D or E of this License were not specifically enforced, we will be entitled without bond, other security or proof of damages, to appropriate equitable remedies with respect to breaches of such sections, in addition to such other remedies as we may have. 2. You will hold us, our partners, contractors, employees and agents harmless from damage, loss and expense arising directly or indirectly from your acts and omissions in copying and distributing the Program. 3. With respect to every matter arising under this License, you consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts sitting in Oakland, California, and to service by certified mail, return receipt requested, or as otherwise permitted by law. (V.941208) CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ SURVEY LAND YOURSELF 2.53 Quick, easy, with compass & tape metho Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID PERRY BEITER CAVE, INC. 1/2 FAST SOFTWARE DIV. 1/2 FAST ROAD RITNER, KY 42633-8809 Telephone: (606) 376-3137 Fax: switched on demand Description Type = Short Description SURVEY LAND YOURSELF ver 2.53 - ($10 to $100) You can survey it yourself, quickly, easily, & inexpensively. Get 98% of the information with 2% of the effort. You can find lost corners and lines, calculate acreage, & write land descriptions. You can establish test plots, subdivide property, layout building foundations & landscapes & gaming fields, hide & recover buried treasure, or even map a cave. No magic. Description Type = Long Description SURVEY LAND YOURSELF: v2.53 ($10 to $100) You can survey it yourself, quickly, easily, & inexpensively. Contains a book on Compass & Tape surveying plus a program to calculate your data and draw a map on screen & printer. You can plot your deed, find errors, find lost corners and lines, calculate acreage, write land descriptions, and keep professional surveyors honest. You can establish test plots, subdivide property, layout building foundations & landscapes & gaming fields, hide & recover buried treasure, or even map a cave. Surveying instruments cost <$100 from the author. Instructions are written in AMER_ENG.LNG (plain English). Data are plotted with CAVEMAP2. There are several examples, with explanatory comments. No magic; this is a simple compass & tape survey. Precision is only about 1%, about what you could draw with a protractor & ruler. Usually, this is sufficient precision for my purposes. It may also be for yours. Mosttimes, half fast is plenty fast enuf. Also contains info on cheap retirement/vacation land in Kentucky. & much more. The commented file directory is in SLY253.DOX Description Type = Keywords SURVEY LAND DEED PLOT PLAT MAP CAVE BYTER BEITER MAR95 REAL ESTATE COMPASS ENGINEER Description Type = Registration Details $10 TO $100, depending upon usage. Description Type = Installation Details From DOS enter CAVE for a guided tour. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Consists of two parts. Description Type = Permissions Permission granted for shareware distribution under the following conditions: 0) Copyright 1995 by David P Beiter. 1) I have not told you to cease &/or desist. 2) Buyer must be informed that any fee is your materials & service fee only. 3) This copy fee may not exceed US$5. 4) No files may be altered or deleted (files may be added). 5) Distribution copy with your name on the registration form & an update, supplied to legitimate vendors upon request. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ ShowStopper 1.2 ShowStopper-MultiMedia Presentation Sy Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description A template-based MultiMedia development and presentation system supporting 256- color images, .WAV sound files, and text or Q&A displays.VBRUN300.DLL reqd.<ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing an extremely powerful by simple to use multimedia system. By completing fill-in-the-blanks templates, you develop powerful multimedia systems for training or presentations. Each screen may include a 256-color .BMP image, a .WAV sound clip, & either a scrollable text display or a question with 5 multiple choice answers. No programming required! Use WAMPUM for Windows for scripts. Reqs Microsoft Windows 3.1 and VBRUN300.DLL to run. <ASP>. Description Type = Keywords MultiMedia,Presentations,Graphics,Sound,Training,Template Description Type = Registration Details $49 + $5 shipping/handling with free upgrade. Description Type = Installation Details Unzip SHOWSTOP.ZIP into an empty directory on hard disk or 1.2 floppy. Type INSTALL to load in proper directories. Print all documentation by typing: COPY \SHOWSTOP\*.DOC PRN after install. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. To use on a set of three 360K floppies, unzip SHOWSTOP.ZIP and copy INSTALL.* and SHOWSTOP.001 to Disk 1.Repeat with .002 and .003 to Disks2&3. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ TIE LAN GROUPWARE 2.2 Teamwork Information Exchange-Groupwar Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEPHEN WILLIAMS OTTO-WILLIAMS LTD. P.O. BOX 794 LANHAM, MD 20703-0794 Telephone: (301) 306-0409 Fax: (301) 306-0409 Description Type = Short Description Teamwork Information Exchange (TIE) is a complete multi-user system designed to provide work groups with enhanced intra-group communications, and improved time management, work flow and productivity. TIE combines EMail, personal time scheduling, meeting scheduling, task management and personal to do lists into a single fully integrated system. Requires DOS 3.3 compatible network. Description Type = Long Description Teamwork Information Exchange (TIE) is a complete multi-user system designed to provide work groups with a tool to enhance intra-group communications and improve time management, work flow and productivity. TIE combines electronic mail, personal time scheduling, meeting scheduling, task management and personal to do lists into a single fully integrated system. TIE's electronic mail (E-Mail) subsystem differs from stand- alone systems by combining standard e-mail capabilities with automatic messaging. For example, when a meeting is scheduled, rescheduled or canceled; TIE automatically creates and sends mail messages to all attendees announcing the status. Similarly, TIE creates mail messages to inform appropriate users of assignment, delivery and completion of tasks. The Personal Schedule subsystem provides each user with a semi-private workday scheduling system. While other users will have access your composite daily schedule, they cannot see the details (descriptions of individual items) in your personal schedule. For example, if you schedule an appointment with your doctor, other users, when scheduling a meeting, will see only that you have reserved that time for an appointment. TIE's Meeting subsystem provides an automatic means of scheduling meetings by displaying the schedules of attendees so that you can quickly identify a time when both personnel and meeting resources are available. An auto schedule function is available to search all applicable schedules to find the first time when all personnel and resources are simultaneously available. Each time a meeting is scheduled or rescheduled, the personal schedules of all attendees are automatically updated and e-mail messages are automatically sent to inform attendees of a change in their schedules. Meeting agenda's can be reviewed on-line or printed for distribution. The task management subsystem is designed to track the progress and status of work assignments and to provide an objective means of measuring individual performance. Effective work management requires clear communication of the work to be performed, when it is due and how successful performance will be measured. TIE incorporates these elements through written assignments, specified due dates and complete reporting of on-time performance. In addition, the task management subsystem provides an effective means for employees and supervisors to communicate progress on assigned tasks. While simple in concept, TIE's To Do subsystem can be a powerful tool in managing your workday. By maintaining a prioritized list of things to be done on a given workday, you can key into those things that are the highest priority while addressing lower priority items as time permits. To Do items that are not completed on the day they are scheduled are automatically moved forward until they are completed. This way, what you didn't get around to yesterday, won't be forgotten today. The Report subsystem brings each of TIE's major subsystems together to provide hard copy or on-screen information about your schedule, work assignments, to do lists, etc. Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS, GROUPWARE, NETWORK, LAN, PIM, SCHEDULE, TASK, TODO, EMAIL, CALENDAR, OWL Description Type = Registration Details $499.00 (USD) Description Type = Installation Details See File: README.1ST Description Type = Vendor Instructions BULLETIN BOARDS: No special Instructions. Librarian please note: TIE22.ZIP supersedes files TIE??.ZIP where ?? is any number less than 22. DISK VENDORS: The self extracting archive file OBBK21.EXE produces the following files which should go onto the distribution disk without alteration: README.DOC Text file containing installation and startup instructions. INST_NET.BAT Network Server installation batch procedure. INST_WS.BAT Network Workstation installation batch procedure. TIE_EXE.EXE Self extracting archive containing program, configuration and help files. TIE_DAT.EXE Self extracting archive containing required data files. FILE_ID.DIZ Text file containing short program description. (This file is optional) VENDOR.DOC Text file containing program description, distribution policy, and file listing. Total file size of these files is approximatly 270k, which will fit on a standard 360K diskette and leave sufficient space for you to add any material you deem necessary. If you want to distribute this program in some other form, you may do so but, please let us know. Description Type = Permissions 'Otto-Williams Ltd. (OWL) grants you a license to distribute our shareware provided that you distribute all files required for operation of the program and: 1. You identify it as shareware with an appropriate definition. 2. You leave all intellectual property including copyright notices in place. 3. We do not request that you discontinue distribution of the product. To summarize, you may archive our programs, unarchive them and distribute them on whatever media you choose so long as you do not alter the program or accompaning data files in any way or charge distribution fees that are so large that they would lead the purchaser to believe that they have paid for the program rather than the distribution service you provide. We want the widest possible distribution for our shareware programs and will be glad to assist you in designing a distribution scheme that is appropriate for your operation. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Tracks 4000 Stocks Downloads & Analyzes 4000 Stocks Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLTON WOOLARD 17280 ANNA ST. SOUTHFIELD, MI 48075-2936 Telephone: (313) 557-3766 Description Type = Short Description Downloads and analyzes up to 4000 stocks from the Dow Jones News Service. Performs analysis that recommends when to buy/sell. Maintains several reportcards on itself to convince you of its accuracy over time. Forecast accuracy has been running over 83% consistently! Produces, tables, graphs, and pie charts to let you know what's HOT and what's NOT. How can any independent investor be without this one? Description Type = Long Description 4,000 STOCKS !!! Imagine having immediate insight on 4,000 stocks! Most other investment software packages allow you to retrieve 20 or so quotes from Dow Jones and then produce elaborate graphs for you to guess at what to do next !? Invest? Sell? Hope? SMARTBROKER tracks up to 4000 stocks, downloads quotes from Dow Jones quickly and efficiently to save on-line cost, analyzes the data qualitatively and quantitatively, and does what no other software has attempted to do... Recommends what to do next and tells you how confident it is. You'll not only save time from having to make sense of all those confusing charts, you'll become an expert on what to do when, why, and with what stocks. WHEN TO DOWNLOAD STOCK QUOTES It is recommended that you download stock quotes from the Dow Jones News Service every weekend (preferably after Friday's closing), or daily (5 days per week). Of course, you may update your stock list, view reports, update your responses to environmental questions and run new analyses anytime you like. MENU DRIVEN MARTBROKER is menu driven; allowing you to: - Configure your system - Update the list of stocks you are tracking... Add or Delete a stock symbol - Use advanced communications allowing you to retrieve recent quotes from Dow Jones News Service - Assess world circumstances for SMARTBROKER'S qualitative evaluation - Analyze and recommend stock plays - View reports When SmartBroker first begins, a prognostic system check is initiated which will alert you of any foreseeable problems. If you do not have communications capability due to an absence of a communications port, a message will appear to alert you to this fact. Peripherals, such as your printer and your modem, will be pulsed to determine if they are on or working properly. All data files will be searched to assure that all files exist. If any file is missing, SmartBroker will alert you of its absence and provide you with storage information in case there is not enough room on your disk. All files in the current directory will be checked to determine if they are "hidden" from the user interface system, and your system will be analyzed to determine its color capabilities. Selecting "S" from the Master Menu allows you to set SmartBrokers' System Parameters. Most of which are related to its powerful communications capabilities. With the exception of your access phone number and your password, SmartBroker frees you from having to memorize the various parameters by offering them to you in a multiple-choice format. Simply press the space bar and a new parameter appears. Hit return and SmartBroker will accept the parameter you chose. NOTE: If you hit space and nothing happens, hit space again. There are 17 categories: COMMUNICATION MODE: Automatic, Log-On Only, Manual Automatic - performs all communications necessary to download stock data from Dow Jones News/Retrieval Service. You will need to have already entered and stored your password and a local access phone number. Log-On Only- performs automatic log-on to DJNS. Leaves user in Manual Mode after log-on is complete. Manual - basic communications capability - no automatic transfer of data. You will have to type all data to be transmitted. However, you can use this feature to communicate with any service or any other computer for any purpose. Essentially you have multi-purpose communications software when in this mode. Due to program restaints further information may be acquired from the author. Description Type = Keywords loan, amortization, Finance, payments, lease, stocks, ROI, value, buy, business, calculation, re-finance, options, invest, property, Real-Estate, agents, lenders, rate Description Type = Registration Details $95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Trench Estimating 1.08s Contactors' Trench Estimating Program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KEN MASHBURN MKM SOFTWARE 2812 INGRID LANE METAIRIE, LA 70003 Telephone: 713-488-2436 Fax: 713-524-6398 Description Type = Short Description Contractors' Trench Estimating Program for material, production and labor costs for multi-layered trenches. Track as many projects as you like with no limit to the number of trenches per project. Modify and re-calculate bids in seconds. Produces summary and detail reports per project per trench. ASP Shareware v1.08s Description Type = Long Description Trench is designed for General and Electrical Contractors to estimate material, production and labor costs of multi-layered trenches for the quick preparation of bids. You can track any number of projects and you can enter any number of trenches per project. Costs can be customized per project. Modifications are easily done and revised estimates can be viewed and printed within seconds. Reports include detailed descriptions of each trench and a summary report of all trenches for a given project. A network version is available from MKM Software for registered users. <ASP> Shareware Description Type = Keywords CONTRACTOR,TRENCH,ESTIMATING Description Type = Registration Details $65.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1 Make sure you are in the 'root' directory of your hard drive, type: CD \ <Enter> 2 Make a directory on your hard drive called Trench. MD Trench <Enter> 3 Move to the Trench directory. CD Trench <Enter> 4 Copy the file TRENCH18.ZIP into the Trench directory. COPY TRENCH18.ZIP \Trench <Enter> 5 Unpack the TRENCH18.ZIP file by typing: PKUNZIP TRENCH18.ZIP <Enter> You will notice that the Trench program now uncrunches and installs in your Trench Directory. When this is done, you can get rid on the install file on your hard drive (carefully) by entering this command: DEL TRENCH18.ZIP <Enter> 6 Start the program by typing TRENCH <Enter> Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is a full functioning version of Trench. It is not crippled, time-trapped or nobbled in any way. The registered version of the program has the shareware sign-on screen removed and contains a utility for backing up and restoring data. Description Type = Permissions Any CATALOG vendor or BBS has permission to distribute this program, provided you stay within the guidelines established by the Association of Shareware Professionals. The program must be distributed unaltered and with all files included in the original package. CD-ROM distributors MUST receive written permission from MKM Software to distribute TRENCH. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ Truck Data System 6.1 Complete vehicle maintenance records Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JAMES H. WILSON TLC SOFTWARE 570 CASH RD. P.O. BOX 1229 ASHVILLE, AL 35953-1229 Telephone: 205-594-5711 Fax: 205-594-5711 Description Type = Short Description TLC's The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM, a Complete vehicle maintenance records. Repairs, fuel, inspections, permit and tag expirations, inventory control, work orders, tire tracking, odometer changes. Backup routine, vehicle part specs. Menu driven, Network version available. ASP Description Type = Long Description TLC's The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM, a Complete vehicle maintenance records. Repairs, fuel, inspections, permit and tag expirations, inventory control, work orders, tire tracking, odometer changes. BACKUP routine, vehicle part specs. Menu driven - fill in the blanks. Network version available. Many printed reports mostly can be on screen. Setups for most any printer. Runs in extended memory if available but will run in conventional. Must use EASY install routine. Install on any valid drive, most any directory. Registration includes printed 100+ page user manual. ASP member James H. Wilson Description Type = Keywords ASP, TRUCKS, VEHICLES, MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, FUEL Description Type = Registration Details $125 plus $5 shipping (US dollars) Description Type = Installation Details The TRUCK DATA SYSTEM must be installed using the included EASY install program. Installs from any valid drive to any valid hard drive in YOUR directory. The installation creates the necessary directory and expands the program, data files and indices to that directory. Can modify your config.sys file if needed (your choice). Can be installed on a DOS network file server. A network version is available for multi users. Description Type = Vendor Instructions To distribute the program on a diskette, copy the file TLC610.ZIP or the unzipped content of that file to a 720K (or 1.2 or 1.4M) diskette. That ZIP file contains all of the files including a specific routine to install the program and files. Just unzip the file TLC610 to a temporary directory. (If the unzipped files are distributed, you can run the install routine from that diskette.) From that temporary directory, (or the diskette with the unzipped files) use the command: INSTALL The program will be installed in a default C:\VEHICLES but user can enter another drive or directory during the installation. Please DO NOT change the install program or substitute a different routine. The program and files must be installed properly or the program will not work. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM publisher, etc. may freely distribute this program without obtaining further permission from TLC Software but ONLY IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: The file TLC610.ZIP or the content of the file TLC610.ZIP will be distributed in its' complete and unmodified form. That such distribution must BOLDLY declare and describe the nature of Shareware as a distribution method; including the fact that any charge for the medium used to distribute the program is not a registration fee for the use of the program; and that the owner of the copyright of the program is to be paid the prescribed user fee if the program is used beyond the evaluation period. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ VNSYS PLUS 2.7 Vehicle Management System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ED TRUJILLO CONTACT PLUS CORPORATION P.O. BOX 372577 SATELLITE BEACH, FL 32937-0577 Telephone: 407-984-2592 Fax: 407-984-8192 Description Type = Short Description VMSYS PLUS 2.7 vehicle management system. Keeps track of 2 vehicles. Includes: mileage graph, MPG graph, warranty expiration, trip logs, oil change history, repair history, graphs, reports. Miles and Kilometres scale (S.I. standard). By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Long Description VMSYS PLUS 2.7 vehicle management system. Keeps track of 2 vehicles. Includes: mileage graph, MPG graph, warranty expiration, trip logs, oil change history, repair history, graphs, reports. Miles and Kilometres scale (S.I. standard). By Contact Plus Corp. Description Type = Keywords fleet,vehicle,auto,maintenance,engine,warranty,oil,gas,fuel,car Description Type = Registration Details $50.00 Description Type = Installation Details Simply unzip the enclosed file into an empty sub-directory and enter the command "V" to start. Description Type = Permissions Permission is granted to distribute VMSYS PLUS 2.7 as long as the program files and descriptions are not modified. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION BOther__ What Vehicle History 2.4z Mechanical device maint. tracking/bill Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ANGEL BABUDRO ORGANIC COMPUTER WIZARDRY P.O. BOX 132 PAONIA, CO 81428 Telephone: 303-527-6756 Description Type = Short Description WHAT VEHICLE HISTORY? v2.4z for MS/PC-DOS Maintenance history tracking, reporting, and billing plus parts inventory. Tracks one or a fleet of mechanical devices (cars, trucks, tractors, etc.); mechanics, departments, cost of parts, labor, etc. *NEW* Corrected printer drivers; added phone # to Customers For $99 registration fee you get a 150+ page manual including mini computer course, the latest version, and unlimited tech support. Description Type = Long Description WVH is designed for companies with fleets of vehicles or for shops which maintain other peoples' vehicles. Just about anything that is tracked by hours or miles can be entered into WVH - cars, trucks, tractors, big rigs, power generators, etc. WVH lets you set up four data bases: ■ Customers (or departments or divisions within a company) ■ Mechanics ■ Service types (brakes, mufflers, electrical, etc.) ■ Vehicles ■ (A parts vendor data base is being designed and will be released in 1995) Once you have placed the necessary information in WVH you can enter maintenance information about vehicles and print reports. WVH will also print billing statements and keep track of which items are billed and un-billed. A maintenance record includes labour, parts, and comments. You can set your local tax rate for parts and flat rate or hourly rate figures for each type of service, and you can over-ride any of these settings as desired. In the area of inventory, WVH offers a flexible and thorough system which is still new and growing. You can code your inventory any way you want - using letters and/or numbers. WVH will keep track of the last four purchase prices, last four purchase orders, and four selling prices (Standard plus Alternate 1, 2, and 3 "jobber" prices). When you enter a customer you tell WVH which price level to use or you can use "Cost plus Overhead" for sales between departments/divisions of a company or to other retailers. WVH was designed to be used by mechanics - not computer programmers. In fact, it's initial design was done by a mechanic for a major construction firm in Las Vegas. Since that time school bus companies, taxi companies, independent shops, and others in the USA and Canada have begun to use WVH to track their maintenance records. For the registration fee of $99 you will receive: ■ The latest version on the disk type of your choice with automated installation ■ 150+ page 3-ring-bound manual with mini computer course in hardware, software, and DOS ■ Bonus Shareware and Freeware ■ Unlimited technical support via phone (during business hours), mail, or E-Mail. ■ FREE UPDATES from bulletin board systems - you need only buy a registration key once. Updates through the mail from any version to the current version are just FOUR DOLLARS. Description Type = Keywords vehicle,service,maintenance,history,car,truck,tractor, big rig,billing,mechanic,shop,repair,automotive Description Type = Registration Details $99 Description Type = Installation Details You may use the INSTALL programme or do the following: 1. Make a directory for the package (for example, "MD \WVH") 2. Go to that directory (e.g., "CD \WVH") 3. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WVH24Z") 4. Type "WVH" and set your Preferences. Installing on Floppy Disk WVH can be run from a 720k (or greater) floppy disk although it will run very slowly as its primary function is working with disk files. Thus, for serious use a hard disk is highly recommended. You will need two disk drives to install to floppy disk. Place the original WVH disk in A: and a blank disk in B:, then: 1. Go to the blank disk (e.g., "B:" then press ENTER) 2. Extract the archive (e.g., "PKUNZIP A:WVH24Z"). The entire package is about 770k, but there are many files which are not needed for the programme to run (such as the documentation). See the PACKING.LST file for a list of files which may be erased from the working disk. 3. Go to the programme disk (e.g., "A:" then press ENTER) 4. Type "WVH" and set your Preferences. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE COPIED AND DISTRIBUTED: Individual users may freely copy this disk and share it with friends, family, and acquaintances. Non-profit groups (including user groups and BBSs) may distribute copies of this disk. A fee of no more than $5 may be charged to cover disk copying costs. If the files on this disk have dates more than a year old please contact the author for a free update to the current version. Disk distributors and dealers must have written permission before selling copies of this software. When you contact me you will receive a free copy of the latest version and you will be placed on my mailing list to receive updates as they are released. Disk distributors may charge no more than $10 per disk for copies of this software. If, as a distributor, you supply copies to other resellers, the end price to the user may not exceed $10. ll files originally distributed as part of the package (including this notice) must be included without modification. The complete list of files can be found in the PACKING.LST file which is part of this package. You must obtain written permission prior to distribution as part of any "bundled" packages (e.g., CD-ROM, placing on new computer systems, etc.) - I want to be sure you have the latest version. If the software is packaged for retail sale the packaging must explain that the software is Shareware, that the purchaser is receiving a trial version, and that use beyond the trial period requires registration with the author. You must immediately stop selling/distributing copies of this software upon notice from the author. A Description Type = Permissions The Unregistered Edition of WVH may be used for evaluation purposes for 60 days, after which time the REGISTERED Edition must be purchased or the use of the Unregistered Edition discontinued. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr FRACTION 1.0 Command Line FRACTION Calculator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MENDEL COOPER M/COOPER 3425 CHESTNUT RIDGE RD. GRANTSVILLE, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description FRACTION is a command line fraction calculator that supports the basic four math operators. C++ source, with Fraction class included. Freeware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr Judy's TenKey 3.01 Powerful, configurable tape calculator Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAN STICKEL JUDY'S APPLICATIONS 602 VALERI RUTH COURT SANTA CLARA, CA 95050-5590 Telephone: 408-244-0744 Description Type = Short Description Powerful Windows calculator with nearly every feature imaginable, including a scrolling tape you can save, print, resize, and even edit (causing the tape to automatically recalculate); selectable syntax (normal, RPN, or tenkey adding machine); financial dialogs; customizable display; keep on top option; "Tip of the Day", and much more. You will never go back to the default Windows calculator. $19.95 Description Type = Long Description Judy's TenKey makes your calculations easier and more reliable. If you use the default Windows calculator, you'll find that Judy's TenKey gives you many advantages (see below). If you're still using an old-fashioned desktop calculator, you'll love the integration Judy's TenKey gives you with your other Windows applications. SCROLLING TAPE: Records your calculations in a scrolling list which you can save, print, and resize (a real help in keeping track of your calculations). You can also modify tape entries, causing the tape to recalculate, or reuse previous entries in new calculations (saving typing and reducing errors). SELECTABLE SYNTAX: Judy's TenKey can process numbers like a scientific calculator (RPN), an adding machine, or a normal calculator. If you are familiar with one and not another, you know how difficult and frustrating it can be to try to switch. Perfect for accountants, engineers, and you. CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY: You can decide how you want your TenKey to look (selecting from tape, memory, statistics, functions, trigonometry, finance, and number pad options), enabling you to optimize screen usage. Any TenKey function can always be activated via the keyboard regardless of the current display configuration. FINANCIAL CALCULATIONS: Judy's TenKey calculates monthly payments for most loans (e.g., cars, houses, etc.), expected investment growth, necessary retirement savings, inflation adjustment, and more. Its easy-to-use dialogs lead you through complex calculations, and records all responses on the tape (which you can later save, modify, etc.). STATISTICS: The scrolling tape provides a natural interface for statistical calculations, including average value, sum, or even standard deviation. Simply select the desired lines, then press the appropriate statistics button. KEEP ON TOP: You can set Judy's TenKey to stay on top of all other windows, so you quickly calculate something even when editing a document full-screen. DECIMAL SETTING: You can set Judy's TenKey to display the number of decimal positions you prefer, ranging from 0 to "as needed". In fact, you can configure Judy's TenKey to automatically insert the decimal point for you (a real favorite with professional accountants). If you frequently deal with money, you might want to set the decimals to 2 (for cents) or 0 (for dollars). INTELLIGENT COPY & PASTE: You can copy tape entries to other applications, including Microsoft Word, Excel, and Notepad. You can also paste input from these applications. If extraneous text and special formatting are mixed in with your numbers, Judy's TenKey uses heuristic reasoning to extract and interpret appropriate information. EXTRA TOUCHES: Judy's TenKey remembers your favorite screen position and displays itself there every time. It also uses thousands separators (e.g., "1,000,000" versus "1000000"), displays negative numbers in red, and allows you to use the backspace key to edit results for further calculation. Judy's TenKey provides an extensive help system, an introductory demonstration, and a "Tip of the Day" feature. BETTER PERFORMANCE: Judy's TenKey enables you to work faster and more reliably. Once you can see (and reuse!) the numbers in your calculations, you will never return to the default Windows calculator. Plus, Judy's TenKey uses a proprietary algorithm to ensure superior precision (try subtracting "750.35 - 750.30" using the Microsoft calculator: it doesn't work!). We're so sure that you'll love using Judy's TenKey that we invite you to try it for free. Simply send in the registration fee if you decide to keep it. Description Type = Keywords calculator,tenkey,tape,RPN,financial,statistics Description Type = Registration Details REGISTRATION: Judy's TenKey is provided as copyrighted software; the registration fee is a modest $19.95. Registered user receive the latest version of the program, as well as a free copy of Judy's CountDown (TM), a fun program that helps you track important dates. Description Type = Installation Details Run "install.exe" from the Windows File Manager. "Uninstall" option available from installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions We would appreciate copies of anything you print regarding Judy's TenKey. Please send us a copy of any reviews, articles, catalog descriptions, or other information you print or distribute regarding the Judy's TenKey package. We can be reached at: Judy's Applications, 602 Valeri Ruth Court, Santa Clara, CA, 95050. Thank you for your time and assistance and for supporting the shareware marketing concept. The Judy's TenKey package is defined as containing all the material listed in the PACKING.LST text file. If any files listed in the PACKING.LST text file, or the PACKING.LST file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Please contact us to obtain a complete package suitable for distribution. Description Type = Permissions Private individuals, BBS's, and ASP-approved vendors may distribute Judy's TenKey, completely unaltered, without further permission; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the Judy's TenKey package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Judy's Applications, 2464 El Camino Real, Suite #125, Santa Clara, CA, 95051. Judy's Applications may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Judy's Applications. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Calcultr Wind Chill Calculatr 1.0 simple wind chill calculator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MENDEL COOPER M/COOPER 3425 CHESTNUT RIDGE RD. GRANTSVILLE, MD 21536-9801 Telephone: (301) 895-4130 Description Type = Short Description This is a simple wind chill calculator. C source included. Freeware. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Book/Magazine Catalg 2.0 Catalog your books and/or magazines Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description BOOK CATALOG for Windows 3.1. Catalog your library (books and/or magazines) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Long Description BOOK CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your library (books and/or magazines) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Keywords BOOK,MAGAZINE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,UTILITY,COLLECTING PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Coin Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your coin collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description COIN CATALOG :IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your coin collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Long Description COIN CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your coin collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Keywords COIN,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,HOBBY,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Dynotech S/W Catalog 6.1 DynoTech Software Catalog - Winter 199 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: DAVID W. CARLSON DYNOTECH SOFTWARE 1105 HOME AVE. WAYNESVILLE, MO 65583-2231 Telephone: 573-774-5001 Fax: 573-774-3052 Description Type = Short Description DynoTech Software Catalog - Winter 1996 Describes DynoTech Software games & products. May be copied and distributed freely as long as no files are altered/removed. Req: 386+; Win 3.1, Win 95, or OS/2 Warp; 256 color VGA. DynoTech,1105 Home Ave, Waynesville,MO 65583 Orders: 1-800-DynoTech [800-396-6832] Info: (573) 774-5001 Fax: (573) 774-3052 Free Technical Support: (573) 336-3390 http://home.aol.com/DTGames Description Type = Long Description DynoTech Software Catalog - Winter 1996 Describes DynoTech Software games & products. May be copied and distributed freely as long as no files are altered/removed. Req: 386+; Win 3.1, Win 95, or OS/2 Warp; 256 color VGA. DynoTech,1105 Home Ave, Waynesville,MO 65583 Orders: 1-800-DynoTech [800-396-6832] Info: (573) 774-5001 Fax: (573) 774-3052 Free Technical Support: (573) 336-3390 http://home.aol.com/DTGames CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Hardware Catalog 2.0 Catalog for computer parts. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description HARDWARE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your computer hardware in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Long Description HARDWARE CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (Windows 3.1). Catalog your computer hardware in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords HARDWARE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,BUSINESS,COMPUTER,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Movie Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your movie collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description MOVIE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your movie library in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Long Description MOVIE CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your movie library in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by beginners and advanced computer users. Description Type = Keywords MOVIE,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,VIDEO,TAPES,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Music Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your music collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description MUSIC CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your music library (records, CDs, casettes, etc.) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by any level of a computer user. Description Type = Long Description MUSIC CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your music library (records, CDs, casettes, etc.) in as much detail as you need. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Can be used by any level of a computer user. Description Type = Keywords MUSIC,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,CD,TAPE,RECORD,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Software Catalog 2.0 Catalog for software products. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description SOFTWARE CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your software in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Long Description SOFTWARE CATALOG : program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your software in as much detail as you need, including the serial # and phone support number. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a regular catalog book makes the program very easy-to-use and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords SOFTWARE,CATALOG,PROGRAMS,COMPUTER,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS HOME,BUSINESS,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Sport Card Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your sport card collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description SPORT CARD CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your Sport Card Collection in as much detail as you need, including the year of issue, brand, card number, team, type, description, date and price of purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, and intuitive. Description Type = Long Description SPORT CARD CATALOG : program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your Sport Card Collection in as much detail as you need, including the year of issue, brand, card number, team, type, description, date and price of purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, and intuitive. On-line help messages are only one mouse click away. Description Type = Keywords SPORT,CARD,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Catalogg Stamp Catalog 2.0 Catalogs your stamp collection. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description STAMP CATALOG (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your stamp collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Long Description STAMP CATALOG for Windows: program for IBM-PC (MS Windows 3.1). Catalog your stamp collection in as much detail as you need, including the Country of issue, Description, Catalog Number, Value, Date and Price of Purchase, and more. Unlimited number of entries, automatically sorted. Searching by any field, printing and much more. A similar format to a physical catalog book makes the program very easy to use, intuitive, and straightforward. Description Type = Keywords STAMP,CATALOG,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,HOME,COLLECTING,HOBBY,PRIMASOFT Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Aladdin_IRQs 1.0 Lets GEnie Aladdin software use any IR Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOHN JERRIM COMPUTER TELECOMM SYSTEMS INC. 3847 FOXWOOD ROAD SUITE 1000 DULUTH, GA 30136-6100 Telephone: 770-263-8623 Fax: 770-263-0124 Description Type = Short Description Alad_IRQ allows the GEnie Aladdin software (versions 1.xx) to use any IRQ, including nonstandard IRQs 2-7, 9-12, 14 and 15. Alad_IRQ uses 8K of memory, and requires an IBM PC or better running on DOS 2.1+. Description Type = Long Description Alad_IRQ from Computer Telecommunication Systems, Inc. (CTS) is a unique little utility which is designed to expand the system environments that the GEnie Aladdin software can use. Without Alad_IRQ, the Aladdin software is limited to using IRQs 3 & 4. But, by creating a small run-time shell, Alad_IRQ lets the Aladdin software use all available IRQs: 2-7, 9-12, 14 and 15. Alad_IRQ is another serial port software solution from CTS, developers of the CTS Serial Port Utilities. IBM or 100% compatible PC/XT/AT/286/386/486 or better, DOS 2.1 or higher. $20 <ASP> Description Type = Keywords IRQ, Aladdin, GEnie, Interrupt, Redirector, UART, DOS, Serial Port, Comm Port, Communications, Utilities Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details Alad_IRQ is normally placed in a subdirectory on your hard disk. The following instructions assume you will put Alad_IRQ in a directory named "ALADIRQ": 1. Create an "ALADIRQ" subdirectory on your hard disk using the DOS "Make Directory" (MD) command: Example: C>MD ALADIRQ <Enter> NOTE: <Enter> means to press the Enter (Return) key. 2. Change the default directory to the directory you created using the DOS Change Directory (CD) command: Example: C>CD ALADIRQ <Enter> 3. Copy the distribution files to the ALADIRQ directory. If the distribution files are on a floppy diskette in drive A, you would enter: Example: C:\ALADIRQ>COPY A:\*.* <Enter> If your directory contains a README.1ST file, then check this file for additional information not included in this User Guide. 4. Copy the Alad_IRQ.EXE file to the directory containing your Aladdin software. You must run Alad_IRQ from the directory containing Aladdin. That's it! Alad_IRQ is ready to run! Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP ALAIRQ10.ZIP to any size diskette. Total unpacked space required: 90K Description Type = Permissions BBS SYSOPs: Please refer to the SYSOP.DOC text file for information. Individual and Corporate Users: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC for information. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute the ALAD_IRQ package. Other Vendors: Please refer to VENDOR.DOC for information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic BBS Access 2.25 Easy Data Communications Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM HASS MICROFOX COMPANY 3310 FOX RUN P.O. BOX 447 RICHFIELD, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description BBS Access from MicroFox Company is a very easy-to-use data communications program for calling BBSs and uploading & downloading files. The protocols included are ASCII, Kermit, Xmodem, Ymodem, Zmodem, Xmodem/1K, Xmodem/G, Ymodem/G. It can capture screens to file and will record the time and length of each call. BBS can change and save modem initialization strings and all screen colors can be changed & saved. <ASP> {STAR} [ASAD] Description Type = Long Description BBS Access Data Communications Software used to connect to bulletin board systems and upload/download files using a variety of protocols. Very easy to set up and use. Keeps track of date and time on each Bulletin Board. BBS Access was written by Jim Hass (member of ASP, STAR & ASAD) from MicroFox Company. BBS Access is a simple to use communications program for calling BBSs and uploading & downloading files. Protocols included are ASCII, Kermit, Xmodem, Ymodem, Zmodem, Xmodem/1K, Xmodem/G, Ymodem/G. It can capture screens to file and will record the time and length of each call. BBS Access now allows a modem initialization string and all screen colors can be changed & saved. You can also specify a directory for file downloads and the screen capture file. You can scroll back the last eight screens from the current BBS (if online) or from the last BBS if you are disconnected and still in the BBS Access program. Create and use macros in phone numbers for dialing prefix, credit card calls, area codes, etc. <ASP> (ESC) {STAR} [ASAD] - Author: Jim Hass, MicroFox Software Company. Probably the easiest to use of all the communications software available. Description Type = Keywords BBS Access Communications ASP STAR ASAD XMODEM YMODEM ZMODEM Kermit PROTOCOL ESC Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States Dollar Minimum registration price..................29.00 Maximum registration price..................900.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details The installation procedure for BBS Access is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 200K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install BBS Access. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received the BBS Access communications package. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place the BBS Access distribution diskette in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the BBS Access files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded BBS Access from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the BBS Access package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the BBS Access files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed BBS Access (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the file "BBS.DOC". That document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate BBS Access. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute BBS Access, completely unaltered, without further permission. For special cases or to distribute in modified form, you must contact MicroFox Company and consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the BBS Access package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Baby Banana 2.3a Custom Communication Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL WHEATON BANANA PROGRAMMING 1916 BROOKS #205 MISSOULA, MT 59801 Telephone: 406-543-1928 Fax: 406-549-3522 Description Type = Short Description Baby Banana v2.3a - Custom Communication software for Sysops to distribute to potential users of their service. It can be used as a marketing tool, tech support, or for fun! It auto installs, auto finds the modem, and auto dials the service it was customized for. It works under DOS, Windows, or Windows 95. Registration is only $69 and includes an unlimited distribution license. Description Type = Long Description Baby Banana v2.3a - Custom Communication software for Sysops to distribute to potential users of their service. It can be used as a marketing tool, tech support, or for fun! It auto installs, auto finds the modem, and auto dials the service it was customized for. It works under DOS, Windows, or Windows 95. Registration is only $69 and includes an unlimited distribution license. Sysops may pass out as many copies as they like. It also performs a com port conflict test to let the user know if they have com port conlfict problems. The program is designed to be simple and easy to use, and is perfect for marketing your service to first time modem users. Minor upgrades are free for life. Boardwatch magazine says, "BananaCom is widely known as the easiest to use communication program in the world." Description Type = Keywords Communications Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................69.00 Maximum registration price..................69.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic BananaCom 2.3a Simple Modem Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL WHEATON BANANA PROGRAMMING 1916 BROOKS #205 MISSOULA, MT 59801 Telephone: 406-543-1928 Fax: 406-549-3522 Description Type = Short Description BananaCom 2.3a - Simple and easy to use communication software designed with the first time modem user in mind. It automatically finds the modem, port and speed upon install and is ready to dial out in 20 seconds. There is no easier to use communication software in the world. Works under DOS, Windows, and Windows 95. Description Type = Long Description BananaCom 2.3a - Simple and easy to use communication software designed with the first time modem user in mind. It automatically finds the modem, port and speed upon install and is ready to dial out in 20 seconds. There is no easier to use communication software in the world. Works under DOS, Windows, and Windows 95. Description Type = Keywords Communications Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................25.00 Maximum registration price..................25.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic BananaCom Custom 2.3a Custom Communication Software Demo Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PAUL WHEATON BANANA PROGRAMMING 1916 BROOKS #205 MISSOULA, MT 59801 Telephone: 406-543-1928 Fax: 406-549-3522 Description Type = Short Description BananaCom Custom v2.3a Custom Communication Software Demo. This is a demo of the award winning BananaCom Custom. Customized communication software for specific online services. BananaCom Custom comes with an unlimited distribution license, auto install, auto modem port and speed scan, and auto dial. This is the most effective way of getting new users online to a service. Description Type = Long Description BananaCom Custom v2.3a Custom Communication Software Demo. This is a demo of the award winning BananaCom Custom. Customized communication software for specific online services. BananaCom Custom comes with an unlimited distribution license, auto install, auto modem port and speed scan, and auto dial. This is the most effective way of getting new users online to a service. It works under DOS, Windows or Windows 95. Many options are available for an exreemly customized version. This demo dials the Montana Banana BBS in the same fashion as it would dial the service it is customized for. It is idiot proof! Description Type = Keywords Communications Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......U.S. Dollars Minimum registration price..................0.00 Maximum registration price..................0.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Comm Port Utilities 30 Setup, diagnose, fix & control comm po Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOHN JERRIM COMPUTER TELECOMM SYSTEMS INC. 3847 FOXWOOD ROAD SUITE 1000 DULUTH, GA 30136-6100 Telephone: 770-263-8623 Fax: 770-263-0124 Description Type = Short Description CTS SERIAL PORT UTILITIES v3.0: Fix comm problems. Detect Com Port conflicts, IRQs used, failed ports & ports that can't generate IRQs. Three NEW utilities: BIOS_FIX fixes many BIOS comm problems. RESETMODEM & HANGUP utilities solve many problems when using modems. Additional Windows Setup tests provided to registered users. DOS <ASP> Description Type = Long Description The CTS Serial Port Utilities (SPU) is a collection of DOS software utilities that provide you with control over the serial ports in your computer. Most serial port problems can be resolved by using these utilities. Each of the utilities support all standard and any user-defined serial ports. Version 2 allows each of the utilites to operate as a Windows or OS/2 DOS application. New in Version 3: * BIOS_FIX - a utility for your AUTOEXEC.BAT file to ensure correct Com port detection on all computers * ResetMod(em) - a utility to regain control of a modem * HangUp - a utility to force the modem to disconnect * Windows setup test - verifies that the Windows port setup is correct for the computer by comparing the actual port addresses and IRQs to those detected by the bios and set in the Windows SYSTEM.INI file. This feature is included in BIOS_FIX as well to make sure the setup is always accurate. The windows setup tests are in registered versions only. * A list of IRQs that are constantly in use and cannot be used by a serial port. * 16650 and 16750 UART support. These new UARTs provide additional buffering and flow control features. Complete descriptions are included in the SPU.DOC file. * A specific test for a mouse/modem conflict. * Modem Identification report displays the results of the modem identification commands (registered versions only). * Introduction of an OEM version: "PortInfo for Customer Support". See the file OEM.DOC for more information. PortInfo is a comprehensive utility which tests your system to determine everything possible about your serial ports, including interrupt and addressing conflicts. PortInfo provides you with FAILURE and WARNING messages about actual and possible conflicts. PortInfo provides details on the following: * Detects multiple serial ports at the same address (eg, 2 Com1 ports) * Serial ports that have failed * Interrupt conflicts between a mouse and a serial port * Shared interrupts (2 serial ports, or a serial port and a serial mouse sharing an IRQ) * Conflicts between COM4 and 8514/A compatible monitors * Unusual BIOS serial port setups * Serial ports that cannot generate interrupts * Helps to determine when interrupts can be shared Other information provided: * Actual IRQ used by each port and the current IRQ status * DOS port assignments (com1-com4, mouse) * Detects which ports have modems or FAXmodems connected, and (in many cases) if the modem is internal or external * Detects which FAX classes are supported by the modem(s) * Port (UART) Identification (8250, 8250A/16450, 16550, 16550A, ESP, HSSP, the T/Port, and some "emulated UARTs" * FIFO status: If it exists, on / off, else 'None' * If the FIFO is ON, the current FIFO receiver trigger level is displayed. * All programmable port parameters: speed, format, parity, current RTS and DTR settings * Current status of modem lines: Ring Indicator, Carrier Detect, Clear to Send, Data Set Ready, with indication of when the lines are tied together (looped back). Additional features: * Can update the system BIOS to accurately match the actual serial port setting. * Ports are COMPLETELY restored to their original settings * Supports standard serial ports 1-4 on PC/AT, 1-8 on PS/2 * Supports up to 8 user definable serial ports (*any* serial port address and IRQ) * Displays detailed messages about conflicts with reference numbers to assist looking up the detailed assistance in the User Guide. Special Utilities: * Control the 16550A FIFO trigger level * Set port speed and format * Add or swap serial ports in the BIOS Comm Port data area * Control the RTS, DTR, and Out2 (IRQ enable) lines * Reset a serial port to initial settings And Much More!!!! Description Type = Keywords Serial Port, Comm Port, Modem, FAX, IRQ, Interrupt, Diagnostic, UART, DOS, Communications, Utilities, Port Conflicts Description Type = Registration Details 20/35/59/79 (Personal/Personal PLUS/Professional/Professional PLUS) Description Type = Installation Details Installation of the the CTS Serial Port Utilities (SPU) consists of three easy steps: 1) Creating a sub-directory to hold the SPU with the DOS "Make Directory" (MD) command. 2) Change to the CTSSPU directory and copy the distribution file containing the SPU to the directory. 3) Unpack the distribution file. If the extension is ".EXE", then just run the file - it will be self-extracting. If the extension is ".ZIP", then you need to unpack the file with PKUNZIP version 2.04g (or another compatible program) Description Type = Vendor Instructions UnZIP CTSSPU30.ZIP to a 720K or larger diskette. Total unpacked space required: 505K Description Type = Permissions BBS SYSOPs: Please refer to the LICENSE.DOC and SYSOP.DOC text file for information. Individual and Corporate Users: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC and OEM.DOC for information. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute the CTS Serial Port Utilities package. Other Vendors: Please refer to LICENSE.DOC and VENDOR.DOC for information. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic DIALER Pro 1.5 DIALERPRO v1.5 Win/Win95 phone dialer. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID VEDDER GALT TECHNOLOGY 14150 BIG BASIN WAY SUITE #195 SARATOGA, CA 95070 Telephone: (408) 730-2467 Fax: (408) 730-2467 Description Type = Short Description DIALERPRO v1.5 Win/Win95 phone dialer. Dial you phone using your modem. Create list of names and numbers, double-click to dial. No need to search through your address book. Sort, Edit, Move. Shareware. Galt Technology. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic DiaLog for Windows 3.3 DiaLog - Windows Phone Dialer and Logg Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WOLFGANG JOHN WOLJO COMPUTING 10920 PORTAL RD. ATASCANDERO, CA 93422 Telephone: (805)461-3090 Description Type = Short Description DiaLog - A Windows phone Dialer and Logger and much more ... Has a 'No Modem' mode. Extemely easy to use. Tone or pulse dialing. 4 addr books, 6 phone #'s and 4 BBS ID's per entry. Dials special Tone-Dial services. International dates and times. 6-city world clock, 3 appointment books. Password protection, auto-redial. Creates label file. Does not alter any files on your hard disk. Description Type = Long Description Welcome to DiaLog 3.2.x - A Phone Dialer and Logger and more...... This is the Windows version of DiaLog and replaces older versions. If you have an older version, you should install this one into the same directory in order to keep the same address books and logs. If you do install over an old version, be sure to backup all the files in that directory first. If you are switching from the DOS version of DiaLog, please see note below. DiaLog is available in two compressed versions. One is as FoneW.zip and the other is FoneWL.zip. Both have an installation program, the second one also includes VBRUN300.DLL - a required program. The DiaLog program itself contains extensive help and information. This version adds features such as 6 phone numbers, 4 BBS ID's, 3 popup appointment books/diaries, programmable world clock, international times and dates, printout of selected addr book fields, up to 4 addr books, search addr books, enhanced user interface, create label file, log minutes or minutes and seconds, and more. DOS version DiaLog users please note: If you are switching from the DOS version of DiaLog, install this version into the same directory as the DOS version. This will allow you to keep the same phone books. If you intend to continue using the DOS version also, install this Windows version into a different directory. Then copy the files DialLst1.dat and DialLst2.dat from the DOS version to the Windows version before executing the Windows version for the first time. A compatible DOS version is planned for the near future. Description Type = Keywords Dialer Logger AddressBook Appointment Diary Description Type = Registration Details 30 day free trial - $18 to register. Description Type = Installation Details ***** DiaLog Installation: ***** After unzipping the files, proceed as follows: 1. From the Program Manager File menu select 'Run'. 2. Enter 'a:\Install' (or any other path, depending on the location of your installation files. If your files are in directory Temp on drive c:, simply enter 'c:\Temp\Install' (no quotes). 3. Install will install DiaLog in c:\DiaLog or a directory of your choice. 4. Install will create a Program Manager Group and an icon for DiaLog. 5. Once your installation is complete, simply double-click on the DiaLog icon. 6. Once in DiaLog, select 'Hlp' from the main menu and get familiar with the program and its features. If your installation files are on your hard disk, you may want to copy them to a diskette and then delete those files from your hard disk. DiaLog does NOT change any of your files such as AutoExec.bat, Config.sys, Win.ini etc. Note: DiaLog requires the file VBRUN300.DLL to reside in your Windows\System directory. It is included with the FoneWL.zip file, but not with the FoneW.zip. ***** Remove DiaLog from your System ***** 1. Simply delete all files in the DiaLog directory. 2. Remove the DiaLog directory. 3. Remove the DiaLog icon from the Program Group 4. Remove the Program Group if it is only for DiaLog 5. DiaLog did NOT change any of your files such as Win.ini etc. 6. DiaLog added the following files to your Windows\System directory: VBRUN300.DLL, CSCALNDR.VBX, CSSPIN.VBX, CURTIME.VBX and THREED.VBX. You may delete any of them if you are sure they are not used by other applications. Description Type = Permissions DiaLog is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States Copyright law and also by International Treaty provisions. Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed thirty days. If you continue using this software after the thirty-day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to Wolfgang John of WolJo Computing. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE INDIVIDUALS may distribute DiaLog to friends or associates, provided they charge no fees for this service, and they convey a complete and unaltered copy of the shareware version of this product. All other distribution is allowed only under the terms of the attached VENDINFO data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. You may not distribute this product, modify it, or bundle it with other products except as specifically allowed therein. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. Permission to distribute the DiaLog package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is WolJo Computing, 10920 Portal Rd. Atascadero, CA 93422. WolJo Computing may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to WolJo Computing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic EZ555 Timer Designer 95 EZ555 Timer Designer Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLIE E. ORMON ETCAI PRODUCTS P.O. BOX 1046 GAUTIER, MS 39553 Telephone: 601-497-2566 Fax: 601-497-3868 Description Type = Short Description EZ555 v95 <ASP> (ESC) An easy to use design program for the popular 555 timer. Educators and engineers can use EZ555 to quickly explore many designs in a short time. EZ555 instantly displays oscillator circuit parameters in both graphical and numeric form. Uses a simple graphical interface. $19.00 for single users and $79.00 for site licenses. Registered users receive a bonus program. Description Type = Long Description _______ ____|__ | (R) --| | |------------------- | ____|__ | Association of | | |_| Shareware |__| o | Professionals -----| | |--------------------- |___|___| MEMBER EZ555 A 555 Timer Designer and Training Program EZ555 is an easy to use tool for designing astable oscillators. This program should be useful for educational purposes and prototype development. The results produced by this program should never be directly used in a design without extensive prototype testing. EZ555 will allow users to work with impractical designs. Power dissipation problems are not detected by EZ555. EZ555 allows users to use a "cut and try" design method. An engineer can try a wide range of possibilities in a very short time using EZ555. The program can also be very useful for instruction and learning. A professor can present a wide range of possibilities to students using overhead projected video. EZ555 is the first of a planned series of engineering programs designed to be very friendly on narrow technical topics. This is in contrast to most engineering programs which are complex to operate but cover many topics. EZ555 allows users to change the timing resistors, timing capacitor, frequency, and duty cycle. The user can change one or several parameters prior to selecting the recalculate button. Generally, better results are obtained by changing only one parameter at a time. EZ555 makes calculations based on the parameter changed by the user. Description Type = Keywords timers astable multivibrators oscillators IC relaxation circuits Description Type = Registration Details $19.00 for single users and $79.00 for site licenses. Registered users receive a bonus program. Description Type = Installation Details Type 555 at the DOS prompt to start the program. The installation program INSTALL.EXE can be used to install EZ555 from a floppy disk to your hard drive. The screen driver program VGA.COM must be present in the same directory as 555.EXE. You must have VGA graphics to use EZ555. The installation program, INSTALL.EXE, may not be included with all distributions of this program. Copies of EZ555 downloaded from BBS and on-line services do not require installation from floppy disks. Do not run INSTALL if EZ555 is already in a directory on your hard drive. The installation program used with EZ555 can be licensed from: The Goodsoft Co. 1630 30th Street, Suite 235 Boulder, CO 80301 USA Description Type = Permissions TRIAL USE LICENSE EZ555 is NOT a public domain program. It is copyrighted by ETCAI Products of Gautier, MS 39553. This software and accompanying documentation are protected by United States copyright law and also by international treaty provisions. ETCAI Products grants you a limited license to use this software for evaluation purposes for a period not to exceed twenty-one days. If you continue using this software after the twenty-one day evaluation period, you MUST make a registration payment to ETCAI Products. You may not use, copy, rent, lease, sell, modify, decompile, disassemble, otherwise reverse engineer, or transfer the licensed program except as provided in this agreement. Any such unauthorized use shall result in immediate and automatic termination of this license. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ETCAI Products. LIMITED DISTRIBUTION LICENSE The following may distribute EZ555, completely unaltered, without further permission, ASP disk vendors, any ASP BBS, any BBS who does not charge a fee for downloads; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the EZ555 package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is ETCAI Products P.O.Box 1046 Gautier, MS 39553 USA. ETCAI Products may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to ETCAI Products. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic FindCIS 1.3 1.3 CompuServe phone number launching syst Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: A. KURT GODWIN AKG SOFTWARE 33 POLARIS COURT NEWARK, DE 19711 Telephone: 301-953-0175 Description Type = Short Description FindCIS eases the task of traveling and connecting to Compuserve by storing all CIS local access numbers then auto-launching CIS com app's with all phone data auto-loaded. You can be connected almost anywhere in world with three clicks. Description Type = Long Description See included FCISABST.WRI file Description Type = Keywords findcis, cis, laptop, access, phone, network, cities, local Description Type = Registration Details US $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details The FindCIS installation file is self-executing and automatic. Simply double-click on the fndcs1_3.exe file. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The Findcs1_3.exe file needs only to be made available to potential users. Description Type = Permissions Vendor should include info indicating FindCIS is a share- ware application with registration required. Also, this is timed shareware. It is completely functional up until 60 days. If the user has not registered by 60 days, the program will only function to remind the user to register. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Guide to Internet 2.0 The Beginner's Guide to the Internet Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PATRICK J. SUAREZ SUAREZ ASSOCIATES P.O. BOX 764 MIAMISBURG, OH 45343 Telephone: 513-323-6121 Description Type = Short Description "The Beginner's Guide to the Internet" is a full-color, computer-based tutorial about the Internet. It covers E-mail, ftp, telnet, gopher, Archie, Veronica, WAIS, World Wide Web, newsgroups, mailing lists, IRC and more. Includes pictures and step-by-step instructions. Ziff-Davis 4 star rating! Perfect for Internet novices! Description Type = Registration Details Site licenses: $25 for the first user, each additional user within your company or group is $1 per user. Description Type = Installation Details Put all the files into their own subdirectory. Start the program by typing TWTEACH INT (caps are unnecessary, but the space is necessary), then hit the Enter key. Description Type = Vendor Instructions The vendor or bulletin board system to which "The Beginner's Guide to the Internet" was sent has permission to distribute the program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic HOME-PHONE-BOOK, Win 1.0 HOME-PHONE-BOOK for Windows; Ver 1.0 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: THOMAS E. BONITZ VILLAGE SOFTWARE 7903 KONA CIRCLE HAWAIIAN VILLAGE PAPILLION, NE 68046 Telephone: (402) 339-0775 Description Type = Short Description dj148: HOME-PHONE-BOOK for Windows; Ver 1.0 Name and Address program designed for the casual home user. HPBW has separate name fields for both heads of house which allows for the storage of separate birth dates and work phone numbers. Children names and birth dates can also be stored. Printouts include reports, labels, and envelopes. Includes an auto-dialer. Author: Thomas E. Bonitz, $20. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic InfoDisk On-Line#s 4.0 Data and Contact Lists (BBS, US Gov,et Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: KELLY MURPHY MSM SYSTEMS, LTD. P.O. BOX 1184 SUN CITY, AZ 85372 Telephone: 800-242-4775 Fax: 602-572-9289 Description Type = Short Description InfoDisk contains various data and contact lists such as, Bulletin Board Systems (BBS) Nationwide, U.S Government BBS Numbers, On Line Job Service Companies and more. The registered version contains all the above information including an Internet guide on Gophers, World Wide Web, Telnet, Bitnet, Unix, Internet service providers, World Wide Web and Newsgroup listings. Hundreds of 800 BBS numbers are also provided. To install run setup from windows. Description Type = Long Description InfoDisk contains various data and contact lists such as, Bulletin Board Systems (BBS) Nationwide, U.S Government BBS Numbers, On Line Job Service Companies and more. The registered version contains all the above information including an Internet guide on Gophers, World Wide Web, Telnet, Bitnet, Unix, Internet service providers, World Wide Web and Newsgroup listings. Hundreds of 800 BBS numbers are also provided. To install run setup from windows. Description Type = Installation Details Run Setup from Windows CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Internet Book 2.0 Catalogs your internet addresses. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=Yes Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description INTERNET BOOK Windows 3.1. Whether you are an Internet experienced user or just a beginner Internet Book is for you. It gives you an easy way to gather information about all the Internet Resources: World-Wide Web Pages, Gophers, Archie Servers, FTP Sites, E-Mail Addresses, and News Groups. All your information about the Internet can now be stored at one place and easily retrieved. Internet greatest resources included. Description Type = Long Description INTERNET BOOK Windows 3.1. Whether you are an Internet experienced user or just a beginner Internet Book is for you. It gives you an easy way to gather information about all the Internet Resources: World-Wide Web Pages, Gophers, Archie Servers, FTP Sites, E-Mail Addresses, and News Groups. All your information about the Internet can now be stored at one place and easily retrieved. Internet greatest resources included. You can register on-line on Compuserve (GO SWREG, ID# 5011). Description Type = Keywords INTERNET,BOOK,SHAREWARE,WINDOWS,PRIMASOFT,NETWORK,SITES, ADDRESS DIRECTORIES Description Type = Registration Details $17 USA Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 360k,720k,1440k disks, unZIP compress file to DISK. The INSTALL program will automatically handle installation to hard drive. To start the installation, place the diskette in drive A: (or B:), start Windows, select File/Run menu function in Windows Program Manager, and type: A:INSTALL or (B:INSTALL). Follow the instructions of the installation program. Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, sattelite distributor may carry this system without obtaining further permission from PrimaSoft, Inc.company ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertizing, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is shareware that requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation stage. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Internet Resource DB Internet Resource Database Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM NICOARA MICROEXCEL SOFTWARE 1701 CIENEGA ROAD HOLLISTER, CA 95023 Telephone: 408-636-6968 Fax: 408-636-6968 Description Type = Short Description The Internet Resource database is an adapt- ation of Perfect Recall. It provides URL,s for Web search engines and the means to store anything off the Net; graphics, URL's documents, email addresses and whole Web pages saved as files. Uses your browser. Description Type = Long Description The Internet Resource database is an adapt- ation of Perfect Recall. It provides URL,s for Web search engines and the means to store anything off the Net; graphics, URL's documents, email addresses and whole Web pages saved as files. Uses your browser. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic LAN Menu System 2.06 Local Area Network Menu and Security Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JIM HASS MICROFOX COMPANY 3310 FOX RUN P.O. BOX 447 RICHFIELD, OH 44286-0447 Telephone: 216-659-9489 Fax: 216-659-9489 Description Type = Short Description LAN Menu (Network Menu) by MicroFox Company. Menu and Security System for DOS Networks. LANnnn.ZIP contains the Network Menu, Help System, and User Guide. It has Lotus 1-2-3 style menu system with password protection, telephone dialer, on-line help, built-in network support and mouse support. Screen Blanker, 10,000 menu entries, macros and menu action functions. (Author: Jim Hass) Member of [ASAD] <ASP> and {STAR} Description Type = Long Description This program is a Network DOS shell that hides the underlying operating system from the uninitiated user, yet does not get in the way of the expert user. The basic system consist of up to one hundred Menu Files with ten menu pages each, and each page having ten selections to choose from. You start a selection by pointing to it with the cursor and pressing the ENTER key or by pressing the number key associated with that selection. Each selection can start a program, run a batch file, or execute any DOS command. A selection can also have multiple steps which can include any or all of the possibilities above. You can change menu pages by pressing the F1 thru F10 keys to go directly to page 1 thru 10 or use the PgUp and PgDn keys. Each page and each selection on each page has a user definable description. The slash key displays a 1-2-3 type menu at the top of the screen. The choices from the menu include: Help, Add, Change, Delete, Move, Page, Run, Exit, and Quit. If you select HELP you are presented with another menu and screens that explain how to use the Menu System. ADD, CHANGE, DELETE, and MOVE allow you to alter the description and action taken by a Main Menu selection. PAGE lets you change the description of a Page Index entry, import pages, and delete pages. RUN allows you to execute any program, DOS command, or batch file from within the Menu System. EXIT returns you to the DOS prompt and QUIT returns to the main menu. Description Type = Keywords LAN Network Menu Security Password DOS Novell Banyan Vines Lantastic ASP Star Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......United States Dollar Minimum registration price..................29.00 Maximum registration price..................1495.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................3.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== The installation procedure for LANmenu is quite simple. The package includes a program, "INSTALL.EXE", which automates the entire process. You will need about 256K of available disk space on the hard drive on which you plan to install LANmenu. The exact steps you need to take will depend on how you received LANmenu. INSTALLING FROM DISKETTES To install from diskette(s), you need to perform the following steps. o Place LANmenu distribution diskette "Disk 1" in the appropriate diskette drive. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program on the distribution diskette. For example, if the distribution diskette is on drive A:, type the MS-DOS command, "a:install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the LANmenu files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. INSTALLING FROM A HARD DRIVE If you downloaded LANmenu from a BBS (or received it in the form of archive files from some other source), you will need to perform the following steps. o Extract the contents of the archive file(s) in a temporary directory on your hard drive. The procedure for doing this varies, depending on the form in which you received the package. In all likelihood, the fact that you are reading this text means that you already have the necessary tools and knowledge to perform this step. If not, you should be able to obtain directions for this from the same source from which you received the package. o Execute the "INSTALL.EXE" program which you have extracted. For example, if the temporary directory into which you have extracted the <product> package is C:\TEMPDIR, you would execute the MS-DOS command, "c:\tempdir\install". o Follow the instructions presented by the installation program. You will have a chance to approve installation before any changes are actually made to the contents of your hard drive. The program will ask you for a destination directory, and will copy the LANmenu files to that directory. If you so direct it, the installation program will install executable programs and documentation in other directories of your choice. It will make no other changes; specifically, it will not modify your autoexec.bat or config.sys files. When you're satisfied that the installation was successful, you should delete the temporary directory FROM which you installed LANmenu (C:\TEMPDIR, in the above discussion), including all its contents. YOU'RE READY TO GO Once you've complete the installation, you should consult the documents (filename extension "doc") which have been installed. In particular, read at least the file "LANmenu.DOC". That document will tell you how to invoke the program, and will give you other information you need to properly evaluate LANmenu. We hope you enjoy the program. Description Type = Permissions You may distribute LANmenu, completely unaltered, without further permission. For special cases or to distribute in modified form, you must contact MicroFox Company and consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the LANmenu package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is MicroFox Company, PO Box 447, Richfield OH 44286-0447. MicroFox Company may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to MicroFox Company. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic LITZ 2.0 UUENCODE/UUDECODE Files/Messages Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DIRK WRIEDT WEISSENBURGSTRASSE 30 KIEL, D-24116 GERMANY Description Type = Short Description LITZ 2.00- compresses,encrypts, uuencodes at the same time. Cliboard text handling. The program of your choice to transmit files or secure text by email. (Windows) Description Type = Long Description LITZ 2.00- compresses,encrypts, uuencodes at the same time. Cliboard text handling. The program of your choice to transmit files or secure text by email. (Windows) Description Type = Installation Details LITZ consists of the program file LITZ.EXE and a library BWCC.DLL. LITZ.WRI is this text. ORDER.WRI is the order form for the license to use LITZ for more than 30 days. LITZ.EXE is the Windows program. Just copy it anywhere to your hard disk. BWCC.DLL is a library providing LITZ with all those nice buttons and message boxes. It should reside in the \WINDOWS\SYSTEM directory. You may already have this file. It is used by Borland programming languages. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Mosaic Spry's New Air Mosaic Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MIKE MATHIESEN LIGHTHOUSE PRODUCTIONS P.O. BOX 7885 SANTA CRUZ, CA 95061 Telephone: 408-423-8580 Fax: 408-423-0131 Description Type = Short Description MOSAIC.ZIP>Spry's New Air Mosaic, the next generation of NCSA Mosaic, the World Wide Web Browser WITH an INTERNET DIAL UP ACCOUNT created with one command; 'setup'. 500 local phone numbers around the world. 2 Minutes and you're on the Internet with the newest and fastest Mosaic Browser. Includes a dialer program. Nothing else required! Description Type = Long Description MOSAIC.ZIP>Spry's New Air Mosaic, the next generation of NCSA Mosaic, the World Wide Web Browser WITH an INTERNET DIAL UP ACCOUNT created with one command; 'setup'. 500 local phone numbers around the world. 2 Minutes and you're on the Internet with the newest and fastest Mosaic Browser. Includes a dialer program. Nothing else required! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic PERSONAL-E MAILBOX 3.0 PERSONAL-E MAILBOX V3.0... Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JAMES M. PICKETT AMERCOM, INC. P.O. BOX 19868 PORTLAND, OR 97280-0868 Telephone: (503) 452-8196 Description Type = Short Description Personal-E Mailbox v3.0L - PC-to-PC direct, person-to-person E-Mail, FAX. Make and send Greeting Cards, Smart Forms, Insert Graphics/Photos, run Mini- Bulletin Board, Attach Files, make and distribute self running/returning Electronic Forms for Surveys, Market Research, Catalogs, Orders. V3.0 does it all, V3.0L shows you How and allows you to Send and Receive E-Mail and comes with a FREE copy of Windows 3.0 Description Type = Long Description PERSONAL-E MAILBOX V3.0... the person-to-person, PC-to-PC direct e-mail program that integrates three great applications--word processing, desktop publishing and communications--so you can share instant messages with any friend, family member or business associate without subscribing to any service or paying any fees, other than ordinary phone time charges. ALL NEW 3.0 is a major breakthrough in e-mail power and ease of use that gives you the ability to: . insert a picture right into the text of your message...from happy birthday to hand written equation, scanned family photos, cartoons, clip art or technical drawing, all go right into your text where you point and click. . create personal electronic greeting cards, product data sheets or newsletters with your own paint program graphics . send e-mail directly to a FAX machine . create electronic forms for business orders and surveys that auto return mail themselves to your organization in standard data base format . send a message to the famous on the Internet using Personal-E's Internet Gateway . start your own private Bulletin Board for company, family, church organization or consultancy . transfer files and broadcast messages to everyone in your family, club, team, or work group These features and many more... are all yours when you order the full function 3.0 using the electronic order form in the program IN TRAY...similar capabilities are only available in the most powerful network-based e-mail and forms programs costing many thousands of dollars...but Personal-E gives you all the functionality plus privacy point-to-point for only $49.95...along with a graphical user interface so easy to use, kids are sending drawings to their grandparents in 10 minutes. Description Type = Installation Details type: install...After installation the program will start. On any PC with a modem...the program will automatically detect the modem, set the com port, and start ready for mailing. No technical knowledge is required. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic PageMate for Windows 1.0 Calls pager when phone rings Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ROBERT MATTER R.J. MATTER & ASSOCS. P.O. BOX 9042 HIGHLAND, IN 46322-9042 Telephone: 219-845-5247 Description Type = Short Description PageMate for Windows v1.0 As featured in the Sybex Book "The Home Office ShareWareHouse" by Sharon Crawford. Windows version of the popular PageMate for DOS Program. Monitors your phone line for an incoming ring and calls your pager to notify you of possible messages left on your answering machine. Calls are logged to disk. Can transmit the time, call count, or your phone number to pager. Works with COM1-4. Description Type = Long Description PageMate for Windows v1.0. Windows version of the popular PageMate for DOS program featured in the Sybex book "The Home Office ShareWareHouse" by Sharon Crawford (ISBN: 0-7821-1569-1). PageMate monitors your phone line for an incoming ring and calls your pager to notify you of possible messages left on your answering machine. Calls are logged to disk. Can transmit the time, call count, or your phone number to pager. Works with COM1-4. Note: Visual Basic 3.0 Runtime VBRUN300.DLL required in Windows\System Directory. The registered version features an "acknowledgement time" that allows you to retrieve your messages without activating another page. PageMate for Windows has proven very reliable over abroad range of hardware. The Author provides telephone and e-mail support, however, if needed. Description Type = Keywords PAGE,PAGER,PAGEMATE,BEEP,BEEPER,PHONE,TELEPHONE,DIAL,DIALER,MESSAGES Description Type = Registration Details $35 US Description Type = Installation Details Unzip PAGE10.ZIP to a floppy (anysize) or hard drive. Run Windows. In the Program Manager, choose Run from the File Menu. Type A:INSTALL and press ENTER. If the distribution files are in a different drive or directory, type that drive and directory instead of A:. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Unzip PAGE10.ZIP to any size floppy. Description Type = Permissions A limited license is granted to copy and distribute PageMate only for the trial use of others, provided that it is distributed as a complete set without modification and no fee is charged other than a nominal handling or duplication fee of $5.00 or less. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic Remote Control-Win95 Remote Control for Windows 95 Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RICK TACELLI AVALAN TECHNOLOGY P.O. BOX 6888 HOLLISTON, MA 01746 Telephone: 508-429-6482 Fax: 508-429-3179 Description Type = Short Description Remote Control for Windows 95 from AVALAN. Remotely Possible/32 lets you take complete control of one or more Windows 95 PC's from a remote location. RP32 is perfect for Telecommuters, Support Centers and Classroom Instructors. RP32 works over any TCP/IP connection (even the Internet) or via the built in direct Dialler. Fully functional version becomes a FREE Lite versin after 30 days. Also, File Transfer & Chat included. Description Type = Long Description Remote Control for Windows 95 from AVALAN. Remotely Possible/32 lets you take complete control of one or more Windows 95 PC's from a remote location. RP32 is perfect for Telecommuters, Support Centers and Classroom Instructors. RP32 works over any TCP/IP connection (even the Internet) or via the built in direct Dialler. Fully functional version becomes a FREE Lite versin after 30 days. Also, File Transfer & Chat included. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic SmartPhone 1.33A Save money on long-distance calls Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TIMOTHY S. CAMPBELL PINNACLE SOFTWARE CP-386 MOUNT ROYAL DEPT. JCSM-PROGS MONTREAL, QC H3P 3C6 CANADA Telephone: (514) 345-9578 Description Type = Short Description Save plenty of $$$ when phoning long distance by using SmartPhone to plan your calls to use lower phone rates. Cross-reference data about area codes, zip codes, cities, towns, states, provinces, time zones, countries, population, etc. Can pay for itself the first day you use it. From Pinnacle Software - creators of the Sapphire bulletin board system. For support, dial 514-345-9578, or call our free files BBS at 514-345-8654 (download on first call). Description Type = Long Description SmartPhone -- Including "The Five-Minute Database" SmartPhone is a reference source that can save you time and money when you make or receive long-distance phone calls. It can tell you where an area code is located, or tell you what area code is used in a given city, state or province. It cross-references geographical data such as state, provincial and national capitals, population information, and more. Time zone and zip code information is also included. SmartPhone can be run as a TSR, using only 7K resident. Create your own pop-up databases with "The Five Minute Database" -- a handy database system you can learn in just five minutes. SmartPhone lets you add your own comments to area codes. Searches can be done by area code, city, country, or two-letter mailing abbreviation. You can even do "sounds like" searches. Description Type = Keywords PINNACLE,SHAREWARE,TELEPHONE,BUSINESS,COMMUNICATIONS,SALES Description Type = Registration Details $17.00 Description Type = Installation Details Unzip archive file into a new directory (suggested name: SP), then enter TYPE READ.ME at the DOS prompt. This will tell you how to configure and start up the program. Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special vendor processing instructions. Description Type = Permissions BY DISTRIBUTING THE PRODUCT YOU ARE INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS: - You may duplicate, give away or sell unaltered copies of this product. - You may not remove any of the product's files. - You may charge a maximum of US $9 for each copy you sell (see Note #1). - Any copy may be transferred to another storage or distribution medium. - The archiving method used for this copy may be changed. - You may add files to the product, provided the files clearly indicate that they are not part of the original product. - Pinnacle Software reserves the right to revoke all distribution rights for unregistered copies of this product from any party at any time for any reason. However, unless you have been specifically informed of this, you may distribute this product WITHOUT requesting permission. (See Note #2) NOTE #1: In the case of CD-ROM compilations, the selling price is calculated as the price of the CD-ROM divided by the number of products on the CD-ROM. Thus, in such cases, the price is usually only a few cents. NOTE #2: For CD-ROM compilations, you should protect your distribution right by informing us at least two months in advance that you will be including our product on the CD-ROM. This is not obligatory. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic SmartSurf 1.00 SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL JONES INSIGHT SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS P.O. BOX 354 BOUNTIFUL, UT 84011-0354 Telephone: (801) 295-1890 Fax: (801) 299-1781 Description Type = Short Description SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 - FREE package to automatically monitor online usage and costs. Works with all on-line services. Install and forget. Real-time display and later reports/analysis. Understands most charging structures, and different charging bands/times. Spreadsheet interface. Full Windows Help and tooltips. Description Type = Long Description SmartSurf Online Usage Monitor v1.00 - FREE package to automatically monitor online usage and costs. Works with all on- line services. Install and forget. Real-time display and later reports/analysis. Understands most charging structures, and different charging bands/times. Spreadsheet interface. Full Windows Help and tooltips. Description Type = Keywords WINDOWS MODEM TIME LOG CALL ONLINE COST MONITOR Description Type = Registration Details Free Description Type = Installation Details Simply create a directory to hold the SmartSurf files and copy/unzip them to that location. Then refer to the smartsrf.hlp file for further information. Description Type = Permissions SmartSurf may be distributed by anyone without further permission, providing it remains unaltered and no charge beyond a reasonable fee for copying and delivering the software is charged. For permission to distribute in any other form you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the SmartSurf package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is Oakley Data Services Oakley Data Services may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to Oakley Data Services. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic The Modem Dictionary 2.00 Defines 700+ words relating to modems Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: R. SCOTT PERRY COMPUTERIZED HORIZONS 2490 BLACK ROCK TPKE. #309 FAIRFIELD, CT 06430-2404 Telephone: (203) 335-7431 Description Type = Short Description The Modem Dictionary v2.00. Freeware. This is a must for anyone using a modem. It contains easy-to-understand definitions of over 730 words that come up when using modems and BBS's. Helpful for both the beginner and expert. No need to try to figure out the jargon anymore! Description Type = Long Description The Modem Dictionary is just what the name implies; it is a dictionary of modem-related terms. It is freeware, and was first released in 1989. It has been continually updated since then. It currently defines close to 750 different words! It's really amazing to think that there are that many words relating to modems. The Modem Dictionary was originally released to help people new to modems figure them out, however, it became a resource for experts as well. The definitions are generally easy-to-read, so the beginner won't get lost. However, even the most obscure terms are there for the experts! The dictionary has been used by countless people for countless purposes, and the author enjoys hearing about the many ways in which it has been used. Description Type = Keywords Modem,Communications,Dictionary,Glossary,Jargon Description Type = Registration Details FREE Description Type = Installation Details There is no installation necessary. You can use any program you like to view the text file, since it is in ASCII format. Description Type = Vendor Instructions There is no special vendor processing required. Description Type = Permissions The program may be freely distributed, with several simple conditions. You may not make changes to the dictionary. Also, companies selling communications products must get my permission and see if there is a small fee before distributing The Modem Dictionary with any communication-related products. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic WinNET Mail and News 2.50 WinNET mail and news with TCP/IP Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL TAGUE WINNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 330F DISTELLERY COMMONS LOUISVILLE, KY 40206 Telephone: 502-589-6800 Fax: 502-589-7300 Description Type = Short Description WinNET Mail (tm) v2.50<ASP> - Direct access to the world-wide Internet and Usenet networks with powerful Windows MDI E-Mail System. Address Book, Mail Folders, Message Search, Binary Transfer, Scheduling, Background Communications, Toolbar, 57.6 Comm speeds, on-line help, easy to install. New rates include 800 number access. Supports Alternative UUCP service providers. Includes a TCP/IP Winsock for WWW browsers. Description Type = Long Description WinNET Mail is a an MS Windows MDI application that provides a tremendous front end interface to WinNET Communications' UUCP Internet/Usenet service or to any UUCP service provider. This version now includes a high performancs TCP/IP Winsock for use with WinNET's online services such as WWW browsers and all WinNET accounts include a personal WWW home page. Account setup with the WinNET service is automatic, -- total setup time is about 10 minutes for even a novice user. The software is extremely easy to use and has a beautiful tool bar for point and click functionality. Full access to the 6000+ news groups (WinNET carries *everything*, including clarinet). WinNET has integrated mail and news readers, a high performance Windows implementation of UUCP (14.4KB connect capability with v.42bis), a dial-up scheduler, extensive on-line help, integrated uuencode/decode for sending/ receiving binary files, built-in news subscription tools for easily adding and removing usenet news groups, a powerful text editor that can handle files of any size, sizable display fonts, user-definable folders for mail messages, an article-threading news reader, search tools for finding specific text in the folder systems, etc. When used with an alternative UUCP provider WinNET is shareware with a registration cost of $39.95. Description Type = Keywords MAIL, NEWS, INTERNET, USENET, MODEM, COMMUNICATIONS, UUCP, TCP/IP, WWW, FTP, BINARY, RESEARCH, EDUCATION, LAPTOP Description Type = Registration Details None when used with WinNET service, $39.95 for others. Description Type = Installation Details (READ_1ST.TXT) partial listing STEP 1. Create a temporary directory and copy the wnmail.zip file to this directory. Run the pkunzip program (commonly available shareware from PKWARE) to unzip the wnmail.zip file in this directory. STEP 2. From the Windows program manager File menu, or directly from the Window's File Manage program, Run the SETUP.EXE program supplied with the WinNET distribution. Use the More Information button to get more information on each screen. STEP 3. Run the WCI Account Setup program (ACCOUNT.EXE). This will ask you for billing and credit card information. The program will call the WinNET server and submit your account request. After a one minute pause, the program will call back to verify that the account was accepted. All account requests will be accepted unless the System Name that you choose under SETUP is already taken by another WinNET customer. If the account request is not successful, you will need to re-run SETUP, select a different System Name, and re-run the account program. UPGRADING FROM AN EARLIER VERSION OF WINNET The instructions for upgrading a previous version of WinNET are basically the same as outlined in the above steps describing a new installation. Make sure that you put the distribution .zip file wnmail.zip in a *temporary* directory before you start (NOT the directory that currently contains WinNET) and run setup from this temporary directory. When you are asked to specify the directory where WinNET should be installed, specify the same directory where your old copy of WinNET was installed. This will cause the setup program to overwrite the old WinNET files with the files from the new version. Your old setup parameters will be detected and appear as the defaults in the setup process. Note: Do not update WinNET with an older version than you already have installed. SPECIAL EXCEPTION: Version 2.50 and later will recognize when WinNET Plus, a retail version of WinNET, is installed and will only install the online software and not replace the WinNET Plus programs. Description Type = Permissions (partial listing of read_1st.txt) D i s t r i b u t i o n o f W i n N E T M a i l (TM) WinNET Communications, INC., UNCONDITIONALLY RETAINS ALL RIGHTS PURSUANT TO THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. That said, we very much encourage distribution of this product, under the following conditions: 1. Any person serving as a distributor of WinNET Mail (TM) must retain exactly the original form of the WinNET Communications, Inc., distribution by including ALL files in unmodified condition. The following files that are included with the WinNET Mail (TM) distribution: ACCOUNT 001 MEGAED DLL SOURCE DAT ALT TXT NETSCAPE INI TERMS TXT BWCC DLL PROTOCOL TROUBLE TXT CHAT TXT QUEUEED EX_ UUCICO EX_ CLEANUP EX_ QUEUEED HL_ VENDOR TXT CLEANUP HL_ READ_1ST TXT VIEWER EXE CORE INI REGISTER TXT WINSOCK DL_ CORETCP DL_ RELEASE TXT WNMAIL EX_ CTL3D DL_ RESOLVER CFG WNMAIL HL_ DAEMON EX_ SERVICES WSACORE EX_ DECODE EX_ SETUP 001 WSASLIP EX_ ENCODE EX_ SETUP 002 WS_FTP INI FILELIST SETUP 003 SETUP 009 FILE_ID DIZ SETUP 004 SETUP EXE HOSTS SETUP 005 LZEXPAND DLL SETUP 006 MAILCALL EX_ SETUP 007 MAILMAN EX_ SETUP 008 2. Owners or operators of Electronic Bulletin Boards (EBB's), such as CompuServe, may acquire or accept, and then distribute copies of WinNET Mail (TM) through their EBB service, subject to the conditions above, and may further do so in the context of charging subscribers to their services a general fee for belonging to the membership of the service, and/or for time on-line, as long as these charges are not specifically related to overt sale of the WinNET Mail (TM) product. This should in no way be construed as relinquishment, by WinNET Communications, Inc., of its copyright protection and sole ownership of WinNET Mail (TM). 3. Persons wishing to contact WinNET Communications, Inc., for the purpose of negotiating limited distribution rights for WinNET Mail (TM) should review the file VENDOR.TXT, included with this distribution, which contains an application form that distributors may use to initiate the process. 4. Any persons possessing a bona fide copy of WinNET Mail (TM) as originally distributed by WinNET Communications, Inc., may freely copy and distribute the product to whomever they like, as long as exactly the original form of the distribution is retained, by including ALL files, in unmodified condition, especially but not limited to all documentation files, as long as they assess no fees beyond those required for materials needed in distributing the product, i.e., matching exactly the cost of floppy disks, mailing materials and costs, or long-distance phone charges relevant to electronic distribution. 5. With the exceptions of EBB operators, under the conditions described above, and that of persons entering into written contractual distribution agreements with WinNET Communications, Inc., other persons engaged in the distribution of software for profit ARE EXPLICITLY PROHIBITED from marketing or selling, in any form, any files or parts of files, or modified versions of files, that are part of WinNET Communications' distribution. 6. Developers of software products who incorporate ANY portion of the binary portions of the author's product, or who copy features or aspects of the user-interface of the product subject to protection by the laws of copyright, SHALL BE PROSECUTED, unless they have the express, written permission of WinNET Communications, Inc., to do so. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Communic {COMMO} Communicatns 6.5 High performance telecomm program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: FRED P. BRUCKER NEW STANDARD SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 141537 COLUMBUS, OH 43214 Telephone: (614) 326-1309 Description Type = Short Description {COMMO} 6.5 - High-performance DOS terminal program, also excellent under Windows and OS/2. Chosen by professionals for it's speed, reliability and versatility. Easy, comprehensive macro programming language addresses almost any communications need. {COMMO} is very friendly to the visually impaired. This release features a new upload file selector, new utilities and many other enhancements. Shareware. Description Type = Long Description {COMMO} is a high performance communications program which has been acclaimed for its speed, small size, reliability and power. The program is easily customized for use with almost any host and application. Some major features: - Powerful macro language for automating any task, creating custom features, keyboard macros, etc. - Host mode macro. - Free-form dialing directory and support files. - Multi-tasking support for DESQview, Windows, OS/2, etc. - ANSI-BBS and VT102 terminal emulation. - Xmodem, Ymodem, Zmodem and ASCII protocols. Macros supplied for external Kermit, HS/Link, BPlus protocols. - Supports most text display modes (e.g., 25x132). - Automatic macro execution on received strings. - Chat and Doorway modes supported. - Scrollback, capture log, screen save, print log, usage log. - Extensive support for blind users with speech synthesizers. - Many additional features. Description Type = Keywords terminal,communications,dos Description Type = Registration Details $30-$60, see REGISTER.FRM for details. Description Type = Installation Details Create a \COMMO subdirectory. Copy all distribution files to this directory. Run GUIDE.BAT. See "Getting Started" in COMMO.DOC for additional details. Description Type = Permissions ELECTRONIC BULLETIN BOARD systems (BBS's, including ONLINE COMMERCIAL SERVICES) may distribute the {COMMO} Shareware package (all files in the original archive must be present and unaltered). PC user groups, computer clubs and COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTORS of Shareware may distribute {COMMO} on diskette and/or CD ROM if the following conditions are met: 1) ALL files contained in the original {COMMO} archive (as listed in READ.ME) must be distributed INTACT and UNMODIFIED. They must be contained on their own diskette or within their own archive or subdirectory. 2) The charge for distribution must be no more than $5.00 US per diskette, plus shipping and handling (this limit does not apply to collections on CD ROM or Bernoulli disk). 3) Your literature must contain a clear and prominent explanation of the SHAREWARE CONCEPT and state that a SHAREWARE FEE is to be paid to the author if the program is used beyond the trial period. Any other means of distribution without express written permission is strictly prohibited. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Address List Manager 5.10 Address List Manager Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JACK HUDGIONS 2324 KILLARNEY WAY TALLAHASSEE, FL 32308-3151 Description Type = Short Description Address List Manager v5.10 - The easy and fast way to maintain your mailing list. Handles up to 2400 records per file. Features include an easy to use editor, mouse support, fast sorting, automatic return address printing and versatile customization. You can customize its output to fit any size page, index card, envelope or 1, 2, 3 or 4 across labels. New: Context-sensitive help, virtual memory, multitasker-aware, more. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls BALLCARDS(tm) 3.2 3.2 The Best Selling Sports Card Program! Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: BOB SMITH BOB-KIT SOFTWARE CO. 26154 COLMAN DRIVE SUITE ONE WARREN, MI 48091-3930 Telephone: 810-758-4580 Fax: 810-758-4121 Description Type = Short Description BALLCARDS v3.2: Leading sports card tracker! Inventory any cards you collect (Baseball, Hockey, etc.) from any card company. Create detailed reports based on player, value, yr, user-specified criteria, much more! 'Want Lists' are quick & easy. Very user-friendly. Customize your copy with 'user-definables'! Stick with the winner -> First release: 9/91 Registration includes 175,000+ card data- base and printed user guide. Description Type = Long Description BALLCARDS is an easy-to-use inventory program. It helps collectors track the cards they have, how much they're worth, and which cards are needed to complete a set. Whether you're new to the hobby or have been at it for years, this program will be a welcome organizer and reporter for your entire collection! Up to 40 card-types may be defined, so you're not limited to just a few sports - ANY cards you collect may be tracked & reported on. Four years have been spent developing, writing, and re- writing this software to make it EASY, FAST, and the ULTIMATE program for card collectors. Plus, this is the only card program with hundreds of "user-definables" - you're able to CUSTOMIZE fieldnames, pop-up window data, and the Manufacturers for your own needs! Many fields are pre-defined to help get you going, but you can edit them easily. BALLCARDS comes complete with a fantastic report generator. Each report can be created, printed, or viewed anytime. Summary Summary reports are also available. Let the program: * Find all cards of one player. * List your collection and show you its total value. You need an inventory of your cards for insurance purposes - now you'll have one! * Locate all cards worth over $5. (or ANY value you choose) * Search for Rookie Cards. * Find all cards you've put in one particular box (by taking advantage of user-definable fields) * Create a 'Want List' for your next visit to the local card shop. * Show only cards from one card manufacturer. * Narrow a search down to any one year or range of years. * Much more! New Features in Version 3.2: * 'YEAR' menu stays one year ahead. * 'Card #' field allows letters and/or numbers. * Each card-type has its own set of 175 user-definables. * Expanded Manufacturer and name fields. * User-definables are alphabetized after edits. * 2 new value fields added: PAID and SOLD This shareware release includes the complete 1994 Donruss baseball card database. Over 450 data-files are included with the registered version! Stick with the winner: More collectors trust their cards to BALLCARDS than any other card inventory program available as shareware. Registration benefits include a 175,000+ card database that lists current values and saves you alot of typing! Description Type = Keywords BALLCARDS,Baseball,Basketball,BOB-KIT,Cards,Collect,Football,Hockey Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 USA Description Type = Vendor Instructions Be sure these files are together in the same directory: README, BC.EXE, BC32.DOC, BSBLL.DAT, BSKTBLL.DAT, FOOTBLL.DAT, HOCKY.DAT, ORDER.DOC, VENDOR.DOC, VIEW.COM, FILE_ID.DIZ, & DOSSBSBL.394 Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer, or satellite distributor may carry this shareware release without obtaining further permission from Bob-Kit Software ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertising, brochures, etc. make it clear that this software requires a registration fee to the author if used beyond the evaluation period. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls BIBL for Windows 2.16 Personal Library Management System Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CLYDE W. GROTOPHORST GMUTANT SOFTWARE 39692 CHARLESTOWN PIKE HAMILTON, VA 22068 Telephone: 703-993-2239 Fax: 703-993-2229 Description Type = Short Description BIBL for Windows is a full-featured package for managing your personal and/or office library of books and journal articles. Features: multiple databases; full-text, indexed and/or boolean searching; flexible report generator; link images to records & view with BIBL's built-in viewer; large (up to 24K) note field for each record; value field totals across database; spell-check note field; create bibliographies & more. Description Type = Long Description BIBL for Windows is a full-featured package for managing our personal and/or office library collection. Great for both collectors and bibliographers--with features to please both audiences. BIBL offers support for multiple databases; large (up to 24K) note field in each record (great for recording abstracts); full-text (any word in a record), indexed and boolean (and/or/not) searching; create bibliographies; extremely flexible report generator; ASCII import and export supported; global find/replace across a database; spell-checker for note field; link images to individual records (and view with BIBL's built-in image viewer); pop-up index viewers during data entry improve database integrity; powerful display grid shows matching records; import BIBL for DOS databases. Registered version adds: 100,000 word dictionary for spell-checker (German and French dictionaries also included free if desired), global find/replace for additional fields; comma-delimited export file creation supported (for transferring records to other software); launch word processor to view report files; and more. Description Type = Keywords Books,Library,Collecting,Bibliography,Database Description Type = Registration Details $39.00 US Description Type = Installation Details Unzip BIBLWIN.ZIP to a directory then FILE | RUN SETUP.EXE Description Type = Permissions Any vendor, BBS, rack vendor, CD-ROM producer may carry this software without obtaining further permission ONLY IF your catalogs, screens, advertising, brochures, etc. make it clear that this is a shareware product that requires a registration payment to the author if used beyond a 30 day evaluation period. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls CD-ROM Guide 1.1 Directory of DOS & Windows CD-ROM Titl Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ROGER & KATHY COX SAVE THE PLANET SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 45 PITKIN, CO 81241 Telephone: 303-641-5035 Description Type = Short Description CD-ROM GUIDE v1.1 <ASP> Directory of DOS & Windows CD-ROM titles. Includes title name, system requirements, description, price, & full publisher contact info. (incl. FAX and 800 numbers). 50 Topic categories for easy browsing/access. Plus screen shots from actual CD-ROMs. Many titles may only be obtained directly from the publisher - not through distributors or catalogs. Shareware. $29. Description Type = Long Description A directory of available CD-ROM titles for DOS and Windows use. Includes title name, system requirements, description, price, and full publisher contact information (including 800 number and FAX). This helpful guide will let you locate exciting and unusual CD-ROMs - because many titles can only be obtained direct from the publisher, and not through dealers or catalogs. 50 Topic categories for easy browsing/access, plus actual CD-ROM screen shots and multimedia tips. Registered users receive an enhanced version on CD-ROM containing additional listings and screen shots. $29 <ASP> Description Type = Keywords CD-ROM, Multimedia, directories, Windows, DOS, business, reference, games, software Description Type = Registration Details $29 plus $3 S&H in US & Canada ($10 S&H elsewhere) Description Type = Installation Details HOW TO INSTALL: This sofware consists of many files in 2 self-extracting archives - CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE. Create a directory - we suggest the name "CDROMG" - on your hard drive, copy these 2 files into it, extract the files by typing the command names listed above, and you are ready to run! (Once the files are extracted, CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE may be deleted.) For detailed step-by-step help with installation, see the steps listed below, which assume you are installing the software from 2 floppies on drive A: and are installing CD-ROM GUIDE files to your C: hard disk. (If you are using drive B, substitute B: for A: everywhere): C: (make your hard disk the default drive) MKDIR \CDROMG (create a CDROM guide directory) CD \CDROMG (go to the new directory) -- insert the disk containing CDINSTL1.EXE into drive A: -- COPY A:*.* C: (copy all files to your hard drive) -- insert the disk containing CDINSTL2.EXE into drive A: -- COPY A:*.* C: (copy all files to the hard drive) CDINSTL1 (extract the files from CDINSTL1) CDINSTL2 (extract the files from CDINSTL2) DEL CDINSTL1 DEL CDINSTL2 (delete the compressed archive files) ----------------------------------------------------------- HOW TO RUN: type CD\CDROMG (set the default directory) type CDROMG (run the CDROMG.EXE program) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: VGA, 640K RAM, and a hard disk ---------------- CDINSTL1.EXE and CDINSTL2.EXE self-extracting archives use the LHA program, Copyright 1991, Yoshi. Description Type = Vendor Instructions CD-ROM GUIDE is provided in ZIP form, but disk vendors may unzip CDROMGxx.ZIP, and place the contents on one 720K floppy or TWO 360K floppy disks. If you do this, please put ALL the files EXCEPT CDINSTL2.EXE on the first disc, and place the CDINSTL2.EXE file on the second floppy. You may create your own customized installation routines if you like, so long as the CD-ROM GUIDE is the ONLY shareware on the disk(s), and the disk(s) are labeled and sold with the "CD-ROM GUIDE" name. Vendors/Sysops are free to use the "ROMGUIDE.PCX" screen shot file for advertising/packaging/etc, but may NOT distribute the other .PCX and .GIF files separately from the CD-ROM GUIDE shareware package. Preferred BBS Name: CDROMG11.ZIP (or CDROMGxx.ZIP where xx is the ver. #) See the Permission Section (or the VENDOR.DOC file) for additional information regarding shareware distribution restrictions. UPDATES: Both the shareware and registered versions are updated frequently. Updates may be obtained from the monthy ASP distribution CD-ROM for BBS and Vendor members of the ASP. Non-ASP members are encouraged to join, in the meantime you should download the latest version of CDROMGxx.ZIP from an ASP BBS, or else obtain a current CD-ROM from one of the ASP vendors listed below. Other vendors publish CD-ROMs, but we have noticed that these members update their CD-ROMs on a regular basis. Their shareware collections are listed in more detail inside this CD-ROM GUIDE, of course! - Advantage Plus Dist. 14202 Carlson Ave. Tampa, FL 33626 (813) 854-2201 - JCSM Marketing P.O. Box 1216 Lakeville, MN 55044 (612) 469-5898 - PsL - Public Software Library P.O. Box 35705 Houston, TX 77235-5705 (713) 524-6394 (Please do not contact Save The Planet Software to obtain shareware updates, as we no longer mail floppy disks to vendors and sysops...It's time to buy a CD-ROM drive.) Description Type = Permissions Distribution Permission: As copyright holders for "CD-ROM GUIDE", Roger & Kathy Cox authorize distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions: - All files (including this one) in the shareware evaluation version package must be included and unmodified. All copyright notices must be left intact. No part of the registered version may be distributed in any way except under individual license, after payment of fees to the copyright holders. - Shareware floppy disk vendors must not include shareware from other authors on the "CD-ROM GUIDE" floppy disks they distribute. Any labeling, sales, distribution, or advertising of this product must be done under the "CD-ROM GUIDE" product name. Vendors and sysops are hereby given permission to use the ROMGUIDE.PCX graphics file for their catalogs, packaging, or other advertising. - Permission is given to distribute this shareware evaluation version on CD-ROM discs and through retail (rack-vend) shareware sales. - The graphic files in this software package contain screen shots obtained by special permission from the CD-ROM titles publishers, and are provided solely for illustrative use within this CD-ROM GUIDE. They may not be distributed or used separately for any other purpose. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls FF Cards & Labels 2.1 Business cards and labels for Windows Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL R. RAUSTAD M & R TECHNOLOGIES, INC. P.O. BOX 061298 PALM BAY, FL 32906-1298 Telephone: (407) 951-2268 Fax: (407) 951-2268 Description Type = Short Description FF Cards & Labels v2.10 <ASP> Business cards and label printing for Windows. Features a drag and drop interface. Use all of your fonts and bitmaps. Print in color or black and white! Features a database engine to connect to any dbase-compatible file or create your own! Place text, pictures, lines and rectangles anywhere on your layout. We have the best database engine on the market! Check it out! Description Type = Long Description FF Cards & Labels v2.10 <ASP> Business cards and label printing for Windows. Features a drag and drop interface. Use all of your fonts and bitmaps. Print in color or black and white! Features a database engine to connect to any dbase-compatible file or create your own! Place text, pictures, lines and rectangles anywhere on your layout. We have the best database engine on the market! Check it out! Description Type = Keywords BUSINESS CARDS LABELS ROTARY ROLODEX DATABASE FONTS BITMAPS GRAPHICS Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................19.95 Maximum registration price..................19.95 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................4.00 Europe............................4.00 Asia..............................4.00 Africa............................4.00 Pacific...........................4.00 Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute <product>, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Anyone may distribute this software as is without further permission from M & R Technologies, Inc, so long as it is distributed as Shareware. You may distribute this product using any media you desire. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is M & R Technologies, Inc., P. O. Box 061298, Palm Bay, Fl. 32906-1298. M & R Technologies, Inc. may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to M & R Technologies, Inc. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls InfoRecall 4.1A Freeform Information Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: SHUKRI BERISHA PHANTECH SOFTWARE INC. 200 YORKLAND BLVD. SUITE 801 TORONTO, ON M2J 5C1 CANADA Telephone: 416-502-1311 Fax: 416-502-1345 Description Type = Short Description InfoRecall 4.1a Not Crippled! Fully functional demo. 1995 release. Advertised in PC Magazine. Thousands sold. Store and find Information FAST and EASY! A few words to 30K plus in a FREE-FORM, Variable size database. Hypertext, Extensive Search Features, Help/Sample files Windows 3.x, Windows 95 Description Type = Long Description InfoRecall 4.1a <ASP> ******************************* Information Overload? Find it difficult to properly manage information? Is your staff as productive as they could be? Information is POWER, but you need the right information at the right time to assert that power. In today's competitive environment you simply must know! PROBLEM SOLVED! Consider InfoRecall. The easiesr to use, most powerful information manager you can own. Fully featured, free-form and with a strong retrieval engine -you'll be master of your information. Become more productive, work smarter be more successful with InfoRecall NO PROGRAMMING REQUIRED! Advertised in PC Magazine, this is a fully functional demo. Help/Sample files also included. Windows 3.x and Windows 95 compatible. Description Type = Keywords InfoRecall, Info, Business, PIM, Management Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................79.95 Maximum registration price..................79.95 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== IMPORTANT - PLEASE READ! So that InfoRecall and its files can set up correctly, you must run INSTALL.EXE. To Install InfoRecall 1. Place the InfoRecall diskette in drive B. 2. From the Program Manager, click File and select Run. 3. In the run dialog box, type b:Install. 4. Click OK. The Install program will be loaded. 5. Install suggests that InfoRecall be installed in directory C:\INFO. You can accept this by clicking OK or change it to a directory you prefer. You can also do a custom installation. If you choose this option you can install the InfoRecall program files only, without the sample files or the sample files only, without the program files. Install will now install all the necessary files to the directory you have chosen and while doing so, will show you its progress to completion. 6. When all the files have been copied into your directory, Install will ask you if it should add InfoRecall to the Program Manager. Click Yes to crate a program group or click No if you don't wish to do so at this time. When all the files have been installed successfully Install will notify you. Thank you. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls InfoRecall Pro 5.5 Freeform Information Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: SHUKRI BERISHA PHANTECH SOFTWARE INC. 200 YORKLAND BLVD. SUITE 801 TORONTO, ON M2J 5C1 CANADA Telephone: 416-502-1311 Fax: 416-502-1345 Description Type = Short Description InfoRecall Pro 5.5 v5.50 <ASP> Not Crippled! No Nag Screens! Store and find Information FAST and EASY! A few words to 30K plus in a FREE-FORM, Variable size database. Developed for the Power User. Has very sophisticated search engine with Boolean Logic, Search- Anything Total Hard Disk Search Hypertext, Hypergraphics, Print, Print Preview, DDE, Delimited Import/Export, Spell Checker,Templates,Help/Sample file Win3.x/95 Description Type = Long Description InfoRecall Pro 5.5 v5.50 <ASP> ******************************* New Professional Version of Find-It-Fast Information Manager. With Total Hard Disk Search, Hit List, Templates, Hypertext, Hypergraphics and Easy-To-Use Windows Features. With InfoRecall Pro nothing stays hidden. With the new Total Hard Disk feature, users can search through thousands of Word Processing files, E- mails, faxes, Scanned documents, text files, Database files and so on to find key information, FAST! Proprietary file searches are faster too because they can be conducted across either a single file, all files or a specific INDEX of files. The addition of a Hit List lets you know where the Hits occur,as they occur and makes flipping from find to find as easy as clicking on a button. Search Criteria are remembered so they can be used repeatedly and they can be SAVED for later use! The program provides pre-defined Templates and the ability to create Templates for future use. Other new features include Hypergraphics, the ability to double-click on a graphic name to view it. Multiple Import and Export of delimited ASCII files, import of very large files, more complete print options, a pop-up automatic reminder feature and a Network Version that supports single, multiple file or Global READ-ONLY. Supports Windows 3.1x or Windows 95. Description Type = Keywords InfoRecall, Info, Business, PIM, Management Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................149.95 Maximum registration price..................149.95 Shipping: within same country...............7.00 North America.....................10.00 South America.....................10.00 Europe............................10.00 Asia..............................10.00 Africa............................10.00 Pacific...........................10.00 Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== IMPORTANT - PLEASE READ! So that InfoRecall and its files can set up correctly, you must run INSTALL.EXE. To Install InfoRecall 1. Place the InfoRecall diskette in drive B. 2. From the Program Manager, click File and select Run. 3. In the run dialog box, type b:Install. 4. Click OK. The Install program will be loaded. 5. Install suggests that InfoRecall be installed in directory C:\INFO. You can accept this by clicking OK or change it to a directory you prefer. You can also do a custom installation. If you choose this option you can install the InfoRecall program files only, without the sample files or the sample files only, without the program files. Install will now install all the necessary files to the directory you have chosen and while doing so, will show you its progress to completion. 6. When all the files have been copied into your directory, Install will ask you if it should add InfoRecall to the Program Manager. Click Yes to crate a program group or click No if you don't wish to do so at this time. When all the files have been installed successfully Install will notify you. Thank you. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls Organize! Your Coll. 1.30 Database specially for cat. collection Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEVE HUDGIC PSG-HOMECRAFT SOFTWARE P.O.BOX 974 TUALATIN, OR 97062 Telephone: 503-692-3732 Fax: 503-692-0382 Description Type = Short Description ▒ Organize Your Collection In Windows ▒ ╔══════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ The perfect way to keep track of your║ ║ collection from the leading publish- ║ ║ er of software for collectors. Incl-║ ║ udes catalogs for videos, music, home║ ║ inventory, books, coins, stamps, wine║ ║ and more. Fully user definable! ║ ║ ▒▒▒ Great shareware by: HomeCraft ▒▒▒║ ╚══════════════════════════════════════╝ Description Type = Long Description LONGER DESCRIPTION: New Windows software for cataloging your collection from the leading publisher of software for collectors--HomeCraft. HomeCraft's specialized Windoes software designed specifically for cataloging music, books, video tapes, stamp collections, wine, coins, and even a complete home inventory. This software takes advantage of Windows to make cataloging your collection very easy. Yet you'll also have a wide variety of powerful features that allow you to search, sort, alphabetize, and organize your collection the way you want. Includes reports that you can design yourself, so you'll get your information out of the computer in exactly the form you want. A 10,000,000 entry capacity can handle the largest collections. Push buttons on the Main Screen screen allow you to by-pass the menus, making using this software fast and easy. Plus it is fully compatible with all of HomeCraft's catalogs of pre-entered information. Description Type = Registration Details $59.95 Description Type = Vendor Instructions Without regard to how you obtained this software, you may NOT sell copies of this software, even if the purchase price is just to cover duplication costs; nor may you include this shareware on a CD-ROM or other type of package produced by any user group, commercial library, or any for profit or non-profit organization; nor may you distribute it with any other product or as an incentive to purchase any other product, without the express written permission of H.C.P. Services, Inc. The purpose of this is so that we will know who you are and we can then keep you supplied with updates. The only exception to this is that ASP approved disk vendors (except PsL or any organization or service owned or operated by Nelson Ford) and BBSs may sell/distribute this software without prior approval. This software may not be sold on retail racks or CD-ROM disks, by either ASP or non-ASP vendors, without specific written permission, covering this specific program, from PSG-HomeCraft. User groups (except for user group BBSs) must have permission prior to distributing this software. BBSs may distribute this software provided that the date on the OYC.EXE file is no more than 18 months old. The files on each disk may not be modified or adapted in any way. All of the files provided on the disk must be distributed together. Individual files or groups of files may not be sold separately. Additional files may be added. Disk vendors may not sell individual copies of this software for more than $5. This software may not be represented as anything other than shareware and the shareware concept must be explained in any ad or catalog that quotes a price and on any packaging used to display the disk. The explanation of the shareware concept must make it clear that with shareware an addition registration fee is required, if users continue to use the software. You must stop selling/distributing copies of this disk upon notice from the author or HCP Services, Inc. Thank you for your support! CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Appls SCIM for Windows 1.0 Sports Card Inventory Manager Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID L. DYSON SILVER HILL DEVELOPMENT 1811 PORTER AVENUE SUITLAND, MD 20746 Telephone: 301-736-7299 Description Type = Short Description SCIM - The Sports Card Inventory Manager. An inventory system for sports card collectors. Includes pre-defined data for baseball, basketball, hockey, and football cards. Registered users receive complete card data for 1950 -present for major card brands. Tracks purchases & sales, Rookie & Common Cards, and more. Many flexible reports can be directed to the screen, printer, or disk. Description Type = Long Description An inventory system designed to evaluate a sports card collection. It includes pre-defined data for baseball, basketball, hockey, and football cards. Registered users receive complete card data for 1950 - present for major card brands. There is also an option to create your own customized sets. Many flexible reports can be directed to the screen, printer, or disk. "Rookie" and "Common" cards can be easily identified and you can define as many as 3 flags for your own purposes. Also allows you to track purchases and sales for cards and sets. Description Type = Keywords Sports Cards, Baseball, Football, Basketball, Hockey, Collect, Cards Description Type = Registration Details $45.00 Description Type = Installation Details No Installation Necessary Description Type = Vendor Instructions You are encouraged to make copies of this software and pass them on to others, provided that all program files are distributed unmodified and as a complete package. Description Type = Permissions You are encouraged to make copies of this software and pass them on to others, provided that all program files are distributed unmodified and as a complete package. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF Easy Base 10.6 Network Data Application Generator Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: JOHN TURNBULL EASY SOFTWARE 3 BROOKSIDE COURT PRESTBURY ROAD MACCLESFIELD, SK10 3BR ENGLAND Telephone: 044-01625-614669 Fax: 044-01625-614669 Description Type = Short Description EASY BASE V10 - Rapid Application Developer (RAD) for data management. - Easy Base is the first true RAD system to be available on shareware. Create sophisticated menu driven apps in record time. Sample App included. Applications created in Easy Base can be sold as stand alone programs with the Easy Base Runtime Module (not Included). Multi User Network Version Description Type = Long Description Easy Base is a comlpete rapid programming system for data management. Virtually every data management problem can be broken down into three areas. Creating disk files (referred to as "Forms" in Easy Base) in which to store data, creating procedures which manipulate that data and presenting those forms and procedures in a logical menu system for use. In Easy Base you create the forms in which to store data in a simple screen painting environment which not only designs the data file but at the same time provides a default entry screen for your data. As you place the "Fields" in which data is to be stored, you can use relational links (Lookups) to import data from other forms. Each field you create for data storage is also treated as a deriveable "Cell" similar to a spread sheet. You can make almost any calculation within fields. Apart from all the arithmetic and relational operators there are over fifty functions including "if(Condition,True,False)" which extends to a case function and supports And, Or, Xor, Eqv and Imp. The requirement for a field to be filled can be free, mandatory or conditionaly mandatory. Cursor entry to a field can also be allowed, prevented or conditionally allowed. You can also provide your own custom error messages when out of range data is entered. There are field types for Text, Formatted Text, Text Blocks(providing word wrap and spell checking), Integer, Fixed and Floating Point Numbers, Date, Time and Fixed Choice. Once you have data stored you need to be able to manipulate and report on it. Easy Base provides a combined transaction and reporting system (Procedure Generator). With the procedure generator you can use the default screens you have designed or create custom screens in which to gather input either from the keyboard or from relational lookups. You then instruct Easy Base what to do with this information using a simple "Basic" like programming language. If your procedure is transactional you have commands to enter, modify or delete records in any number of forms. If your procedure is reporting then there are commands to group, order and list data in almost every conceivable way. You now have all the "parts" required to create a useful data management system. All that remains is to tie your procedures to a menu system so that other people can use your application without having to know anything about Easy Base. Creating an end user menu system in Easy Base is as simple as filling in a form with the text you wish to display and the procedure or form you wish to run. You give at least one of your menus a start up password. If you then restart Easy Base but sign on with that password instead of your developers password then you will be running your own custom designed program. Easy Base is the most modern and comprehensive data programming system available for the IBM PC. If you currently use any form of Spread Sheet or Data Base then you just won't believe how much easier you can do things in Easy Base. A Non Shareware Runtime Module is available for professional developers. Description Type = Keywords EASYBASE,DATABASE,RELATIONAL,DBMS,RUNTIME Description Type = Registration Details From $75 Description Type = Installation Details Type "Install" Description Type = Vendor Instructions Handle as Shareware Supplied Version is packed for a 1.44 disk Unpacked EXE file is 1.2Meg If you wish to repackage on smaller disks please use shareware version of Easy Install. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed on disk,BBS or CD without further permission CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF Internet Resources 2.0 Internet Resources Database Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MARTIN BOHNET MARKT CONSULTING KG IM HIRTENSTEIN 17 HUENSTETTEN, D-65510 GERMANY Telephone: +49 (0) 6126 93100 Fax: +49 (0) 6126 93107 Description Type = Short Description Internet Resources Database - Reader & Notebook An easy to use, powerful Internet Information System. Allows to use the numerous continuously updated Internet Resources Database datafiles available as Freeware via the WWW, FTP, Compuserve etc. to build a Internet Guide on your PC pertinent with your interests and likes. Datafiles are available "by type of resource": Mailing Lists, Telnet, Newsgroups, FTP, WWW, Gopher and "by subject": i.e. Art & Entertainment, Computer, Business.... etc. The database can be easily updated with new information by downloading and appending new files to your database. The program also offers powerful "Notebook" functions to store news sites, notes, email- addresses, even complete WWW pages etc. Requires Windows, Shareware, 486, 8 MB RAM recommended. IRD Web site at: http://www.mbmarktcons.com/mbmarkt/irdhome.htm Info about IRD via email to: IRD-InfoServer@mbmarkt.entrepreneurs.net CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF VIABASE for Windows 1.4 _V I A B A S E ! 1.4 for Windows_ Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CASEY BUTLER VIABLE SOFTWARE ALTERNATIVES P.O. BOX 98134 LAS VEGAS, NV 89193-8134 Telephone: (618) 549-5227 Description Type = Short Description _V I A B A S E ! 1.4 for Windows_ ----------------NEW!!---------------- ViaBase is a simple to use, entirely configurable database builder and editor. Drag and drop database design, then just "lock" the design and start editing your database! Use Character, Numeric, List, Date, Note, Picture/Sound, Formula, or Data List Fields for versatile recording of all your database information. MANY features not found in other programs. Full Querying ability. Use with our popular ViaPrint program to turn out professional quality mailing labels, cassette labels, name badges... more! Requires VBRUN300.DLL. ----Viable Software Alternatives---- CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF WAMPUM for Windows .9 dBASE-Compatible Windows Data Base Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, menu-driven Windows data base management system. The perfect complement to the DOS and ANSI/BBS versions. Incredibly easy to use! Memo flds and 16 or 256-color .BMP graphics images. Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Require VBRUN300.DLL - not included. Also recommend WAMPUM 4.5 for DOS for creation of data bases and reporting functions.<ASP> Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM for Windows ... the perfect complement to our DOS and ANSI/BBS versions.WAMPUM provides the richest assortment of DBMS features for the lowest cost of any product in the world and it still fits on one 360K diskette! Requires VBRUN300.DLL to run. Features powerful record-mode and spreadsheet mode for easy data entry. Uses dBASE III-compatible data bases and Clipper indexes. Standard dBASE memo fields may be used for text or to store 16 or 256-color .BMP images of photographic quality. So simple to use that you'll never need to pick up the manual! This is the perfect data base for personnel and real estate applications that require photographic quality pictures as part of an integrated data base. Network ready with automatic record and file locking as appropriate. It is recommended that users also acquire WAMPUM 4.5 for DOS for data base creation and for complex reporting tasks. SuperVGA display recommended with a 256-color Windows video driver. System requirements: 2MB RAM with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. Requires Microsoft Windows 3.1 and VBRUN300.DLL to run. <ASP>. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Windows File Manager,Business,Database,Image Description Type = Registration Details $39 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip WINWAMP.ZIP or .EXE into an empty directory on hard disk. Copy files to locations outlined in README.DOC file. In Windows Program Manager, press <ALT-F> then choose RUN. Type WAMPUM.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and program must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF Zephyr 4.0 4.0 FoxPro-Compat Database for NonProgramm Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description Zephyr 4 - FoxPro2-compatible data base mgmt. for non-programmers. Build data base apps in minutes not months with the performance of an IBM mainframe! Built-in report writer, label and form letter generator. Can be loaded as a 20K TSR and supports .PCX graphics fields. No shareware data base even comes close in speed Chosen as one of the Top50 shareware programs by PC World magazine. Description Type = Long Description Zephyr 4 is a fully relational, FoxPro 2 compatible data base management system for non-programmers. It can be loaded as a 20K TSR pop-up. Up to 25 data bases can be manipulated simul- taneously with up to 255 indexes. Performance is up to 1000 times that of dBASE IV on complex retrievals from large data bases yet the software can be learned in only a few minutes. Using a Mac-like interface, sophisticated data base applications can be designed even by novices in minutes rather than months. Report, label, list, and form letter generators are included with the software. PCX graphics fields can be included in any standard FoxPro data base. Zephyr is the perfect data base tool for both first-time and experienced data base users. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,Relational Database,TSR,Graphics,FoxPro,DBMS Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC; $250 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto three Drive A floppy disks. Be sure INSTALL files and ZEPHYR4.001 are on Disk1; ZEPHYR4.002 on Disk2; and ZEPHYR4.003 on Disk3. Then postition to Drive C and type the following: A:INSTALL with Disk1 in DriveA. Make certain that disks are numbered correctly as INSTALL refers to disk 1, etc. Description Type = Vendor Instructions For 3-disk 360K distribution, copy ZEPHYR4.002 to Disk2, ZEPHYR4.003 to Disk3, and ZEPHYR4.001 and INSTALL files to Disk1. Make certain disks are labeled correctly as install prompts for disk by number. For high density disk distribution, copy all files in VENDOR subdirectory to the floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. Zephyr must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF dLITE 2.0 dLITE - Pop-Up dBASE DeskTop FileMgr Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description ▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓ ▒dLITE 2.0 - Memory-resident dBASE-compat. ▒ ▓Desktop File Manager which allows you to ▓ ▒cut and paste any dBASE data to any text- ▒ ▓based DOS application such as WordPerfect. ▓ ▒Includes software development kit & sample ▒ ▓mailing list application. ▓ ▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒▓▒ Description Type = Long Description dLITE is a memory-resident ("pop-up") desktop utility which gives a user access to up to 10 dBASE III-compatible appli- cations from within virtually any other text-based program on a DOS-based PC. All the user does is press one of 10 hot-keys to pop-up dLITE from within any other application. The user then can look up any desired information from a dBASE data base and paste it directly into the foreground application. Ideal for cut-and-paste use with word processing and accounting packages. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,TSR,DBMS,Cut and Paste,Pop-Up,File Manager Description Type = Registration Details $30 per PC Description Type = Installation Details UnZip files onto a Drive A floppy disk. Position to drive C. Type A:INSTALL to install software onto hard disk. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Copy files in \VENDOR subdirectory to a floppy. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk. dLITE must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_FullF dbMODULES PLUS 1.1 dbModules PLUS and Project for dbMODUL Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: KA WAH CHAN COMPUTABILITY DEVELOPMENT CO. 39120 ARGONAUT WAY, #462 FREMONT, CA 94538-1304 Description Type = Short Description dbMODULES PLUS and Project for dbMODULES Amodule using the latest object-oriented programming technique and the AVL-tree/ B-tree algorithms that guarantees fast sequential and random keyed access to data. Also includes a utility program that analyzes the database structures and programming functions that are created by the database data management module dbMODULES. Description Type = Long Description 1. dbMODULES includes file locking routines. 2. To install program: > a:install.cmd 3. To print Readme.1st (turn on your printer) > c:print Readme.1st 4. To execute dbMODULES.exe in OS/2 Window session: > c:\database\dbmodule 5. To execute PROJECT.exe in OS/2 Window session: > c:\database\project 6. To view dbMODULES USER'S GUIDE from IBM Hyperwise file: > cd c:\os2 > view c:\database\dbmodule.inf Step 1: Point-and-double click to the topic "dbMODULES User's Guide" in Contents Dialog box. Step 2: To view each topic, point-and-double click to: * Introduction * Getting Started * How To Create A Forms File * How To Operate dbMODULES * Object-Oriented Programming 7. To view PROJECT USER'S GUIDE from IBM Hyperwise file: > cd c:\os2 > view c:\database\project.inf Step 1: Point-and-double click to the topic "Contents" in Contents Dialog box. Step 2: To view each topic, point-and-double click to: * Contents * Project User's Guide * Introduction * Preparation * How To Operate ? * About The dbMODULE.lib 8. To compile the ".c" program with IBM C Set++ compiler: > compile 9. To try our sample: > cd a:\sample copy a:\sample\*.* to your work-diskette NOTICE: For Shareware version, we only supply dbMODULE.lib for IBM C Set++ Ver. 2.1 compiler. User will get the dbMODULE.lib for IBM VisualAge C++ 3.0 compiler when they order the package from NorthStar Solutions. For order information, please find in any user's guide ".inf" file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other Quickdex for Windows 1.11b Replacement for CARDFILE program on wi Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: STEVE SUCHE STELLAR SOFTWARE 312 40TH AVENUE SW CALGARY, AB T2S 0X4 CANADA Telephone: 403-243-8987 Description Type = Short Description QUICKDEX V1.11b Quickdex is a freeform database. Use it to store phone numbers, birthdays, code fragments, jokes, or a million other pieces of miscellaneous information. Quickdex is similar to Cardfile but easier to use, more flexible and faster. Includes wild card searches, modem dialing, reading numbers, printing card sets, drag & drop editing, font selection, Cardfile and Mac Quickdex import/export, etc. Winhelp HLP file included. Uses 48KB. Shareware $20. Description Type = Long Description QUICKDEX FOR WINDOWS Quickdex is a replacement for the Cardfile program that comes with Windows. Unlike Cardfile, Quickdex allows you to search forward and backward, allows a regular expression search, and allows (essentially) unlimited file and card sizes. If you know Quickdex on the Mac, this is an improved version. Corporate Site Licenses and customized versions are available. For more information contact Stellar Software at 403 243 8987, through Compuserve 70444,127 (Internet 70444.127@compuserve.com) or at the address below. Sorry, but the author can't afford to return long distance phone calls. This application may be freely posted on bulletin boards and distributed, providing that distribution includes this file, the help file and the application itself. This version of Quickdex is capable of 'drag & drop' editing, but requires a 'key' to enable that functionality. Anyone can receive the key simply by registering their copy. The application is fully functional without drag & drop, but it's a treat for those who register. Quickdex is Shareware. If you keep and use it send $20 to: Stellar Software 312 40th Avenue SW Calgary Alberta Canada T2S 0X4 Or send $22 to register AND receive the latest version on disk. Thanks CHANGES FROM VERSION 1.10A TO 1.11A Version 1.11a adds two new capabilities to Quickdex. The first is the ability to write out files in Cardfile format. The second is the ability to save unique preferences with each Quickdex data file. Although Quickdex will write out files in Cardfile format, it will not check that the file is readable by Cardfile. For example, Cardfile can display a maximum of 400 characters in a card. If there is more data in a Quickdex card, it will *not* be truncated when written. Cardfile also has a limit of about 1200 cards in a data file. If you save a Quickdex file with 10,000 cards it will cheerfully write out a perfectly valid Cardfile data file -- only Cardfile can't read it. Version 1.11 also make a minor change to the Quickdex data file format. The first card (hidden when loaded) contains user preference information about the data file, including font name and style, display of menus or buttons, and the window location and size when the data *was last saved*. Although I believe this feature is very handy -- particularly when running more than one instance of Quickdex-- it can be a bit disconcerting when switching between data files, causing the application to jump from one place to the other on your screen. It is also a change from earlier versions which saved the window position when the application ended. Also, it is possible for Quickdex to restore the window position incorrectly -- somewhere "off the screen" giving the appearance that Quickdex is invisible. (This can be fixed by deleting the first byte of the data file, and then deleting the first card when Quickdex starts). Any comments you have with regard to how you would prefer to see preferences saved and restored are much appreciated by the author. VERSION 1.11b - Fixed bug causing screen window position to be restored incorrectly. - Added RTF export capability. Description Type = Registration Details Corporate Site Licenses and customized versions are available Quickdex is Shareware. If you keep and use it send $20 Or send $22 to register AND receive the latest version on disk. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other Texplore 4.1 Text Retrieval System Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ALAN J. WHITE AGATE SOFTWARE LTD AGATE HOUSE, 15 WILTON DRIVE WHITLEY BAY TYNE & WEAR, NE25 9PU ENGLAND Telephone: (+44) 191-252-0488 Fax: (+44) 191-252-0488 Description Type = Short Description Texplore 4.1 is an easy-to-use text retrieval system. Give it a word or combination of words, and it will display all occurrences in a set of text files, using a super-fast indexing technique. * Searches using AND, OR and NOT operations * Abbreviations and fuzzy search * Can access WP docs * Graphics hook * Prints extracts * Non-English alphabets * Elimination of common words * Customisable Description Type = Long Description Texplore 4.1 is an easy-to-use text retrieval system. Give the QUERY program a word (or combination of words), and it will seek and display the text in which it finds the word. If the word occurs more than once, it displays all occurrences under your control. It does this at lightning speed. In order to achieve this, it needs an index to be set up. An index is a compact set of disk files containing information about where all the words occur in your text files. You create this index automatically using the INDEX and BLEND programs supplied. FEATURES: - AND, OR and NOT operations in searches - Word abbreviations in searches - Printing of extracts - Compact index - Elimination of common words from index - Flexible text section definition - Date handling - Non-English alphabets - Custom colours - Custom initial screen and title lines - Custom printouts - Word statistics program (STATS) - Easy re-indexing of individual files - Easy document deletion - Freedom to give away text databases with a copy of QUERY - Low-price licence for database vendors NEW FEATURES: - Wordprocessor file handling - Horizontal scrolling of text - Optional wrap-around of long text lines - Hyphens at end of line (word wrap) handled - Ability to extract and edit text sections - Fuzzy search: word combinations in nearby sections - Gateway to image viewer (to see scanned images etc) Description Type = Keywords text information document retrieval index indexing free-format database viewer Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......Pounds sterling Minimum registration price..................25.00 Maximum registration price..................25.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other WAMPUM 4.5 4.5 dBASE-Compatible Relational Data Base Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, menu-driven relational data base management system. One of the granddaddy's of the shareware market. Can be loaded as a 20K TSR and supports use of .PCX graphics fields up to 1024x768 res. Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Runs like a champ under Windows as DOS app. Rated as one of the world's 50 best software bargains by PC World magazine. <ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM 4.5 ... one of the data base granddaddy's of the shareware revolution. WAMPUM provides the richest assortment of DBMS features for the lowest cost of any product in the world ... and it still fits on one diskette! Features include ability to load as a 20K TSR, dBASE-compatible reports and labels, the best form letters in the business, an automated phone dialer,and support for .PCX graphics fields using standard dBASE III files. This fully-relational, menu-driven DBMS includes PowerBrowse (a spreadsheet data manager), multi-user network support, and Windows 3.1 compatibility as a DOS app. Version 4.5 provides significant performance enhancements in addition to much enhanced .PCX graphics field displays (up to 1024x768 with 256 colors). It also can be used simultaneously with the new WAMPUM Remote (ANSI/BBS) product. System requirements: 512K PC with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. 390K free RAM to load. CGA, EGA, VGA, or Hercules card recommended. ASP. Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Relational,File Manager,TSR,Business,Database Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip then copy WAMPUM45.EXE to a Drive A floppy. From C prompt, type A:WAMPUM45 /x. If using DOS 6 or above, run DOS6FIX before loading WAMPUM.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DB_Other WAMPUM Remote 4.5 4.5R dBASE-Compatible BBS Remote Access DBM Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WARD MUNDY WARD MUNDY SOFTWARE 206 SCOTNEY GLEN CIRCLE ALPHARETTA, GA 30202-4791 Telephone: 404-237-9420 Fax: 404-237-1167 Description Type = Short Description The ultimate dBASE-compatible, multi-user relational data base management system for remote access to data bases thru a BBS Door Use any ANSI communications program to call BBS and access all your dBASE data remotely Multi-user LAN support w/NetWare or NetBIOS networks - automatic record & file locking. Works great with pcBoard, Wildcat, TriBBS. Rated as one of the world's 50 best software bargains by PC World magazine. <ASP>. Description Type = Long Description Introducing WAMPUM Remote 4.5 (ANSI/BBS Door version) ... a very special version of WAMPUM which now supports remote computing using virtually any of the industry-standard bulletin board systems. It provides almost all DBMS features available in the stand-alone product with the added advantage of allowing remote dial-in using an ANSI-compatible communications product such as ProComm, ProComm Plus, Crosstalk or Mirror to name a few. It permits anyone from a BBS SysOp to a major corporation to build sophisticated data base applications which can be accessed remotely through a BBS door. Multi-user WAMPUM apps can be run UNCHANGED with WAMPUM Remote. Fully NetWare-compatible. The only missing features from the stand-alone product are the 20K TSR load option and support for .PCX graphics fields. System requirements: 512K PC with DOS 3.1 or higher for network support. 360K free RAM to load. ANSI-compatible host BBS with door support or ANSI display driver required to use this version Description Type = Keywords Data Base,DBMS,Relational,File Manager,Business, Database,BBS,Remote,ANSI,Communications Description Type = Registration Details $50 per PC or $195 per LAN (unlimited users) Description Type = Installation Details Unzip then copy WAMP45R.EXE to a Drive A floppy. From C prompt, type A:WAMP45R /x. If using DOS 6 or above, run DOS6FIX before loading WAMPANSI.EXE. Description Type = Vendor Instructions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. Description Type = Permissions May be distributed without written permission if vendor is a member of ASP or vendor abides by ASP vendor guidelines. Copying fee may not exceed $5 per disk and WAMPUM must be distributed in compressed form exactly as received from the author. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub AUTODOC Electr. Pub. 6.6 Digital Publishing Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description AUTODOC 6.6 Text-in-Graphics Electronic Pub. Software which creates colored text files in Text-In-Graphics (TIG) form. The finished screens have text which may be scrolled line by line or page by page within fancy, custom DecorEdge Bord`rs, or within a graphic scene or a cartoon. Text may appear within speech balloon of a cartoon character. Includes additional program AUTOCOM which completes the job by creating a stand-alone COM file. Description Type = Long Description AUTODOC is Electronic Publishing Software in which your text appears in vivid color for incredible visual impact! Your screens will have custom DecorEdge Bord`rs which must be seen to be believed. You touch a couple of keys and the most amazing changes occur in design and color. Millions of combinations of design and color are available. When your file is saved, your custom Bord`r is saved along with it. But that's not all. You may also let the program insert your colored, scrollable text right inside a multicolored on-screen graphic. Ready-to-use graphics are included with the program. You may even put your own scrolling text inside the speech balloon of a cartoon character. What a great way to add motivational appeal and fun to messages, training programs, reports, sales promotions, and more. The program includes a built-in text editor called AD-EDITOR which makes it easy and quick to compose/edit your file and immediately save it in finished TIG (Text-In-Graphics) form. Included with AUTODOC is the companion program AUTOCOM. Believe it or not, this is an automatic program maker. This program makes it a real breeze to take the results of AUTODOC and, in an instant, turn them into a dazzling, freestanding COM program with multicolored graphics. It is a real thrill, the first time you see your own text scrolling upward line by line or page by page within a custom DecorEdge Bord`r or pre-fab graphic! Includes excellent graphics files, full directions, and more. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,TEXT,AUTODOC,ADOC, COLOR, COLORS,READ,WRITE,DISPLAYWARE,MESSAGE,ADVERTISE,SCROLL,SALES, TEACH,SCHOOL AUTOCOM,ACOM,COM,FILE,NEWSLETTER,BULLETIN,PUBLISHING Description Type = Registration Details $49.95 For both programs AUTODOC and AUTOCOM together Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 360k unused disk space available. This will leave space available for files which will be created by the program. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor strongly recommended. Some of the graphics are unusable if a monochrome monitor is used. When installed, type RUNME (plus Enter/Return) for single screen of essential information. To load and run program type AD (Enter/Return). To print the user guide turn on printer and type DOCPRINT (Enter/Return). The companion program AUTOCOM will automatically convert an AUTODOC DecorEdge Bord`r file to a stand-alone COM file when the file is created and saved within AUTODOC. If one of the pre-fab graph- ics is used (instead of a custom DecorEdge Bord`r), you must exit AUTODOC and run AUTOCOM separately to make the COM file. Type AUTOCOM (Enter/Return) and follow the simple directions which appear. Once the stand-alone COM file is made, the fin- ished file with scrolling text will appear on-screen when its name is typed (plus Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 273k and therefore will fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type RUNME (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub AUTOFONT Font Maker 6.6 Display-Font Maker for fancy titles Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description AUTOFONT 6.6. Display-Font making program. Makes titles in color or monochrome for electronic publishing and BBS. Words become jumbo, 3D, textured, in color, monochrome or rainbow multicolor, plus incredible FonTastik styles. More than 100 font styles. Also included: Display Program + Program for Colorizing Text Files + Clip Art Graphics and more. Three complete programs, excellent instructions. Best with EGA, VGA or better. Description Type = Long Description AUTOFONT or AF.EXE is a world famous font maker used in electronic publishing. The program lets the user create professional and fancy titles, headings, key words and announcements through instant conversion to large display fonts. Only AUTOFONT uses an easy-to-use ASCII format which permits display fonts to be used in standard DOS text files. Only AUTOFONT has the unbelievable FonTastik feature. Only AUTOFONT has Rexxcom's exclusive "smoothy fonts" which do away with "the dreaded jaggies." Only with AUTOFONT may the display be saved in color, including "rainbow multicolor," as well as monochrome. Type AF to start the program and choose from one to four font data files to work with. Before choosing, view a series of screens showing examples of font styles. Make your choice and then type a line followed by Enter/Return and watch as the typed words become giant, fancy, textured, three dimensional, or reverse-field. But that's just the start. Press a number from 1 to 4 and watch as your line of display fonts changes in an instant from one style to the next. Then touch "C" (for "color") followed by a number or M and instantly the display is colorized. Change colors as rapidly as you can touch the keys. But wait ... the fun has just begun! Now touch "F" (for FonTastik) followed by a number. In a flash the display is made more incredible than any fonts ever seen before. Try another FonTastik change ... up to 5, each more unbelievable than the last. At the same time you may switch back and forth between the basic styles originally selected, and between colors. When you like what you see press "S" to save in a permanent file which may be used in many practical and "fun" applications. There is a lot more which must be seen to be appreciated, such as clip-art graphics and the famous Rexxcom "Smoothy Fonts" in which, through the use of incredible programming secrets, text- based ASCII fonts are made with none of the choppy lines known as "the dreaded jaggies." Rexxcom Smoothies are used by the Digital Publishing Association in their monthly electronic newsletter "DPA News." Two other programs are included. The first of these, COLORFONT or CF.EXE allows instant colorization of the text of any text file. The second, READ.EXE displays any text file screen-by- screen, and if the file is colorized READ displays it in color. Additionally, 5 FonTastik HQ modules are included. Each of these is a small but powerful program which "fancies up" the fonts in the most surprising fashion. Put all these together and you will be able to create a text file with large-font titles which you may readily view on-screen, page by page, with the added feature of color plus the on-screen magic of FonTastik mode. The uses for AF display fonts are limited only by the imagination. Some uses are: 1. Titles in electronic publishing 2. Section headings in documents 3. BBS menus and title screens 4. On-screen announcements and memos 5. On-screen bulletins and notices 6. Loading into program AUTODOC for text-in-graphics 7. In batch files for on-screen presentations Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DISPLAY,JUMBO,TITLE,HEADING,HEADINGS,FONT,FONTS,READ,PUBLISH, DESKTOP,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,NEWSLETTER,BBS,BOOK,TEXT,LETTER,LETTERS, LETTERING,AUTOFONT,AUFONT,FONTASTIK,COLOR,COLORS,READ,WRITE,COLORFONT, DISPLAYWARE,MAGAZINE,SALES,TEACH,ADVERTISE,BULLETIN,COLORIZE, COLORIZATION,HQ,LETTERSTYLE,STYLE,CATALOG,SUPERFONT,ASCII,ANSI Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 450k unused disk space available. This will leave space available for saving display- font files. Hard drive preferable. Program requires EGA,VGA or SVGA monitor or better; will not run under CGA or monochrome. When installed, type INFO (Enter/Return) for single screen of essential information. To load and run program type AF (Enter/ Return). To print the user guide turn on printer and type COPY AUTOFONT.DOC PRN (Enter/Return). Viewing of fonts in color in a saved file requires ANSI driver such as ANSI.SYS. Fully explained in user guide. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 400k and therefore will not fit on 360k disk unless ZIPped. The user should unZIP or, if not ZIPped, copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type INFO (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub DIGIPAD Desk Display 3.5 Counter/Desk Continuous Display Softwa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description DIGIPAD 3.5. Auto-scrolling notepad display. Automatic scrolling and screen-changing graphical notepad. For business, school, office, store, library, club. Attention- getting cycle of screens which change color with each topic. Excellent countertop display. Runs all day if needed. Updating info is easy; type new file or edit old one. Excellent instructions. Requires EGA monitor or better. Ready-to-use headings. Description Type = Long Description DIGIPAD the amazing on-screen electronic notepad! You may never have seen a program so useful and fascinating. Type bulletins, lists, training and sales info, and watch your text auto-scroll up the pad, line by line. After the last line the pad changes color and a second text appears. Then the pad changes to a third color and your third text appears on-screen. The cycle repeats as long as you like. Use it for a desktop or counter display and let it run all day! Great for schools, offices, clubs, trade-shows, and more. Complete program. All features are included. This is the world's only program which knows how to put the words right on the lines of a graphic notebook, rather than "between" the lines. Requires EGA monitor or better. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,COUNTER,COUNTERTOP,DESKTOP,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM, ELECTRONIC,TEXT,DIGIPAD,COLOR,BULLETIN,SCHOOL,STORE,WINDOW,OFFICE, BUSINESS,ADVERTISE,SALES,SHOW,CLUB,AUTOSCROLL,SCROLL,DISPLAYWARE, MESSAGE,LIBRARY,READ,WRITE,HIGH-I,MUSEUM,AGENCY,LETTER,NEWSLETTER Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 100k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type GO (plus Enter/Return). A series of brightly colored "notepads" will be displayed. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series is displayed the cycle repeats. To print user guide turn on printer and type COPY DIGIPAD.DOC PRN (Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 80k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type GO (Enter/Return). Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub GeoPublish 2.0 A shareware home publishing package Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: DANIEL PARRILLO GEOWORKS PRODUCTS 151 MARTINVALE LANE SAN JOSE, CA 95119 Telephone: 800-824-4558 Fax: 408-281-8056 Description Type = Short Description GeoPublish is a shareware home publishing package based on the powerfull, easy-to-use GEOS operating environment for personal computers. GeoPublish combines GeoWrite, a sophisticated word processor, and GeoManager, a simple file organizer. Description Type = Registration Details $79.95 and entitles you to the full Geoworks Ensemble package. (plus $6.95 for shipping and handling, and applicable sales tax) U.S.D. Description Type = Installation Details 1.) It's always a good idea to back up any important files on your system. This would be an excellent time to remove any files that you no longer use. Also, you should run a diagnostic program such as CHKDSK or SCANDISK to make sure your hard drive is in good working order. To run CHKDSK on your C: drive, type CHKDSK at a C:\ prompt. For more information on CHKDSK, consult your DOS manual. 2.) The installation will not proceed normally if you do not have enough free disk space on your hard drive. You will need at least 10 Megabytes of free disk space to install GeoPublish. If the installation fails, check to see how much space you have left on your hard drive by typing DIR at a C:\ prompt. At the end of the list of files you will see the number of bytes free on the hard drive. If you have 0 bytes free, you ran out of space. You should delete as many files as you can and try the install procedure again. 3.) You may get the error "Not enough memory to install" or the install procedure may fail before it can copy any files to your hard drive if you have less than 500K (512,000 bytes) of free conventional memory. The first thing to try is our secondary install program INSTALLB. INSTALLB.EXE requires much less conventional memory than INSTALL.EXE but it will also take longer. 4.) The install program will check your CONFIG.SYS for the proper FILES and BUFFERS size. These should both be set to 30. (Unless you are using DR DOS or Novell DOS, in which case your FILES setting should equal 120.) If the install modifies your CONFIG.SYS you will need to reboot your computer for the changes to take effect. 5.) The install program will check your AUTOEXEC.BAT to determine if the GEOPUBL directory needs to be placed in the path. If the install modifies your AUTOEXEC.BAT you will need to reboot your computer for the changes to take effect. 6.) If you are having trouble with a particular floppy disk, you should use CHKDSK to check the integrity of the disk. Put the disk in the appropriate drive and type CHKDSK at the a: or b: prompt. If you get a message such as "Errors found" you will need replacement disks. 7.) With some computers, you may need to put disks in ALL available drives in order to proceed. Additionally, it has been reported that when installing to a Bernoulli drive, the drive must be "locked" (the door shut and a cartridge placed in the drive) BEFORE allowing the installer to check available drives. If you have a Bernoulli drive, it should be "locked" even if you are not attempting to install to it. 8.) If you do not complete the installation, a residual directory may exist. The DIRECTORY name will be ISFYQVO.TWJ and may contain a FILE called SWAPFILE.HDR. To delete the FILE, type the following at the DOS prompt: del isfyqvo.twj\*.* (hit the enter key) You will then see the following: All files in directory will be deleted! Are you sure (Y/N)? (hit a "y" and the enter key) To delete the DIRECTORY, type the following at the DOS prompt: rd isfyqvo.twj (hit the enter key) 9.) You can install GeoPublish under OS/2 in a regular DOS full screen box, not one that boots a specific version of DOS. Therefore, the DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE setting on the session page should be blank. Increase the number of DOS_FILES available to that DOS box to at least 80. Make sure that the HW_TIMER setting is on. All other values can be left at the default. If you are installing from an OS/2 DOS session you may receive an error message indicating that you don't have enough room on your hard drive. NOTE: The install program will allow you continue if you are sure that there is enough space. You may also get a "SYS Error 0005. Access Denied" error while installing under OS/2, because OS/2 thinks there is an extended attribute set for all of the files on the installation disks. To change this extended attribute: 1. Use the DISKCOPY command to copy each GeoPublish installation disk to a diskette that is not write protected. 2. Run CHKDSK /f on each diskette. OS/2 will correct what it thinks is an extended attribute error on every single file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub Makes Com files 3.5 Converts ASCII & ANSI to COM files Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description NEWCOM 3.5. Converts ASCII/ANSI to COM file. Make on-disk greeting cards, docs, etc. Your brief message appears in color in any ANSI graphic. Includes SLIDES.EXE for a slide show. ANSI.SYS needed for main program only. File contains 2 programs, complete instructions, and 16 graphics ready to be viewed and used. Colorful, useful, enjoyable. Color required. Description Type = Long Description NEWCOM 3.5. Converts ASCII text or ANSI graphics to a stand-alone COM file. Make on-disk greeting cards, docs, etc. Type a message and it appears in color beneath any ANSI graphic. Also included is the program SLIDES.EXE which puts on a slide show. ANSI.SYS must be loaded to run NUCOM but is not needed to run the COM files you create, or the slide show. File contains 2 programs, complete instructions, and 16 graphics ready to be viewed and used. Colorful, useful, enjoyable. IBM/compatible system and color required. Description Type = Keywords TEXT,ANSI,COM,CONVERTER,TIG,GRAPHICS,DISPLAY,REXXCOM,COLOR,NUCOM,NEWCOM EPUB,GREETING,CARD,DOC,DOCS,DISPLAY,MESSAGE,MESSAGE,REXXCOM Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 150k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed type RUNME (Enter). For printed copy of directions type COPY NUCOM.DOC PRN (Enter). For registraton form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 150k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub NEOBKPRO State of the art electronic publishing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: NEOSOFT CORP. 354 NORTHEAST GREENWOOD AVENUE SUITE 108 BEND, OR 97707-4631 Telephone: 503-389-5489 Fax: 503-388-8221 Description Type = Short Description NeoBook Professional: authoring system for multimedia disk-based newsletters, books, catalogs, etc. Links to word processors paint programs. Compiler and runtime license allow compiled publications to be distributed (EXE format). Imports PCX/BMP format images, Sound Blaster VOC files and FLI/FLC animation files. Requires: DOS 3.1+; HERC/EGA/VGA/SVGA graphics; MS/Logitech compatible mouse; hard disk; & 640K+ RAM. Description Type = Registration Details $89.95 + $5.00 Shipping and Handling U.S. Mail CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub NEOBOOK State of the art electronic publishing Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: NEOSOFT CORP. 354 NORTHEAST GREENWOOD AVENUE SUITE 108 BEND, OR 97707-4631 Telephone: 503-389-5489 Fax: 503-388-8221 Description Type = Short Description NeoBook is a system for authoring disk- based, interactive newsletters, books, catalogs, educational materials, etc. Links to popular word processors, paint programs. Compiler and runtime license allow compiled publications to be distributed (EXE format). Imports PCX/BMP format images and ASCII text Req: DOS 3.1+; EGA/VGA/SVGA graphics; MS or Logitech comp. mouse; hard disk; & 640K+ RAM Description Type = Registration Details $45.00 + $5.00 Shipping and Handling U.S. Mail CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub XLPLUS XL2000 XL2001 2.3 Digital Publishing Software Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description XLPLUS Professional electronic publishing software. the same software used by the Digital Publishing Association to publish the monthly electronic edition of "DPA News." Includes the original XL2000.EXE and the amazing new XL2001.EXE. See your text-file, magazine, or newsletter in a dazzling high-intensity display. Try AutoScroll, mouse scroll, and many other features. Includes ready-to-use mastheads. Description Type = Long Description Developed by "the Displayware People" at Rexxcom Systems, pioneers in electronic publishing, XLPLUS is a leader among electronic publishing software. This is the software used for "DPA News" - the monthly electronic publication of the Digital Publishing Association. This software may be used to create electronic books, and it is ideally suited to the publication of on-screen magazines, newspapers, newsletters, manuals, and booklets. The XLPLUS package contains two programs, the original XL2000.EXE and the new XL2001.EXE. Both programs are similar, and they each have many claims to fame. Among these are the unique AutoScroll feature which allows true hands-free viewing and reading. As soon as the document is on-screen, touching one function key starts the text scrolling upward at an average reading speed. The scroll rate is easily controlled by the reader - simply touch the "plus" key to increase the speed, or the "minus" key to slow it down. Another unique feature, and one of the best, is the use of high-intensity background colors, upon which the text appears. Bright white is most popular, but bright yellow and light red or cyan are also appealing and attractive. The text itself may be set to a jet black color, or another color may be selected. Dark blue and dark green look great against a bright, "hi-I" background. XL2000 lets the reader change the text color through an entire range of colors with a simple key-touch. XL2001, on the other hand, skips that feature, but in its place it allows the text to be multicolored against a pre-selected background color. For example, if a bright white background is used with black lettering, a key word or sentence may be highlighted with a bright yellow background. The result is similar to that achieved with the use of a felt-tipped "highlighter" on paper, but the on-screen effect is more brilliant and eye-catching. Optional color combinations are very numerous. "Highlighting" may be done with, say, blue lettering and a light red background, or with yellow on brown, red on gray, and so forth. Another feature, exclusive with these Rexxcom programs, is the ability to use large display-fonts for headlines, titles of articles, and chapter headings. If used in XL2000 the color is the same as the text, and if the reader changes the text color, the large fonts also change to match. XL2001 allows headlines and titles to be colored differently from the text, and they really do look great in red, green, blue, brown, etc. (To create headlines, titles, etc., another Rexxcom program, AUTOFONT is needed.) In addition to AutoScroll, the text may be scrolled line-by-line with up and down arrow keys, or page-by-page with the page-up and page-down keys. For rapid scroll in a long document, hold down the page-down key to find the desired page in a jiffy. Pages are automatically numbered if you type a numeric code on the first line of the text file (code is invisible during on-screen display). Page numbering allows the use of a table of contents. The reader moves to the page of choice with the method described above, or with the more rapid "mouse scroll" (XL2001 only) in which sliding the mouse causes the pages to whiz past your eyes. In actual tests, a reader of an XLPLUS document found desired pages faster than the reader of a paper book. Another feature allows the reader to switch from one document to another and back again. You might include a "Sunday Supplement" with your electronic newspaper. Readers switch from the main newspaper to the supplement by touching a function key. Immediately the supplement appears on-screen with a different title or masthead, even different colors for text and background. Users of the XLPLUS programs compliment the Rexxcom programmers on the ease with which typewritten text is converted to an extremely attractive, scrollable, multi-featured electronic publication. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM,ELECTRONIC,TEXT,XLPLUS, XL2000,COLOR,XL2001,NEWSLETTER,MAGAZINE,BOOK,SALES,TEACH,COLORS,READ, WRITE,DISPLAYWARE,MESSAGE,SCHOOL,LIBRARY,ADVERTISE,COLORS,SCROLL, AUTOSCROLL,MOUSE,DISPLAYWARE Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 for one program; $29.95 for both XL2000 + XL2001 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 100k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type RUNME (plus Enter/Return). XL2000.EXE will run first, displaying a series of example newsletters. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series of newsletters is displayed, XL2001.EXE will run, displaying several examples. To print the user guide turn on printer and type COPY DOC.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). To print registration form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 100k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type RUNME (Enter/Return) for a single screen of essential information. Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION DkTopPub XLSHOW Desk Display 3.5 Counter/Desk Continuous Display Softwa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES L. WIEDEMANN REXXCOM SYSTEMS P.O. BOX 111 SCHOOLEYS MOUNTAIN, NJ 07870 Telephone: 908-852-0086 Description Type = Short Description XLSHOW 3.5. Auto-scrolling info display. Automatic scroll, screen-change display for business, school, office, store, club. Your info appears in a cycle of brilliant screens which change style and color with each topic. Excellent countertop display. Runs all day if needed. Updating info is easy; type new file or edit old one. Excellent instructions. Requires EGA monitor or better. Ready-to-use headings. Description Type = Long Description Developed by "the Displayware People" at Rexxcom Systems, pioneers in electronic publishing, XLSHOW is a dramatic yet easy to use program which creates a multicolored, continuous-running desktop, countertop or window display. Preparing the display is pure simplicity - all you do is type the information. The magic occurs when the typing is finished. Simply save the document and it is ready for professional on-screen display. If you use only one text document, the text scrolls automatically and continuously until the last page appears and has been visible long enough to be read. Then the cycle repeats from the top. Even better, type and save several files, each having one or more pages. Your readers are automatically shown each file in sequence, each with its own attractive heading and combination of foreground and background colors. When the last file finishes scrolling onto the screen the cycle repeats with the first file. Let your display run all day and night if needed. The changing screens act as a screen saver for your monitor. A unique feature, and one of the best, is the ability to use high-intensity background colors upon which text appears in your choice of color. Bright white is popular, but bright yellow, light red, light magenta and bright cyan are very attractive. Bright yellow text on a brown background is classy. Use yellow or white text on a dark red background for a dramatic effect. Of course you may also use a jet black background to set of the glowing text colors. It is easy to use multicolored text with a pre-selected background color. For example, if a bright white background is used with black lettering, a key word or sentence may be highlighted by being given a bright yellow or light red background. The result is similar to that achieved with the use of a felt-tipped "highlighter" on paper, but the on-screen effect is more brilliant and eye-catching. Another feature is the ability to use large display-fonts for headlines, titles, and key words. Headlines and titles may be colored differently from the text, and they really do look great in red, green, blue, brown, etc. (To create great jumbo-font headlines the Rexxcom program, AUTOFONT is needed.) But that is not all. You may even change the lettering style used for your text. If you want one screen to appear with Old English lettering, this is easy to do; other styles are also available. Description Type = Keywords EPUB,DIGITAL,COUNTER,COUNTERTOP,DESKTOP,DISPLAY,READ,PUBLISH,REXXCOM, ELECTRONIC,TEXT,XLSHOW,COLOR,BULLETIN,SCHOOL,STORE,WINDOW,OFFICE, BUSINESS,ADVERTISE,SALES,SHOW,CLUB,AUTOSCROLL,SCROLL,DISPLAYWARE, MESSAGE,LIBRARY,READ,WRITE,HIGH-I,MUSEUM,AGENCY,LETTER,NEWSLETTER Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details UnZIP to a drive which has a minimum of 200k unused disk space available. Hard drive preferable. Color monitor required; must be EGA, VGA, SVGA or better. When installed, type GO (plus Enter/Return). Program will auto-display a series of bulletins, etc. These comprise a demonstration, and they also contain text which provides much information. Press F1 to display a "help box" of command options. After the last in the series is displayed the cycle repeats. Next press "Esc" and the Old English text will appear. This change may be made automatic as explained in the user guide. Next press "Esc" again and another lettering style will appear on an information screen. Pressing "Esc" at this point will terminate the display, at which time type GO2 (plus Enter/Return) to view a short sequence of files in which the text font changes automatically with each new file. Exit sequence by touching Ctrl + C at same time. To print user guide turn on printer and type COPY DOC.TXT PRN (Enter/Return). To print registration form type COPY REGISTER.TXT PRN (Enter/Re- turn). Description Type = Vendor Instructions Program and accompanying files require approximately 152k and therefore will easily fit on 360k disk in unZIPped format. The user should copy the files to a hard drive if available, and then type GO (Enter/Return). Description Type = Permissions Any and all Shareware programs from Rexxcom Systems may be freely posted on BBSs, listed in shareware catalogs, distributed on CD ROM disks, distributed on floppy disks, included on hard disks of computers, and listed in advertisements and promotional literature of vendors and distributors, as long as all programs and files in the "file package" are included in unchanged form, and as long as it is made clear to users and potential users that this is shareware which requires a registration fee to be paid to Rexxcom Systems if used beyond an evaluation period of one month. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ BOXER/OS2 Text Editr 7.0A Powerful, top-rated text editor! Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: DAVID R. HAMEL BOXER SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 3230 PETERBOROUGH, NH 03458-3230 Telephone: (603) 924-6602 Fax: (603) 924-4471 Description Type = Short Description BOXER/OS2 Text Editor v7.0a: Top Rated! <ASP> "Best Major Application" winner at the 1994 Shareware Industry Awards! Version 7.0 adds 85+ features to what was already a feature packed program. A favorite of many users, BOXER gets consistently strong reviews. Easy to use with powerful features: color syntax highlighting, undo/redo, mouse support, S&R, column blocks, WP, macros, compilation, more! <ASP> Shareware $89 from David R. Hamel Description Type = Long Description BOXER is a remarkably full-featured text editor which has quickly become the favorite of all types of computer users: programmers and writers -- power users and novices. BOXER is the result of an 8-year effort by a self-proclaimed perfectionist, and the outcome is a highly polished software program. Attention to detail is apparent throughout: BOXER's interface is smooth, intuitive and courteous. Designed with an emphasis on flexibility, BOXER can be easily configured to suit most every user's taste. New users consistently praise BOXER in the strongest terms. A complete feature list would be huge, so here are some of BOXER's most important capabilities: multi-level Undo and Redo, Color Syntax Highlighting, multiple files and windows, full mouse support, keyboard reconfiguration, support for extended screen sizes, column marking, macros, color, pull-down menus, word processing, and context sensitive online help. Also: search with wildcards, compile within the editor, small footprint shell, graphic drawing mode, auto indent, find mating parenthetical characters, block commands: cut, copy, append, paste, delete, write, print, fill, sort, total, average, case convert, invert, entab, detab, more! <ASP> Shareware from David R. Hamel $89. ** BOXER 7.0 adds over 85 new features and options! ** New: select macros from a new Macro List interface for playback, recording or erasure. Up to 100 macros can now be loaded simulatan- eously. Search and Replace will restrict its attention to matches within a column-marked region when marking is active. Up to 20 text anchor positions can now be recorded and manipulated from a pop-up anchor list. The Paragraph Reformat command will reformat all those lines contained within a marked region, if run while text is marked. Column-marked areas can now be FILL-ed with a string of characters, rather than just a single character. And much, much more! * * * BOXER.BIN is a compressed file containing the BOXER Text Editor release. BOXER.EXE is a special installation program -- run this program from either floppy or hard drive to install BOXER. BOXER.EXE must simply reside in the same directory as the other release files when installation begins. An automatic demonstration can be run following installation. Description Type = Keywords BOXER, TEXT EDITOR, WORD PROCESSOR, UNDO, MOUSE, MACRO, ASP, EDIT, OS2 Description Type = Registration Details $89 Description Type = Permissions Restrictions: Shareware versions of BOXER may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: * BOXER must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. * BOXER may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which fails to disclose the following points somewhere in their literature: . The fee paid by the customer for an evaluation diskette is a dis- tribution fee, and does not cover the cost of the program itself. . Additional payment to the Author is required if a program is used beyond the evaluation period prescribed by the Author. . Registration entitles the customer to various rights and benefits which may include: current software, printed manual, technical support, upgrade notifications and other goods or services. Note that Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. We urge all parties who distribute Shareware to help educate the public about the true nature of Shareware distribution. * BOXER is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without the explicit consent of the Author. * BOXER is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation pre-printed for the end-user. * BOXER evaluation diskettes may not be sold for a price in excess of Ten U.S. Dollars ($10.00). * BOXER is not to be "rented" or leased. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute BOXER, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. All parties are hereby given permission to capture screen shots of BOXER for use in catalogs or newsletters listing or reviewing our product. Please identify the image in some way as being of the Boxer Text Editor. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Boxer Text Editor 7.0A Fast, full-featured, easy-to-use edito Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DAVID R. HAMEL BOXER SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 3230 PETERBOROUGH, NH 03458-3230 Telephone: (603) 924-6602 Fax: (603) 924-4471 Description Type = Short Description BOXER/DOS Text Editor v7.0a: Top Rated! <ASP> "Best Major Application" winner at the 1994 Shareware Industry Awards! Version 7.0 adds 85+ features to what was already a feature packed program. A favorite of many users, BOXER gets consistently strong reviews. Easy to use with powerful features: color syntax highlighting, undo/redo, mouse support, S&R, column blocks, WP, macros, compilation, more! <ASP> Shareware $50-89 from David R. Hamel Description Type = Long Description BOXER is a remarkably full-featured text editor which has quickly become the favorite of all types of computer users: programmers and writers -- power users and novices. BOXER is the result of an 8-year effort by a self-proclaimed perfectionist, and the outcome is a highly polished software program. Attention to detail is apparent throughout: BOXER's interface is smooth, intuitive and courteous. Designed with an emphasis on flexibility, BOXER can be easily configured to suit most every user's taste. New users consistently praise BOXER in the strongest terms. A complete feature list would be huge, so here are some of BOXER's most important capabilities: multi-level Undo and Redo, Color Syntax Highlighting, multiple files and windows, full mouse support, keyboard reconfiguration, support for extended screen sizes, column marking, macros, color, pull-down menus, word processing, and context sensitive online help. Also: search with wildcards, compile within the editor, small footprint shell, graphic drawing mode, auto indent, find mating parenthetical characters, block commands: cut, copy, append, paste, delete, write, print, fill, sort, total, average, case convert, invert, entab, detab, more! <ASP> Shareware from David R. Hamel $50-89. ** BOXER 7.0 adds over 85 new features and options! ** New: select macros from a new Macro List interface for playback, recording or erasure. Up to 100 macros can now be loaded simulatan- eously. Search and Replace will restrict its attention to matches within a column-marked region when marking is active. Up to 20 text anchor positions can now be recorded and manipulated from a pop-up anchor list. The Paragraph Reformat command will reformat all those lines contained within a marked region, if run while text is marked. Column-marked areas can now be FILL-ed with a string of characters, rather than just a single character. And much, much more! See TKO.DOC for full details on BOXER/TKO, our professional-level product which is capable of editing multi-megabyte files! * * * Note: BOXER/DOS 7.0 is compiled with a newer version of the Borland compiler, and therefore will not run on 8086-based CPUs. An 80286 or better CPU is now required. * * * BOXER.BIN is a compressed file containing the BOXER Text Editor release. BOXER.EXE is a special installation program -- run this program from either floppy or hard drive to install BOXER. BOXER.EXE must simply reside in the same directory as the other release files when installation begins. An automatic demonstration can be run following installation. Description Type = Keywords BOXER TEXT EDITOR WORD PROCESSOR UNDO MOUSE MACRO ASP EDIT Description Type = Registration Details $50-89 Description Type = Installation Details to install, simply run the custom installer, BOXER.EXE Description Type = Permissions Restrictions: Shareware versions of BOXER may be freely distributed, subject to the following restrictions: * BOXER must be distributed without modification, in its entirety. * BOXER may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which fails to disclose the following points somewhere in their literature: . The fee paid by the customer for an evaluation diskette is a dis- tribution fee, and does not cover the cost of the program itself. . Additional payment to the Author is required if a program is used beyond the evaluation period prescribed by the Author. . Registration entitles the customer to various rights and benefits which may include: current software, printed manual, technical support, upgrade notifications and other goods or services. Note that Shareware is "Try-Before-You-Buy" software, it is not free. We urge all parties who distribute Shareware to help educate the public about the true nature of Shareware distribution. * BOXER is not to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without the explicit consent of the Author. * BOXER is not to be packaged for sale with its reference manual, or other supporting documentation pre-printed for the end-user. * BOXER evaluation diskettes may not be sold for a price in excess of Ten U.S. Dollars ($10.00). * BOXER is not to be "rented" or leased. These distribution restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute BOXER, whether they be commercial vendors, user groups, BBS operators, or individuals. All parties are hereby given permission to capture screen shots of BOXER for use in catalogs or newsletters listing or reviewing our product. Please identify the image in some way as being of the Boxer Text Editor. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ CMEditor 3.54 CMEditor - File Text Editor Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: CHARLES F. MARTIN NOVASOFT 3239 RIVERVIEW DRIVE TRIANGLE, VA 22172-1421 Telephone: (703) 221-1471 Description Type = Short Description CMEditor File Text Editor v3.54 <ASP> -- Small, handy text editor loaded with features. Edit or view large files. Mark blocks of lines for copy, move, delete, print, exportto file. Search/replace string operators, modest mouse support. 25/43/50- line VGA support, four color schemes, new popup ASCII table make this little editor even handier. Only $10 registration. Description Type = Long Description CMEditor File Text Editor Viewer v3.54 <ASP> -- Small, handy text editor loaded with features. Edit or view large files. Mark blocks of lines for copy, move, delete, print or export to file. Search/replace string operators, modest mouse support. 43/50-line VGA support, four color selections, integrity self-check on startup. "Remembers" settings and display options for next use. Popup ASCII table facilitates use of upper ASCII characters for graphics drawing, scientific editing. Written in 100% optimized assembly language for speed. Intuitive command structure. Description Type = Keywords TEXT FILE EDITOR CMEDITOR NOVASOFT Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed...... Minimum registration price..................10.00 Maximum registration price..................10.00 Shipping: within same country...............0.00 North America.....................0.00 South America.....................0.00 Europe............................0.00 Asia..............................0.00 Africa............................0.00 Pacific...........................0.00 Description Type = Installation Details CMEditor requires no special installation. Just copy the compressed file to a directory you have created for this new version, extract it to get the uncompressed file set, and run CMEDITOR at the DOS prompt. Description Type = Permissions The shareware edition of CMEditor may be further distributed by any individual or shareware distributor under the conditions specified in the distribution policy expressed in this VENDOINFO.DIZ file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Large File Text Edit 3.9 Large File Text Editor Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RON PARKER CT SOFTWARE 759 Galleon Lane Elk Grove, IL 60007 Telephone: 847-923-7572 Description Type = Short Description (v3.9) Notebk39 - Large File Text Editor Notebook is a Notepad replacement which (1).Will open VERY large files; (2).Has a toolbar; (3).Supports DRAG and DROP editing; (4).Features full font control (5). Supports overtype mode; (6). Will allow printing/saving to file SEL- ECTED text. VB40032.DLL Required. Shareware (U.S. $15.00 + ship). Ron Parker (CT Software) ron2222@aol.com. Description Type = Long Description There is one and only one point to this program - to replace Notepad. Notebook is not a word processor. It's sole purpose is to view and edit text files. Notebook does have 6 major features (and several minor ones) which we believe make up for Notepad's inadequacies: 1.It will open very large files, and allow you to edit them. 2.It features complete font control - you can set the font name, style, size, and color, and your settings will be saved when you exit the program. 3.Notebook has a taskbar which keeps track of your cursor position, and a toolbar, complete with help balloons. 4.Notebook features Drag and Drop text editing. 5.Notebook supports overtype, as well as insert mode. 6.Notebook can both print and save to a file selected text only, if so desired. The VB 4.0 32 bit Runtime Module, VB40032.DLL, is required to run this program. program. Description Type = Keywords CT Notebook Notepad Text Edit Editor Windows95 Win95 Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Description Type = Installation Details Install in Win 95. Description Type = Permissions Freely distributable. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Large Text Editor 2.4 Large File Text Editor Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RON PARKER CT SOFTWARE 759 Galleon Lane Elk Grove, IL 60007 Telephone: 847-923-7572 Description Type = Short Description (v2.4) Notebk24 - Large File Text Editor Notebook is a Notepad replacement which (1).Will open VERY large files; (2).Has a toolbar; (3).Supports DRAG and DROP editing; (4).Features full font control (5). Supports overtype mode; (6). Will allow printing/saving to file SEL- ECTED text. VBRUN300.DLL Required. Shareware (U.S. $12.00 + ship). Ron Parker (CT Software) ron2222@aol.com. Description Type = Long Description There is one and only one point to this program - to replace Notepad. Notebook is not a word processor. It's sole purpose is to view and edit text files. Notebook does have 6 major features (and several minor ones) which we believe make up for Notepad's inadequacies: 1.It will open very large files, and allow you to edit them. 2.It features complete font control - you can set the font name, style, size, and color, and your settings will be saved when you exit the program. 3.Notebook has a taskbar which keeps track of your cursor position, and a toolbar, complete with help balloons. 4.Notebook features Drag and Drop text editing. 5.Notebook supports overtype, as well as insert mode. 6.Notebook can both print and save to a file selected text only, if so desired. VBRUN300.DLL required. Description Type = Keywords Text Edit Editor Notebook Notepad CT Description Type = Registration Details $12.00 Description Type = Installation Details Install in Win 3.1 Description Type = Permissions Freely distributable. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ MEGA EDIT Txt Editor 2.12 Text Editor for Large files Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL TAGUE WINNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 330F DISTELLERY COMMONS LOUISVILLE, KY 40206 Telephone: 502-589-6800 Fax: 502-589-7300 Description Type = Short Description MEGA EDIT VERSION 2.12 <ASP> MEGA EDIT TEXT EDITOR FOR LARGE FILES- Mega Edit is a MS Windows application to allow editing of very large files. Split screen for up to 20 files, variable sizable display fonts, Import/Export UNIX and Mac files, word-wrap, CUA compliant, search and replace, binary display. Windows - Utilities WinNET Communications, INC. Description Type = Long Description Mega Edit is an MS-Windows application that allows the editing of very large text files. The program has had many positive press reviews, including being named "WinAp of the Month" by Compute Magazine and was included in PC World's round up of the best programs ever for less than $50.00 dollars. The size of files that Mega Edit can handle is limited only by the amount of virtual memory available under Windows. The program also includes a split screen feature to compare/edit 2 files side by side (or view the same file in 2 locations). It is possible to load up to 20 files into the program simultaneously for editing. Editing functions are fully CUA compliant. Mega Edit has an import/export capability between Unix, MacIntosh and DOS file formats, search and replace facilities, variable sizing of display fonts, and many other features. Description Type = Keywords EDITOR, WINDOWS, MACINTOSH, UNIX, ASCII, TEXT, PROGRAMMERS, BINARY, NOTEPAD Description Type = Registration Details $35.50 + S&H. Description Type = Installation Details (partial listing) (READ1ST.TXT) STEP 1. Make a separate directory anywhere on your system and store ALL of the distribution files that are part of Mega Edit (TM) in that directory. If you are using Windows 3.1, you may want to delete the copy of COMMDLG.DLL that is supplied with Mega Edit (TM) - it is already supplied with Windows 3.1. It is generally best to keep all the distribution files together in the same directory. STEP 2. Install the Mega Edit (TM) executable file 'MEGAEDIT.EXE' in a Program Manager application folder. If you do not know how to do this, please see your Microsoft Windows 3.x documentation. STEP 3. To RUN Mega Edit (TM), select the Mega Edit (TM) icon by either double-clicking on it with your mouse, or cursor to the icon and hit the ENTER key. Description Type = Permissions (VENDOR.TXT) partial listing Vendors who wish to distribute Mega Edit on diskette, CD ROM, or other physical media may do so freely as long as the following guidelines are followed: 1. The offering and sale of Mega Edit (TM) will be stopped at *any* time the author so requests. 2. Vendors may *only* distribute the shareware version of Mega Edit. 3. All the files that are part of the orginal shareware distribution of Mega Edit must be included in the vendor's distribution of Mega Edit, including especially register.txt, reg_form.txt, and the other text files which provide information about how to contact WinNET Communications to register Mega Edit and to receive technical support. 4. Your library's catalog or listing must state that this program is not free, but is copyrighted software that is provided to allow the user to evaluate it before paying. 5. Vendors who charge their clients a fee to receive their materials containing Mega Edit must make it clear to their customers that the fee does not include the purchase price or registraion fee for Mega Edit. This clarification should be included, in writing, with the vendor's distribution. 6. Problems or complaints about the program will be reported to the author for investigation. Any questions about these policies should be directed to: WinNET Communications, Inc. Post Office Box 4189 Lousiville, KY 40204 (502) 589 6800 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Smooth Editor 2.0 FAST smooth scrolling DOS text editor Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: MICHAEL DUBBELDAM DUBBELDAM SOFTWARE JULIANALAAN 36 DELFT, 2628 BH NETHERLANDS Description Type = Short Description Smooth Editor v2.0 <ASP> The first DOS text editor with FAST Smooth Scrolling technique and interface for windows. FAST Smooth Scrolling makes moving through text extremely swift and fluid. Features:copy/cut/ paste from/to Windows, macros, LARGE files, multiple documents, multilevel undo, Drag & Drop, symbol table, customizable scrolling and color usage, bookmarks, word wrapping etc. Required: 386,VGA. Shareware $20 Description Type = Long Description Smooth Editor v2.0 <ASP> The first DOS text editor with FAST Smooth Scrolling technique and interface for windows. FAST Smooth Scrolling makes moving through text extremely swift and fluid. Features:copy/cut/paste from/to Windows, macros, virtually unlimited file sizes, multiple documents, multilevel undo, Drag & Drop, symbol table, customizable scrolling and color usage, bookmarks, word wrapping etc. Required: 386,VGA. Shareware $20 Description Type = Keywords Edit Editor ASCII Smooth Scrolling Smoothscrolling Clipboard FAST Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US $ Minimum registration price..................20.00 Maximum registration price..................20.00 Shipping: within same country...............4.00 North America.....................4.00 South America.....................4.00 Europe............................4.00 Asia..............................4.00 Africa............................4.00 Pacific...........................4.00 Description Type = Installation Details Installation is done by simply putting all files in one directory. It will be usefull to include this directory in the Path statement, so you can start up SE from anywhere on the drive. Description Type = Permissions Provided that you are distributing the unregistered version you are hereby licensed to make as many copies of the shareware version of this software and documentation as you wish and provide them to anyone. The attached VENDINFO data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in the data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Editors_ Vision Edit 3.5 Powerful DOS text editor, windows, mou Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ANDRZEJ BRZEZINSKI PRIMASOFT, INC. P.O. BOX 456 SURREY, BC V3T 5B7 CANADA Telephone: (604) 951-1085 Description Type = Short Description VISION EDIT v3.5 <ASP> - A useful, fast, user-friendly, versatile text editor. Can edit as many documents as you like neatly placed in windows. Functions can be selected from pull-down menus or by pressing short-cut keys. Context-sensitive help describes each feature. Contains several useful word processor facilities for E-Mail traffic. File Manager, Calculator, Print Manager and more with a program for only $35.00. Description Type = Long Description Vision Edit is a text editor. With Vision Edit you can edit many files simultaneously. Each file will be opened in a separate window. Most functions can be selected from pull-down menus or by clicking on a Tool Bar so you do not have to remember any commands (using mouse). More experienced users can invoke many commands with a single or double-key stroke (hot keys). If you have a problem or are not sure about something you can use a context-sensitive, on-line help by pressing F1 key. You can customize some features of Vision Edit. You can change the colors of edit windows, dialog boxes and other elements of the user interface. If you are used to another editor you may want to modify hot-key commands - Vision Edit will then behave like the editor that you are familiar with. Vision Edit allows printing files. You can define various printer settings in a Print Options dialog box. You can also define headers and footers. Vision Edit provides you with a large number of editing functions that are grouped in several categories e.g. Box Commands, Block Commands etc. They can all be found in KeyCmds menu. Vision Edit's Macro capabilities allow you to automatize your repetitive editing tasks. Vision Edit contains several useful additional features: - File Manager - word processor facilities for E-Mail traffic - Print Mangager - Calculator Quotes from Reviews, Articles and Users: ---------------------------------------- "one of the best available editors" - user "excellent" - Realty Software "the best for E-MAIL traffic" - user "fast, user-friendly, versatile" "and foolproof" - 'SME Shareware Digest' "excellent interface" - users "great for eductional purposes" - (10 registered Universities) "Vision Edit is an excellent text editor. It's lean: the necessary files take up less than 700K of disk space, making it ideal for notebook users." - 'Computer Shopper' Oct. 93, page 506 Description Type = Keywords text editor, DOS, mouse, menus, windows, multiple files, macros Description Type = Registration Details $35.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1) If you have a complete Vision Edit diskette just start the installation program by typing in A:INSTALL (or B:INSTALL) and follow the instructions. 2) If you have just the VISED35.ZIP file then: - create a directory on your hard disk e.g. MD C:\VED - unzip the VISED35.ZIP file to that directory. 3) Read the README.DOC file. 4) Start the program by typing in C:\VED\VED. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Running the self-extracting program from the CD-ROM will extract to your diskette the main VISED35.ZIP file along with some *.DOC text files and the installation program. Description Type = Permissions As the exclusive copyright holder for Vision Edit, Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik authorize distribution only in accordance with the following restrictions. ASP Approved Vendors in good standing are hereby given permission to distribute Vision Edit package. Non-ASP member vendors must request permission prior to distributing this package. The Vision Edit package is defined as containing all the material listed in the README.DOC text file. If any files listed in the README.DOC text file, or the README.DOC file itself, are missing, then the package is not complete and distribution is forbidden. Please contact us to obtain a complete package suitable for distribution. The Vision Edit package - including all related program files and documentation files - CANNOT be modified in any way and must be distributed as a complete package, without exception. The README.DOC text file contains a list of all files that are part of the Vision Edit package. Small additions to the package, such as the introductory or installation batch files used by many shareware disk vendors, are acceptable. No price or other compensation may be charged for the Vision Edit package. A distribution fee may be charged for the cost of the diskette, shipping and handling, as long as the total (per disk) does not exceed US$8.00 in the U.S. and Canada, or US$12.00 internationally. Disk Sets & CD-ROMs: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The Vision Edit package CANNOT be sold as part of some other inclusive package. Nor can it be included in any commercial software packaging offer, without a written agreement from Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik. ASP Approved Vendors who wish to distribute the Vision Edit package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) may do so provided that all the other restrictions are met. Vendors (non-ASP Vendor Members) who wish to distribute the Vision Edit package as part of a collection (such as PsL's MegaDisk set, or a CD-ROM package) must obtain permission from Andrzej Brzezinski & Marek Kosznik prior to beginning such a distribution. If you wish to add any of our programs to a CD-ROM or other collection, please check the release date of the version you have. If the version is over twelve (12) months old then please contact us to ensure that you have the most current version. This version was released in NOVEMBER 1993. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol Attendance Monitor 3.11 EZ, power. attendance prog. for educat Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLIAM E. PEACE P.O. BOX 627 SOUTH DENNIS, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description ATTENDANCE MONITOR attendance program. The ATTENDANCE MONITOR is a full-featured attendance program for educators. With it you can monitor absences, excused absences, and tardies; you can show or print the data in several formats. Data can also be imported from the GRADE PLUS grading program. Description Type = Long Description The ATTENDANCE MONITOR is a full-featured attendance program for educators. Entry of attendance or tardies to class will take only about a minute a day. With it you can monitor absences, excused absences, and tardies; you can show or print the data in several formats. Work is much easier at the end of the term. No more counting little "A's" or "T's"! Easy to use pull down menus. Program includes full manual and demo attendance file. Data can also be imported from the GRADE PLUS grading program. Description Type = Keywords Education, teacher utility, attendance, teacher Description Type = Registration Details $19.95 Description Type = Installation Details If unzipping directly to hard drive, unzip to C:\ATTEND\ To learn to run the program, type READNOW <enter> IF you unzip to a disk, unzip to a 3 1/2" 1.44 Meg disk. You can install from the disk to a hard drive by typing INSTALL <enter> To run the program from hard drive: CD ATTEND <enter> ATTEND <enter> To run the program from disk drive: ATTEND <enter> First time users should read the information file by typing READNOW which contains more detailed startup information including installation to WINDOWS, printing of manual, setup of attendance file, and use of demo file. Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter any files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software in a catalog. Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol CLASSLIST 6.1 Class Records and Management Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HENRY A. BARLOW BARLOW TRUSTWARE 1189 GUILDWOOD BLVD. LONDON, ON N6H 4G8 CANADA Telephone: 519-472-2942 Description Type = Short Description Easy record keeping for teachers. The processing of records may be as simple or complexed as the user wishes. The screens contain ample instructions with `HELP' available <F1> when needed. The program will print its own manual on request, together with an appendix that illustrates the 14 different types of printout. Individual student codes permit posting lists & graphs. Description Type = Long Description CLASSLIST programs have been researched and developed over a period of 12 years. The design of the programs is to provide the power of computing to the classroom teacher for record keeping and class management in a simple and straight forward manner. Considerable attention has been paid to provide meaningful instructions, with `WHY' and `HOW' panels displayed on most screens with further assistance available with HELP(press F1) screen. The manual and appendix, which the program will print on request, give further information, definition of terms and illustrative printouts available,( 14 hardcopy plus screens.) Parameter menu ( Rarely visited after being set.) sets teacher enviroment(Name of teacher and School, Year or semestered, No. of terms, back-up drive);sets categories of marks,(Upto 6 sets of upto 9 categories.) sets printer, (Codes); prints manual and appendix. Data submission menu allows for: Creating new classfiles including names ,homerooms (If desired) and multi-listing (Where a teacher, teaches the same group of students for different subject, i.e. Elementary Shools.) :Select a class file:New marks,(Category,Max.Mk.,Weight,Descrpt,Date): Change Marks:Attendance:Term and final exams:Median changes(2rd degree):++ Retrieval menu: 4 digit individual student code: Term mark to- date in list or graph (including `PART'ial mark showing the effect of missed MK.): Critical(Term,Final):Attenance registers:Analysis:Reports:Seating Plans:++ Description Type = Keywords Teacher School Class Records Reports Education Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......USA or Canadian Minimum registration price..................16.00 Maximum registration price..................125.00 Shipping: within same country...............5.00 North America.....................5.00 South America.....................5.00 Europe............................5.00 Asia..............................5.00 Africa............................5.00 Pacific...........................5.00 Description Type = Installation Details Once CLASSLIST 6.1 have been expanded and its files extracted (if necessary). CLASSLIST's own INSTALL program can be used to: (1). Copy the files to or from a floppy or hard disks. (2). Make a directory C:/CLASSLIS> (This would normally done from a floppy disk.) If you are using INSTALL to make a directory make sure your computer is in the root directory. You will see c:/> on the screen. (3). Install CLASSLIST into any preset directory. If you have used the make a directory routine about the preset directory will be C:/CLASSLIS> To run CLASSLIST's INSTALL.EXE simply type INSTALL <Enter> The INSTALL program; screens all the necessary instructions and information required by the user and finishes with the start-up procedure for CLASSLIST. If you are downloading into a tempary directory, it would probable pay you to extract the files; delete CLASSLIS.***; Use INSTALL to copy the files to your floppy. Change to a:/> (i.e.Type a: <Enter> and then run INSTALL from the floppy. Good luck with CLASSLIST. Most teachers who are using it wonder how they manage without. Description Type = Permissions The user(s) is/are permited to copy CLASSLIST files at will and use the programs upto 30 days. However continued use, requires the user(s) to pay the modist fee to acquire the necessary licence(s). The attached Vendinfo data record is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satifying all distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol GradePlus 7.11 EZ, power. grading prog. for educators Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: WILLIAM E. PEACE P.O. BOX 627 SOUTH DENNIS, MA 02660-0627 Description Type = Short Description GRADE PLUS GRADING PROG. VER 7.1 Accepts letter or numerical grades, any order, any time. Weighted or unweighted. Points, percents, or letters. Semester grades. Final exams. TEAM grades. Dozens of easy to use reports including class lists, customizable progress reports, printed gradebook, individual reports, class reports. Powerful, flexible, easy to use. Complete with users manual, demonst. files. Description Type = Long Description With the GRADE PLUS grading program for educators you will be able to easily and flexibly keep track of student progress and issue well-designed reports for student, parent, or teacher use. Easy to use pull- down menus. With GRADE PLUS, you can: - enter grades in any order at any time - enter new names or assignments at any time - use points, percents, or letter grades - get numerical or letter grade for term, semester, year - combine quarter or other period grades for year grade - choose from dozens of report options; many reports can be printed in several ways: - alphabetical class lists - ranked class lists - blank grade book sheets for record keeping - grade reports with student grades and averages - progress reports with student grades and averages - cooperative learning team reports - gradebook report with all grades for all students - summary reports with all averages for all categories for all students - summary reports: rank performance in all categories - list of students who have completed all assignments - list of assignments missing for each student - statistical analyses of individual assignments or of all assignments - list of grades or averages for any assignment - bar graphs of grades - list showing variability of grades - year long reports combining grades for each quarter or semester along with exams to show year grade - use different grading procedures for each class - mark grades so that they "don't count" - scale any or all grades - instantly set up the next quarter or semester without reentry of names - instantly average grades as they are entered - automatically save grades as you work, even if you forget - define up to ten grade categories PER CLASS - use weighted or unweighted grades - use a built in word processor to edit progress report comments section - print reports for one student or all of your classes at the same time - flexibly change any entry at any time - add or delete students quickly and easily - compare one assignment with another - enter grades as quickly as you can to a gradebook - no hunting through spreadsheets Description Type = Keywords Education, teacher utility, grading, teacher Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 Description Type = Installation Details If unzipping directly to hard drive, unzip to C:\GRPLUS\ To learn to run the program, type READNOW <enter> IF you unzip to a disk, unzip to a 3 1/2" 1.44 Meg disk. You can install from the disk to a hard drive by typing INSTALL <enter> To run the program from hard drive: CD GRPLUS <enter> GRPLUS <enter> To run the program from disk drive: GRPLUS <enter> First time users should read the information file by typing READNOW which contains more detailed startup information including installation to WINDOWS, printing of manual, setup of grade files, use of demo files. Be certain to use the SETUP section to specify DRIVE/ PATH for data before looking for sample data files! Description Type = Vendor Instructions Please do not combine the program with other programs on the same disk (except for zips). Please do not alter any files. Please inform your users that continued use of shareware requires registration or the user is in violation of copyright laws. Please charge fees only to duplicate/ship, not for software itself. I would appreciate a courtesy catalog if you list this software in a catalog. Description Type = Permissions Contents of Manual and Programs Copyright 1995 by William E. Peace. Shareware vendors and bulletin board systems may duplicate and post the software and manuals provided that fees are charged only for duplication or access, not for the rights to the software itself. Permission is hereby granted for this type of duplication. Software or manuals may not be altered in anyway except for addition of explanatory vendor files. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol Gradebook Power 4.24 Teacher's Grade Book Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TERRY L. JEPSON WISCO COMPUTING P.O. BOX 8 WISCONSIN RAPIDS, WI 54495-0008 Telephone: (715) 423-8189 Fax: (715) 423-8189 Description Type = Short Description GradeBook Power Teacher's Grade Book ver 4.24 use either 2-9 week quarters or 3-6 week terms per semester. Teacher developed. Many special options and printouts for both elementary and secondary teachers. Prints over 30 different reports for students, parents, and administrators. Many schools use the progress reports for their mid-term mailings to parents. Includes attendance and seating chart options. Constantly improved. Description Type = Long Description GradeBook Power Teacher's Grade Book ver 4.24 use either 2-9 week quarters or 3-6 week terms per semester. Teacher developed. Many special options and printouts for both elementary and secondary teachers. Prints over 30 different reports for students, parents, and administrators. Many schools use the progress reports for their mid-term mailings to parents. Includes attendance and seating chart options. Up to 15 classes of 40 students per class, and 60 assignments per term, plus optional semester exam supported. Grades can be calculated by cumulative points, weighting by categories, andweighting by terms. Letter grades, numerical grades, and special grades(Absent, Excused, Unexcused, Incomplete, Cheat, No Credit, and Checkmark) can be used. Option to use grading scale other than the standard A+ to F scale. Teacher defined grading scale. Extra Credit points easily recorded. Add general messages to all student reports and personal messages to individual reports. Optional parent signature request on forms. Elementary class summaries on one sheet. Generate missing assignment reports for one class, all classes, or one student. Creates detailed reports suitable for gluing into your gradebook. Prepares grade distributions of any assignment over several classes. Can combine classes to find student rank. Constantly improved. Description Type = Keywords Teacher Gradebook Education Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................59.00 Maximum registration price..................236.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................2.00 Europe............................3.00 Asia..............................3.00 Africa............................3.00 Pacific...........................3.00 Description Type = Installation Details ===== Installation ===================================== DIRECTIONS FOR COPYING TO THE HARD DISK USING WINDOWS 1. Go to FILE MANAGER On the left side of the screen you should see C:\ with the directories listed under the C:\ symbol. 2. Place the mouse pointer on the C:\ symbol and click once. C:\ should now be highlighted. 3. Click on the File Menu. 4. Click on Create Directory You should see a box Create Directory. At Name type C:\GRADES Click OK. If you scroll down the left side of the screen, you should see the new directory GRADES 5. Place the GRADEBOOK POWER diskette in drive A: 6. Click on the A: Drive Icon (under the Title Bar). You should see a directory for the files on the disk listed. 7. Click on the File Menu. A menu will drop down. 8. Click on Select Files. A window will appear. 9. Click on Select. Lines will appear around the file names, 10. Click on Close. The file names will appear to be colored in. 11. Click on File. A menu will drop down. 12. Click on Copy. A window will appear. In the box following TO: type C:\GRADES 13. Click OK 14. You can start Gradebook Power from FILE MANAGER On the left side of the screen you should see C:\ with the directories listed under the C:\ symbol. 15. If you scroll down the left side of the screen, you should see the directory GRADES Place the mouse pointer on the GRADES symbol and click once. GRADES should now be highlighted. 16. The Gradebook Power file names will appear on the right side of the screen. 17. Click on the filename GRADES.EXE DIRECTIONS FOR COPYING TO THE HARD DISK USING DOS 1. First Create a Subdirectory named GRADES for the program. At the DOS prompt, you will see C:\> Type MD GRADES and press Enter 2. Now you will change to the GRADES subdirectory. Type CD GRADES and press Enter Your DOS prompt now reads C:\GRADES\> 3. Now you will copy the files from the diskette to this subdirectory. Place the GRADEBOOK POWER diskette in drive A: Type COPY A:*.* and press Enter You will see a message when the copying is done. 4. Remove the diskette from the disk drive and store it in a safe place. 5. Type GRADES and press Enter to start Gradebook Power. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute WISCO Computing, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is WISCO Computing, P. O. Box 8, Wisconsin Rapids, WI 54495-0008 WISCO Computing may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to WISCO Computing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol Grading Skills Power 3.03 Grading Skills for Outcome-Based Educa Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TERRY L. JEPSON WISCO COMPUTING P.O. BOX 8 WISCONSIN RAPIDS, WI 54495-0008 Telephone: (715) 423-8189 Fax: (715) 423-8189 Description Type = Short Description Grading Skills Power for Outcome-Based Education (OBE) ver 3.03 Record student skill mastery. Reports with up to 900 skills per student can be printed. Up to 15 classes, 36 students per class, 60 skills per group. Achieved skills can be weighted, revised, dropped. Add general and personalized comments for administrators and parents. Complete attendance module. Description Type = Long Description Grading Skills Power for Outcome-Based Education (OBE) ver 3.03 Record student skill mastery. Reports with up to 900 skills per student can be printed. Up to 15 classes, 36 students per class, 60 skills per group. Achieved skills can be weighted, revised, dropped. Add general and personallized comments for administrators andparents. Complete attendance module. Seating chart support. Calculate quarter/term and semester weights based on mastery levels and skill weighting. Ideal for self-paced and regular courses. Description Type = Keywords Teacher OBE Mastery Education Outcome Description Type = Registration Details Currency in which prices are expressed......US Dollars Minimum registration price..................59.00 Maximum registration price..................236.00 Shipping: within same country...............2.00 North America.....................2.00 South America.....................2.00 Europe............................3.00 Asia..............................3.00 Africa............................3.00 Pacific...........................3.00 Description Type = Installation Details 1. Go to FILE MANAGER On the left side of the screen you should see C:\ with the directories listed under the C:\ symbol. 2. Place the mouse pointer on the C:\ symbol and click once. C:\ should now be highlighted. 3. Click on the File Menu. 4. Click on Create Directory You should see a box Create Directory. At Name type C:\SKILLS Click OK. If you scroll down the left side of the screen, you should see the new directory SKILLS 5. Place the GRADING SKILLS POWER diskette in drive A: 6. Click on the A: Drive Icon (under the Title Bar). You should see a directory for the files on the disk listed. 7. Click on the File Menu. A menu will drop down. 8. Click on Select Files. A window will appear. 9. Click on Select. Lines will appear around the file names, 10. Click on Close. The file names will appear to be colored in. 11. Click on File. A menu will drop down. 12. Click on Copy. A window will appear. In the box following TO: type C:\SKILLS 13. Click OK 14. You can start GRADING SKILLS POWER from FILE MANAGER On the left side of the screen you should see C:\ with the directories listed under the C:\ symbol. 15. If you scroll down the left side of the screen, you should see the directory SKILLS Place the mouse pointer on the SKILLS symbol and click once. SKILLS should now be highlighted. 16. The GRADING SKILLS POWER file names will appear on the right side of the screen. 17. Click on the filename SKILLS.EXE DIRECTIONS FOR COPYING TO THE HARD DISK USING DOS 1. First Create a Subdirectory named SKILLS for the program. At the DOS prompt, you will see C:\> Type MD SKILLS and press Enter 2. Now you will change to the SKILLS subdirectory. Type CD SKILLS and press Enter Your DOS prompt now reads C:\SKILLS\> 3. Now you will copy the files from the diskette to this subdirectory. Place the GRADING SKILLS POWER diskette in drive A: Type COPY A:*.* and press Enter You will see a message when the copying is done. 4. Remove the diskette from the disk drive and store it in a safe place. 5. Type SKILLS and press Enter to start GRADING SKILLS POWER. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute WISCO Computing, completely unaltered, without further permission...; for other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is WISCO Computing, P. O. Box 8, Wisconsin Rapids, WI 54495-0008 WISCO Computing may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to WISCO Computing. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol Kinder-Cartoon 1.0 Kinder-Carton: - a "carton-full" Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: VICKI WATSON KIDSTUFF SOFTWARE 6490 DUBOIS RD. LEWIS CENTER, OH 43035 Telephone: 614-548-5043 Description Type = Short Description Kinder-Carton: - a "carton-full" of 27 phonics, math, and logic activities for the advanced preschooler to second grader. The program utilizes colorful VGA graphics, and voice files for the names and sounds of each letter of the alphabet, twenty six blends and digraphs, as well as the numbers from zero to one hundred. Description Type = Long Description Kinder-Carton contains a "carton-full" of 27 phonics, math, and logic activities for the advanced preschooler to second grader. The program utilizes colorful VGA graphics, and voice files for the names and sounds of each letter of the alphabet, twenty six blends and digraphs, as well as the numbers from zero to one hundred. Phonics activities include: Letter Matching, Letter Sequencing, Alphabet Book, I Spy, Blends & Digraphs, Rhyming Words, 3 Letter Words, Amazing Words, and Word Race. Math and Logic activities include: Lasso Count, Ordinal Numbers, Greater Than/Less Than/Equal To, Manipulative Add and Subtract, Hundred Board Add and Subtract, Arrows, Count Down, Missing Numbers, Skip Count, Guess Number, Number Line Add and Subtract, Number Problems, Mazes, Nim, Tic Tac Toe, Box Game, and Patterns. Description Type = Keywords EDUCATION, PHONICS, MATH, LOGIC Description Type = Registration Details $20.00 Receive all the voice files for the names and sounds of each letter of the alphabet, twenty six blends and digraphs, as well as the numbers from zero to one hundred. Most current version at the time of registration. Support via phone or mail. Notification of and discounts on program upgrades. Removal of the shareware screens. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol TeacherWorks Grades 4.05C Gradebook for Teachers Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: RONALD N. GROUT R & G SOFTWARE 599 E. WRIGHT HEMET, CA 92543 Telephone: 909-925-4185 Description Type = Short Description The TeacherWorks Gradebook is for teachers who want to do it their way. TeacherWorks lets people use their favorite type of grading system, not conform to a grading method understood by a programmer. Requiring a minimum of keystrokes, the program tackles classes of up to sixty students, with teachers able to grade by points or grade averages, using either letter or number grades. Description Type = Long Description The TeacherWorks Gradebook is for teachers who want to do it their way. TeacherWorks lets people use their favorite type of grading system, not conform to a grading method understood by a programmer. Requiring a minimum of keystrokes, the program tackles classes of up to sixty students. TeacherWorks lets teachers grade by points or grade averages, using either letter or numeric grades. With a maximum of 240 grades per semester per student, teachers can weight grades within six categories and give extra credit. Calculated grades can be adjusted for the student who really worked but barely missed achieving. The teacher can edit one grade or the whole class on a single screen, adding grades in any order. Complete student records can be displayed and edited. Student records can be formatted and printed out to meet the requirements of most districts. Students and their records can be transferred between classes. You can use quarterly, trimester or year round grading. Grades can be calculated by what the student has been assigned, so new check-ins are not penalized for grades they missed--unless you choose to do so. Class, student and individual grades can be scanned. Class grade averages are generated. Students are automatically assigned ID numbers which can be changed later. Grade printouts can be done by ID numbers to protect student anonymity. These ID numbvers may be changed. TeacherWorks includes a progress report facility which is customizable by the user. Teachers may Grade by letter or number using grade totaling or grade averaging. Each class may have up to 60 students, with a maximum of 10 classes per data directory. Data can be stored on any drive or directory, with the ability to move between those directories as needed. Each student may have up to 240 assignments per semester. Files are dBase III compatible. Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details This program has come in an archived format, so you must run the install program if you expect it to work properly. You may quit the install program at any time by pressing the <CTRL> key and <C>. The TeacherWorks Gradebook Program comes on a 3.5" or 5.25" floppy disk. Place this disk in drive A: or B:. Log onto the drive that the disk is in type INSTALL , and press the <ENTER> key. You will be asked to type the drive that holds the install program. Type the letter followed by a colon (:). If you placed the disk in drive A, type A: and press <ENTER>. If the disk is in drive B, use B: as your default. Next you will be asked what drive you are installing to. Once again, type the destination drive followed by a colon. The destination drive may be a Fixed (Hard) disk and you must have at least one megabyte of free space on the disk. If using 360K floppies, you will need three disks, one to boot with, one to use while the program is running, and a third to use as a data disk. If installing to a hard drive, after selecting your destination disk drive, you will be asked to select a subdirectory on which to store the program. Type in a directory name of eight letters or less. The install program will create the directory if it does not already exist. After you have made these selections, the install program will take over and copy the included programs, unarchiving those files that must be unarchived. <InstallationInstructionsEnd> Description Type = Vendor Instructions The ZIP file GRADEBK.ZIP can be extracted to 360K, 1.22 or 1.44 meg floppies and includes an install program that copies the files over to the hard drive and unarchives two self extracting files. The install program must be on the root directory of the floppy to work correctly. If choosing not to use the install program, create a program directory on the hard drive where the program is to be stored, copy over the files and and run them to unarchive GRADES1.EXE and GRADES2.EXE, then erase the those two .EXE files. The live program, GB.EXE will run as is, but for it to work, the dBASE files must be on the same directory. After starting the program, the data may be stored on any other directory or drive. Description Type = Permissions Shareware vendors have the permission of R & G Software to copy and distribute this program as long as they follow the accepted standards of Shareware publishing, charging only a resonable fee for duplication and distribution purposes. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol Test Maker 2.2 Multi-media multiple choice test maker Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: INTELLIGENT EDUCATIONAL SOFTWR P.O. BOX 11282 SPRING, TX 77391-1282 Telephone: 713-251-7517 Description Type = Short Description TestMaker v2.2 - Multi-media Test Maker. Create Multiple Choice Tests with up to 250 Questions by placing simple Commands in a text file. Add Voice, Graphics, Music and HyperText. Present in any language and record results to printer or disk. Perfect tool for Computer Based Training. Compatible with Windows and SoundBlaster. Requires Harddisk and Color Monitor. Shareware from I.E.S. - $39.50 plus s/h. Description Type = Long Description TestMaker enables you to create Multi-media multiple choice Tests by placing simple Commands in a standard text (ASCII) file. The text file can be typed in or scanned in from other sources. The simple Commands give you total flexibility. You can record scores to disk or printer, incorporate Graphics, Voice and Music, display Tests in any language, customize your tests with your own logo and much more. Voice files can be recorded with Soundblaster and added to your tests. TestMaker and the tests it creates are Windows compatible. Registered Users will receive a free Icon Editor to enable them to create their own Windows Icons for their Tests. Because of its flexibility, TestMaker can be used to create practice tests which can be converted with a single Command to final tests where the scores are recorded and can be printed out for later analysis or for filing as hard-copy records. Tests are also protected so that those you produce cannot be altered by others, even if they have a copy of TestMaker. Description Type = Registration Details TestMaker costs $39.50 plus $6.00 Domestic (US/CAN) shipping and handling or $10.00 for International. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol TestMaker (Win 3.1) 1.0 Create a computerized test without pro Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: TERRY WILKINS 6112 STEEPLECHASE LANE SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84121-2038 Description Type = Short Description Here is the first release of the TestMaker. Now you can create a test to run as a Windows program without having to learn to write Windows programs. Merely type your questions and answers into the new TestMaker program and it automatically creates your computer administered test. Good for school teachers, personnel people, psychologists, employment agencies, admissions officers. Use for employment screening, job training. Description Type = Keywords test, education, assessment, testing Description Type = Registration Details $20 Description Type = Installation Details Installation instructions in file TESTMAKE.TXT Description Type = Permissions no restrictions CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol The progress report SHAREWARE Creates Student Progress Reports Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ARNOLD STRICKMAN A. P. SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 205 WESTFORD, MA 01886 Telephone: (508) 692-3726 Fax: (508) 692-3726 Description Type = Short Description It allows the teacher to create detailed progress reports, for all his/her students, to be sent home to parents. Reports are both positive and negative. Description Type = Long Description The Progress Report is an easy to use tool for creating, saving, printing and retrieving student progress reports. It is designed to be used by the classroom teacher with up to 5 different classes of 36 students each. A teacher enters his/her own particular data, classes are created, and student names are entered. A set of progress reports for that class is created and saved. The set may be printed out in its entirety, or as individual reports. Each class can have up to 8 different sets of reports. There is a selection of 28 preinstalled comments, both positive and negative. One additional individualized comment may be entered for each student. Up to 8 individual grades may be entered and averaged. The registered version contains the ability to change the preinstalled comments, enter up to 3 different sets of grades, with a weighted average, and get summary reports for the teachers records. Description Type = Keywords Education, Teacher Tools Description Type = Registration Details $35 US Funds Description Type = Installation Details No special instructions. The following files are necessary for operation: TPR3SW.EXE, TPR3.DAT CLASS1, CLASS1.R1 to CLASS1.R8 CLASS2, CLASS2.R1 to CLASS2.R8 CLASS3, CLASS3.R1 to CLASS3.R8 CLASS4, CLASS4.R1 to CLASS4.R8 CLASS5, CLASS5.R1 to CLASS5.R8 Description Type = Vendor Instructions No special instructions Description Type = Permissions No restrictions CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol VAR Grade for Windws 1.01 VAR Grade for Windows Grade prgm v1.01 Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=Yes OTH=No Author Information: DENNIS REVIE VARED SOFTWARE 1490 CALLE FIDELIDAD THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91360-6819 Telephone: (805) 523-7546 Description Type = Short Description VAR Grade for Windows Grade prgm v1.01A <ASP> Extremely flexible grading and attendance program. Plots, statistics, seating charts, numerous printouts, database items, sections, unlimited students and tasks. You can weight, average, discard, sum, and require tasks (assignments). It has complete analysis tools, including statistics, plots, and ways to modify grades. Description Type = Long Description Since 1988, VAR Grade has been hailed as the most flexible, complete, and capable grading program available. VAR Grade for Windows has now been released. Like VAR Grade, it allows you to grade, record attendance, and do seating charts for your classes. In addition, it is a true Windows program. This is a complete system, and will do just about anything that you need to do. In particular, it will allow you to grade, analyze, and print grades and attendance, do seating charts, and have database items. Below is a list of some of the numerous features of the program. In general, the program allows an almost unlimited number of students, grades, attendance, database items, reports, and analyses. You can: Have up to 16000 students. Group students into an unlimited number of sections. Have up to 2000 assignments (tasks). Use letter and/or number grades. Weight, sum, average, discard, or require tasks. You can have extra credit tasks. Have up to 4 different grading systems per class. Have up to 240 attendance days. Use attendance to help determine grades. Have up to 12 categories of attendance. Have up to 2 seating charts per group of students. Have up to 200 database items such as addresses, year in school, gender, or other types of data. Have an unlimited number of classes. Plot any task, either by student or by class. Correlate any two tasks. Calculate statistics on any task, and even assign the values to another task. This includes t-scores, z-scores, and percentiles. Plot trends in scores for a student. Calculate whatifs for a student (what they need for to obtain each possible grade). Sort students by name, ID, section, task scores, or database items. Export and import students and grades. Print data by individual student and by groups of students. Write your own printouts. Translate all printing text into any language. AND MUCH MORE! Note: You should install VAR Grade for Windows with INSTALL.EXE. Installation without INSTALL will prevent some features from working correctly. Description Type = Keywords Grades; Attendance; Seating charts; Plots; Statistics; Database items Description Type = Registration Details 50.00-60.00 (US) Description Type = Installation Details You should use INSTALL.EXE to install: 1) Have a hard disk with 4 megabytes available. 2) Put the disk into drive A. 3) When in Program Manager, select "File", then "Run". 4) Type "A:INSTALL". Then just follow the directions. Note: You may have to unzip INSTALL.EXE from VGW10.ZIP or VGW.ZIP. You do so by using PKUNZIP as follows: A) When in Program Manager, select "File", then "Run". B) Type "PKUNZIP VGW10 INSTALL.EXE" or "PKUNZIP VGW INSTALL.EXE". C) Follows steps 3 and 4, above. The installation will work if the ZIP file is named VGW10.ZIP or VGW.ZIP. The installation will also work if the files are unzipped in a temporary directory, as long as all the files are in that directory. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute VAR Grade for Windows, completely unaltered, without further permission: All ASP approved distributors. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the VAR Grade for Windows package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is VARed Software, 1490 Calle Fidelidad, Thousand Oaks, CA 91360-6819, USA. VARed Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to VARed Software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION TeachTol VAR Grading Program 6.03 VAR Grade Grading program v6.03A <ASP> Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: DENNIS REVIE VARED SOFTWARE 1490 CALLE FIDELIDAD THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91360-6819 Telephone: (805) 523-7546 Description Type = Short Description VAR Grade Grading program v6.03A <ASP> Extremely flexible grading and attendance program. Plots, statistics, seating charts, numerous printouts, database items, sections, unlimited students and tasks. You can weight, average, discard, sum, and require tasks (assignments). It has complete analysis tools, including statistics, plots, and ways to modify grades. Mouse enabled. Description Type = Long Description Since 1988, VAR Grade has been hailed as the most flexible, complete, and capable grading program available. It allows you to grade, record attendance, and do seating charts for your classes. This is a complete system, and will do just about anything that you need to do. In particular, it will allow you to grade, analyze, and print grades and attendance, do seating charts, and have database items. Below is a list of some of the numerous features of the program. In general, the program allows an almost unlimited number of students, grades, attendance, database items, reports, and analyses. You can: Have up to 16000 students. Group students into an unlimited number of sections. Have up to 2000 assignments (tasks). Use letter and/or number grades. Weight, sum, average, discard, or require tasks. You can have extra credit tasks. Have up to 4 different grading systems per class. Have up to 240 attendance days. Use attendance to help determine grades. Have up to 12 categories of attendance. Have up to 2 seating charts per group of students. Have up to 200 database items such as addresses, year in school, gender, or other types of data. Have an unlimited number of classes. Plot any task, either by student or by class. Correlate any two tasks. Calculate statistics on any task, and even assign the values to another task. This includes t-scores, z-scores, and percentiles. Plot trends in scores for a student. Calculate whatifs for a student (what they need for to obtain each possible grade). Sort students by name, ID, section, task scores, or database items. Export and import students and grades. Print data by individual student and by groups of students. Write your own printouts. Translate all printing text into any language. AND MUCH MORE! Description Type = Keywords Grades; Attendance; Seating charts; Plots; Description Type = Installation Details If VAR Grade is on a disk: 1) Have a hard disk with 2 megabytes available, or two floppy disks with at least 720K available on each. 2) Put the disk into drive A. 3) Type "A:INSTALL". Then just follow the directions. If VAR Grade has been downloaded: 1) Type "PKUNZIP VARG60 INSTALL.EXE". (If the ZIP file has another name than VARG60.ZIP, rename it to VARG60.ZIP). 2) Type "INSTALL", then follow the directions. Note: If you have already unzipped it, INSTALL will still work. Description Type = Permissions The following may distribute VAR Grade, completely unaltered, without further permission: All ASP approved distributors. For other cases or to distribute in modified form, you must consult the attached data record, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Any distribution satisfying all the distribution requirements expressed in that data record is hereby authorized. Permission to distribute the VAR Grade package is not transferable, assignable, saleable, or franchisable. Each vendor wishing to distribute the package must independently satisfy the terms of this limited distribution license. U.S. Government Information: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government of the computer software and documentation in this package shall be subject to the restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software as set forth in subdivision (b)(3)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013 (DFARS 52.227-7013). The Contractor/manufacturer is VARed Software, 1490 Calle Fidelidad, Thousand Oaks, CA 91360-6819, USA. VARed Software may revoke any permissions granted here, by notifying you in writing. All rights not expressly granted here are reserved to VARed Software. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial 123-Talk 3.0 Talking teacher teaches math concepts Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ORLANDO DARE DAREWARE INC. 3005 GLENMORE AVE. BALTIMORE, MD 21214 Telephone: 800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description 123-TALK VERSION 3.0 <ASP> TALKING NUMBERS, COUNTING AND MATH- 123-TALK is a TALKING educational game for children 1 thru 8 years. This package will teach your child counting and basic math. The speech output will play thru the PC speaker (excellent quality). Lead your child into the next century with 123-TALK. Education - Language DAREWARE INC. Description Type = Long Description 123-TALK was designed to be an both interactive and creative. This is not the usual type of educational program. This program was created with the concept of having the computer talk to your child to teach them the basics of talking, numbers, counting, addition, subtraction and use of a computer. The object of 123-TALK is to teach children by talking to them: to teach them to say numbers, count, add, subtract and interact with a computer. 123-TALK will teach children ages 1-4 to say the numbers 1 thru 10 and to find numbers on the keyboard. They will also learn to sing the 123 SONG. 123-TALK will teach children ages 4-7 to count, add and subtract. They will also learn to draw with EASY DRAW II. Your child will love the stunning graphics in this package. This program will work with any IBM-PC compatible computer and any type of graphic system, with an EGA/VGA graphics card giving the best results. If you find this educational program beneficial and entertaining to your child, Please register your shareware. When you register, you will receive the latest version of 123-TALK with new features, along with a free second program! Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details We recommend that you run this package from your hard drive and that you have an EGA/VGA graphics card and monitor. System requirements are: o 512K of memory; o Any graphics card and monitor; Optional mouse for easy draw II. Proceed as follows If you have a FLOPPY based system. Insert the disk into the A drive, then log onto the A drive, by typing and entering A: Then to start the program, type and enter 123-TALK From that point, follow the on-screen instructions or tap Esc key to exit. * HARD DRIVE INSTALLATION ----------------------- To install ABC-TALK on the C drive, insert the ABC-TALK disk in the A drive and type at the dos prompt (A>): INSTALLC * Advanced installation (try this if you have problems) --------------------- If you have a hard drive system, insert the disk into your A drive then make a subdirectory on your hard drive, by typing and entering C: MD\ 123-TALK Then log onto the 123-TALK subdirectory, by typing and entering CD\ 123-TALK Then copy all the files on this disk to the 123-TALK subdirectory on your hard drive by typing and entering COPY A:*.* Then to start the program, type and enter 123-TALK From that point, follow the on-screen instructions or tap Esc key to exit. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial 123-Talk/sound board Talking teacher teaches math concepts Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ORLANDO DARE DAREWARE INC. 3005 GLENMORE AVE. BALTIMORE, MD 21214 Telephone: 800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description 123-TALK for SOUND BOARDS is an educational program for children age 1-8. Your child will learn to say the NUMBERS, COUNTING, ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, DRAWING, SINGING and much more. Learning is lots of fun with this interactive talking program with REAL HUMAN SPEECH. Lead your child into the next century with this package. ** RECOMMENDED ** You can add your voice to this program.-WOW- PC SPEAKER version is also available. <ASP> Description Type = Long Description 123-TALK is a fabulous TALKING TEACHER with real human speech that helps children (age 1-7) learn how to SAY NUMBERS, COUNTING, REMEMBER PHONE NUMBERS, ADDITION, SUBTRACTION, and much more. 123-TALK Also included the 123 SONG, ALLURING COLORFUL GRAPHICS and EASY DRAW II, to help bring out your child's creativity. Excellent female speech quality that works thru your SOUND BOARD speaker. This program will give your children a great deal of ENCOURAGEMENT TO LEARN, when a question is answered correctly, 123-TALK will say supportive comments (way to go, great, excellent, super duper, very good, and more). Your child's IMAGINATION WILL GROW, when they watch the colorful kaleidoscopes and collages in action - and they are fun to watch !!!! * A TALKING TEACHER with real HUMAN SPEECH. * Run MANUAL.EXE for a detailed description of this NEW EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM. * SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: 512K memory, one floppy disk and any graphic monitor (hard drive and EGA/VGA recommended). Optional MOUSE for EASY DRAW II. * Type "RUNME" to start the program. * The best way to teach a child, IS TO TALK TO THEM. * PC SPEAKER version available. DareWare Inc. 3005 Glenmore Ave. Baltimore, MD 21214 (410) 665-0193 ASP MEMBER Description Type = Keywords TALKING EDUCATIONAL GAMES KIDS MATH SPEECH SOUND BLASTER Description Type = Registration Details $25.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type "RUNME" to start the program. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Basic Algebra 2.0 Learn Algebra tutorial Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: INTELLIGENT EDUCATIONAL SOFTWR P.O. BOX 11282 SPRING, TX 77391-1282 Telephone: 713-251-7517 Description Type = Short Description Basic Algebra v2.0 - Fundamental Concepts of Algebra - Numbers, Fractions and Equations. Combines Artificial Intelligence with CBT. The AI algorithm becomes an Electronic Tutor which monitors performance and guides you through the course. If you hate Algebra but have to learn it, this is the program for you. Has an anti-virus selfcheck. Requires Harddisk, Color Monitor, and 512K Memory. Windows Compatible. Shareware $19.50. Description Type = Registration Details $19.50. Description Type = Installation Details Installing Basic Algebra in Windows. Basic Algebra is a DOS program but it is fully compatible with Microsoft Windows. It uses the ICT Icon in the ICT.ICO file. To install Basic Algebra on the Windows desktop, activate the Program Group in which you want to include it. Then using Program Manager, choose Files, then New, then click on Program Item. This brings up the Program Item Properties box. Enter Basic Algebra as the Description and in the Command Line slot enter C:\ICT\BASICALG.EXE (if you unpacked the program to the C:\ICT directory). Now choose Change Icon. You will be told that there are No Icons Available. Click on OK, and when you reach the Icon box type in C:\ICT\ICT.ICO for the filename. Click on the OK Button then click again on the OK Button in the Properties box. The ICT icon will now be associated with Basic Algebra whenever the Program Manager starts up, and it can be launched by double-clicking on the icon. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Flashmath for Win95 4.0 Full-featured Math Flashcard Program Filter: DOS=No WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE COLE 221 SW. 153RD ST. SUITE 428 SEATTLE, WA 98166 Telephone: 206-246-0467 Description Type = Short Description Flashmath for Windows 95 v4.0 - A full-featured math flash cards program which is very easy to use. Features include setting of limits to focus on specific areas of study, a complete testing module, and sound capability. Very easy to get started. This is a 32 bit application. Author George Cole Description Type = Long Description Flashmath for Windows 95 v4.0 - A full-featured math flash cards program which is very easy to use. Features include setting of limits to focus on specific areas of study, a complete testing module, and sound capability. Very easy to get started. This is a 32 bit application. Author George Cole CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Flashmath for Window 3.0 A multi-featured math flashcard progra Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE COLE 221 SW. 153RD ST. SUITE 428 SEATTLE, WA 98166 Telephone: 206-246-0467 Description Type = Short Description ***** Flashmath for Windows 3.0 ********** A multi-featured math flashcard program. This program is extremely easy to use, but very powerful. Testing is built in as is sound. Limits can be set to focus on selected areas of study. 16 or 256 color background pictures can be loaded. Created with teachers and parents in mind. Requires Windows 3.1 or higher Description Type = Keywords Windows flashcards educational children math CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial GEN7 w/Child's Tutor 1.97 GEN7 Desktop with Children's Tutors. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: GEORGE FREAS II SYNERGISTIC CONSULTANTS, INC. P.O. BOX 18888 HUNTSVILLE, AL 35804-8888 Telephone: (800) 828-8384 Fax: (205) 539-1757 Description Type = Short Description An Icon driven interface similar to many Graphical Environments. A File manager is included that allows file related oper- ations. On screen clock, calculator and calendar are provided, with printer support. A DOS gate and the ability to assign an external program to an icon is provided. Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs. Options allow the addition of voice output for feedback. Description Type = Long Description Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Product Descriptions: March, 1994 Features of GEN7 Desktop Environment: Graphics Desktop to accompany the functions found in the other products offered. Icon driven interface similar to many popular Graphical Environments. a) Copy, delete or create files and subdirectories. b) Format disks and perform other utilities. b) On screen clock. c) On screen alarm and calendar. d) Built-in printer support functions. e) Exit to DOS and execute commands. f) Internal or External editor. g) Music may be played in the background from a selection of songs in the database. h) A software lock prevents accidents. Application modules available now: a) Accounting Module integrated into the calendar function that keeps track of up to 4 different banking accounts. Auto debts and credits along with manual debts and credits are supported. Account balances are updated when appropriate. New credits or debts appear when the Desktop is started if they have been configured to alert the owner that day. Five digit check numbers and the ability to make transactions that recur on a weekly, biweekly or monthly basis are standard features. b) Children's tutors: i) Math tutor for children. ii) Clock tutor for children. c) Song Database: Over thirty songs to choose from instead of the usual dozen. d) Bible Study: i) New Testament version with Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. ii) Old Testament version with Genesis, Exodus and Leviticus. Both have data sets that fit on one 360K diskette. One dozen hymns may be chosen from a menu to play in the background. No registration fee for these two. e) Daily Verse: Each day a new verse is displayed on the screen when the Desktop is started. This is a standard feature, but it cannot be custom configured unless registered. f) A Voice module data is available to add close to forty voices and sounds for audible feedback. The clock and calculator speak, and errors are announced with this. Product Pricing and Availability: GEN7 Desktop: Evaluation Disks: $5 each. GEN7 Desktop (required): $10.00 Accountant Module: $10.00 Children's Tutors: $10.00 Song Database: $10.00 Voice Module Data: $10.00 All Five: $45.00 More than one subtract $ 5.00 GEN7 Desktop Manual: $ 5.00 Allow up to 6 weeks delivery after registration. Evaluation Disks available sooner. Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Department PD-0294 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Notes: Turbo PASCAL is a Trademark of Borland International. Quick PASCAL is a Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. IBM is a Trademark of International Business Machines Incorporated. UNIX is a Trademark of Bell Laboratories. Windows is a registered Trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Description Type = Keywords GUI, EDITOR, FILE MANAGER, ACCOUNTING, MUSIC, TUTORIALS, VOICE, ALARMS, CALENDAR, CLOCK, CALCULATOR, SOFTWARE LOCK, CONTEXT SENSITIVE HELP, DAILY QUOTES, ICONS, PASSWORDS Description Type = Registration Details $10.00 Description Type = Installation Details Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Vendor Instructions Welcome!!! March, 1994 Instructions on using the Distributor's Disk: The disk enclosed is a High Density disk with the following programs on it: 0. The GEN7 Desktop with File Manager. These programs run within the GEN7 GUI: 1. Children's Tutors TU 2. Accountant Module AC 3. Song DataBase SO 4. Old Testament Bible Study OT 5. New Testament Bible Study NT 6. Voice Module Data VO The GEN7 Desktop program (0) is used with each of the others (1-6), but the data sets are different. Each program should be in a separate directory. Note that these are programs for evaluation, and run separately, so each directory will have the GEN7 Desktop within it also. Note also that the programs may be run with only one copy of GEN7 after the separate modules are registered. The execption is the Voice data, it may run with any of the others. To install the programs type: s:INSTALL s: d: \directory Where s: is the source disk drive where the distributor's disk resides, d: is the destination disk drive where you wish to run the program, and \directory is the desired destination directory. The disk must be one created with the MAKEDIST.BAT file described below. Note the spaces between the parameters. Example: a:INSTALL a: c: \TEST Installs the program on drive a: to drive c: in directory C:\TEST. The file: CONTENTS.FIL describes all the files in the distribution. Another batch file is included that will build a distribution disk (or directory). Note that the INSTALL.BAT is intended for the end user. The syntax of the command is the same, except the 'program' parameter: s:MAKEDIST s: d: \directory program The 'program' parameter is one of the two character designators described above. Example: c:MAKEDIST c: a: \ AC This command readies a diskette or directory with the specified program's self-extracting archive and install batch file. In the example, the Accountant Module and related files are copied from drive C: to drive A: into directory A:\ (the root directory). Now the diskette in drive A: may be used to INSTALL the Accountant Module. Some programs require two diskettes (watch for this message). Note that the file: GEN7HD16.EXE is the help data files for the GEN7 Desktop, and is required to run the desktop. Please make sure this file is included in any disks you ship. The GEN7G16.EXE file fits on one disk, but the GEN7HD16.EXE could not fit on it also. Please have a good time with this software, and register! These programs are copyrighted by: Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 1-800-828-8384 CompuServe ID: 71232, 257 Description Type = Permissions George W. Freas II, March, 1993 President, Synergistic Consultants, Incorporated Post Office Box 18888 Huntsville, AL 35804-8888 Phone: (205) 539-1757 Toll Free: 1-800-828-8384 Dear Shareware Distributor: Please find enclosed one copy of the GEN7 Desktop Distributor's disk. This disk contains five applications: GEN7 Desktop with Children's Tutor, Song Database, Old Testament Bible Study, New Testament Bible Study, and Voice Module Data. These are Shareware evaluation programs. You may already have older version in your library (this is version 1.6). The Bible Study programs do not require registration. Attached sheets describe the distributor's disk and products. This software is not crippled, and there are reminders only upon exit. These programs require an IBM PC compatible with mouse and EGA/VGA video adapters and 512K of memory. The GEN7 Desktop has a file manager and graphical user interface that is icon driven. This letter gives the distributor right to distribute these programs in an unmodified form, for a nominal duplication fee. Note that each of the above programs require GEN7G16.EXE as well as one data set (GEN7??16.EXE) to operate (do not distribute any less). Please direct any questions or comments to the address or phone number above. Thank you for your time. Sincerely, George W. Freas II CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Jurassic Spelling 2.0 Another VGA spelling program Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ORLANDO DARE DAREWARE INC. 3005 GLENMORE AVE. BALTIMORE, MD 21214 Telephone: 800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description JURASSIC SPELLING, V2.0 <ASP> A fantastic new spelling program that really talks! It features sound-board or PC speaker support and high resolution graphics. You can use the existing word files or enter your own words -- up to 500 of your own word files. Get visual and/or aural rewards for correct responses. Lots of fun! Requires DOS 2.1+, 640K RAM, and VGA. Description Type = Long Description This program was designed not only to help children with their spelling homework but to teach other subjects at the same time. As a reward for spelling words correctly you may receive visual, voice, and/or musical reinforcements depending on how you choose the settings. The visual/graphical rewards are also educational. This program comes with one subject area for visual rewards but others are available. After you have more than one subject installed you can change the subject using the Visual Rewards menu. With this program you can enter your own spelling homework or use one of the already existing word files. After you create the files you can delete, modify, edit, or add new words to them. Each time you add more words using the NEW SPELLING HOMEWORK option you have the option of saving the words in an existing file. If you choose to do this, the words will be stored in two places -- in a file with a SPL (Last Spelling Homework) extension and the name you specified, and they will be added to the end of a similar file with a SPO (Old Spelling Homework) extension. Therefore, the old spelling homework file will contain all the spelling homework you entered under a particular file name. It's size will continue to increase as more new spelling homework words are entered. Each child in your family can have his/her own set of spelling word files. There is a limit of 100 spelling word files. Description Type = Registration Details $19 or $29 to get additional subject files. Description Type = Installation Details Type GO Description Type = Vendor Instructions This is Jurassic Spelling 2.0. The authors are, Dr. Andrew Motes, and Orlando Dare. Both are members of the Association of Shareware Professionals and the Educational Software Cooperative. This is copyrighted software and not freeware. Shareware vendors have permission to distribute diskettes or CD-ROMs with this software copied onto them through their catalogs, BBS's or store racks. Rack shareware vendors must pay the authors at least a 10 cent royalty per disk sold. This is not payment for the software but for the right to copy the software onto the disk. Vendors must tell their customers that they are purchasing the disk and not the software. This software can only be purchased directly from the author or from an authorized dealer. Vendors may delete this file before distributing this software to customers. The following is a one-line description of this software. A delightful children's spelling program that provides visual and aural rewards. The following is a one-paragraph descripton. A fantastic new spelling program that really talks! It features sound-board or PC speaker support and high resolution graphics. You can use the existing word files or enter your own words -- up to 500 of your own word files. Get visual and/or aural rewards for correct responses. Lots of fun! The hardware and software requirements are: Requires 640K RAM, VGA and DOS 2.1+. Registration: For $19 the customer gets a license to use Jurasic Spelling on one computer and a separate program for recording VOC word files. For $29 he/she will also receive two additional visual subject files. Of course, technical support is always also available to registered owners. Update notices will also be sent. This program should consist of 122 files when unzipped. You may also delete this VENDOR.DOC before distributing to your customers. The tunes, used for rewards, where chosen because they are not copyrighted (public domain) and have unknown authors. If you know otherwise please let me know. I'll remove them immediately. Note to BBSs: Please use the file name J_SPL20.ZIP for the zipped file. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Learn U.S. Geography 2.2 Highly effective way to learn U.S. Geo Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: VICKI WATSON KIDSTUFF SOFTWARE 6490 DUBOIS RD. LEWIS CENTER, OH 43035 Telephone: 614-548-5043 Description Type = Short Description If You Want to Learn U.S. Geography - 11 highly effective activities teach states, capitals, regions, flags, and more! VGA graphics, high quality speech, and full mouse support. Description Type = Long Description "If You Want To Learn U.S. Geography You Gotta Have This Program!" is the solution to the problems today's students (and adults!) have with geography. The 11 activities of USGEO will soon transform even the most geographically illiterate into a geography wizard. The program effectively utilizes colorful VGA graphics, speech, and music. Hear the state and capital names spoken! The following activities are included with the program: 1. Color the Geographic Regions; 2. A geography Quiz including State Information and Attractions, Major Cities, and Professional Sports Teams; 3. Match Capitals to states on the map; 4. Select Matching Capitals from a list; 5. A Slap Jack Card Game to match States and Capitals, or States and Nicknames; 6. Match the State Flag to the correct state; 7. Display State Information such as State Bird, Flower, Tree, Song, Motto, etc.; 8. Select a state from the map when given its Bordering States; 9. Match the State Names to states on the map; 10. Select Matching State Names from a list; 11. Put together an electronic puzzle map of the U.S.A. by moving the states with the mouse to their appropriate locations. Description Type = Registration Details $15.00 Registered users receive the sound files for all state and capital names. (Shareware version provides 10 states and their capitals). Speech Option enabled in all activities. Most current version at the time of registration. Support via phone or mail. Notification of and discounts on program upgrades. Removal of the shareware screens. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial MULTIMEDIA MAKER 2.5 Create your own presentations. Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: ORLANDO DARE DAREWARE INC. 3005 GLENMORE AVE. BALTIMORE, MD 21214 Telephone: 800-327-3929 Fax: 401-665-0193 Description Type = Short Description MULTIMEDIA MAKER will allow you to create custom presentations, advertising, tests, tutorials, courseware authoring, reports, school projects and much more. With this package you can combine real human SPEECH, and MUSIC with high resolution IMAGES (up to SVGA). Use this package to create your own custom AUDIO/VIDEO SHOWS on any subject, place, product or procedure. Now with Sound Blaster support. ASP Description Type = Long Description MULTIMEDIA MAKER is a new business and educational tool that has endless potential. This package will allow you to create your custom presentations, advertising, demos, tutorials, courseware authoring, tests, reports, school projects and much more. With this package you can combine real human SPEECH, MUSIC and sound effects with high resolution IMAGES (up to SVGA). Use this package to create your own custom AUDIO/VIDEO SHOWS on any subject, place, product or procedure you desire. Description Type = Registration Details $79.00 Description Type = Installation Details Type INSTALL Description Type = Vendor Instructions The shareware version of Multimedia Maker may be distributed, as long as the following restrictions are observed: 1. Multimedia Maker must be distributed in its entirety and without any modifications. 2. Multimedia Maker is NOT to be used as an enticement to purchase another product without prior written permission from DareWare Inc. 3. Multimedia Maker cannon be rented or leased. 4. Multimedia Maker may not be distributed by any for-profit entity which does not disclose the following points in their literature: a. The cost paid for the evaluation shareware disks is to cover the disk vendor's distribution and marketing costs, and does not cover the cost of the software. b. Additional payment to the author is required if the user continues to use a shareware program beyond the 30 day evaluation period. These restrictions apply to anyone who wishes to distribute Multimedia Maker, including commercial disk vendors, BBS operators, user groups, or individuals. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE TO DISK VENDORS -------------------- If you wish to include Multimedia Maker in your catalog, and would like pictures of the screen, this package has several bit-map screen images in PCX format. Alternatively, feel free to capture your own screen images directly from the program. Multimedia Maker comes on two disks, and it includes an INSTALL program. If you did NOT received your disks directly from us, please ensure that you have all the files. The files that make up Multimedia Maker are listed at the end of this file. Suggested one-liner: -------------------- Use this package to create presentations, tutorials and talking shows. (ASP) Suggested two-liner: -------------------- Use this package to create your own presentations, tutorials, talking slide shows, tests, advertising. Supports Sound Blaster - Shareware (ASP) Suggested six-liner: -------------------- Multimedia Maker is a new business and educational tool that has endless potential. Imagine turning dull meetings and boring classrooms into show-stopping presentations and tutorials, complete with speech, music, special effects and high quality graphic images. You can use this package to create your own custom AUDIO/VIDEO SHOWS on any subject, place, product or procedure you desire. VGA and hard drive required. Shareware (ASP) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE TO BBS OPERATORS --------------------- If you are a BBS operator, please review the "Multimedia Maker Disk Contents" section below to ensure that you have all the files. Please post Multimedia Maker with the following keywords: MULTIMEDIA AUTHORING TOOLS PRESENTATIONS TUTOR SOUND BLASTER VGA Please use the FILE_ID.DIZ file for a description. if you did NOT reveive the disk from us, We recommend that you archive all the files on disk 1 (see below) in a file called MMM20A.*, and all the files on disk 2 (see below) in a file called MMM20B.*, where the "*" stands for (ZIP, ARC, LZH, etc.). CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Mastermind Typing 1.04 Learn touch typing much faster. Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: PETER TURNQUIST PETER TURNQUIST CO. SUITE 192 1908C TICE VALLET BLVD. WALNUT CREEK, CA 94595-2203 Telephone: 510-210-1603 Description Type = Short Description MasterMind Typing v1.04 - You WILL learn easily to touch-type, because MasterMind (patented) reads your mind. It introduces a new key only when you are ready. It repeats just when you need it. By this magic, you learn for sure and much faster. Master the keyboard in 2 to 6 hours! More fun than a game. Moving hands show fingering on-screen. Needs Windows 3.x or equal, 2 MB. Description Type = Long Description MasterMind Typing v1.04 Copyright 1992-1995 by Peter Turnquist Patents: U.S. 4,193,210 MasterMind is a trademark of Peter Turnquist The brain is a filter, rejecting stimulus that repeats too soon or too late. MasterMind is patented technology for finding the best time to repeat, when the brain is sensitive. To learn touch typing, a student needs more than 25 hours with "intelligent" software found elsewhere--or only 5 hours with MasterMind Typing. Cognitive psychologists have found improved learning with increasing delay between stimuli--up to a point of excess delay, after which a stimulus loses effect. Researchers call this the "spacing" or "lag" effect on learning. [Note 1.] While studying the neurochemistry of learning, other scientists have found the spacing effect in mollusks too. [Note 2.] It is in the chemistry of all animals with a central nervous system. Researchers have seen the spacing effect as an outcome rather than a means of teaching. Still, if one schedules repetition for peak retention, the advantage is clear. Programmed with MasterMind, a computer offers the means to predict retention peaks. As a lesson progresses, MasterMind builds a mental model of the learner respecting the lesson and each item in it. On this basis, the retention peaks are predictable with surprising accuracy. The Turnquist patent discloses a simple model of the learning process. Since then, MasterMind has become much more sophisticated and effective. Without MasterMind, tutoring programs schedule repetition on a random or arbitrary basis called "intelligent" by their proponents. What "intelligent" tutors lack is the proper interval before repetition, so repetition seldom matches retention peaks. Being mainly too early (boring) or too late, its benefit is weak. Because ordinary repetition mainly wastes time, MasterMind's gain in learning rate is large. Besides working five times faster, MasterMind Typing makes perfection natural. A student clearly becomes a touch typist, knowing the whole keyboard. Knowing the keyboard means that speed will continue improving with any kind of practice, such as normal work. Notes 1. The lag " . . . effect is highly robust, showing up under a variety of conditions and on a number of measures of memory." Johnston, Wm. A., & Uhl, C. N., The contributions of encoding effect and variability to the spacing effect on free recall, 2 Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory 153-160, 1976. Such measures and conditions include " . . . recall, recognition memory, and frequency-judgment tasks, using pictures, words, sentences, nonsense syllables, and letters." Hintzman, D. L., The Psychology of Learning and Memory, W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, 1978, p. 332. 2. Kandel, Eric R., and Schwartz, James H., Molecular Biology of Learning: Modulation of Transmitter Release, 218 Science 439, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D.C., 29 Oct. 1982. Description Type = Keywords mastermind,typing,tutor,touch,keyboard,keyboarding,windows Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 + s/h equals $33.95 for North America Description Type = Vendor Instructions Via modem, deliver MMTYP04A.ZIP and MMTYP04B.ZIP. To make diskette masters: unzip each archive to a 360K disk and label the two disks as A and B (or 1 and 2); or unzip both archives to a 720K or larger diskette. To the warning about FILE_ID.DIZ overwrite, any reply is all right. Please do not add installation instructions--no matter how ingenious--which would conflict with automated SETUP and the instructions already incorporated. Just rename HELP.BAT as YOURNAME.BAT to match your standard diskette labels. Do not rearchive the files, because it would impede installation. On request, Peter Turnquist gladly will reconfigure the product for your special needs. SCREENS.ZIP contains graphics to illustrate your catalog. Thanks for your help in making learning easier for your patrons. Description Type = Permissions Distribution of copies by every means is licensed if announcements make it clear that users owe a registration fee to use the product beyond evaluation. Distribution must be either free or within the pricing rules of the Association of Shareware Professionals. All copies must be complete, including legal notices and instructions. To remake an archive or file set is forbidden, because it probably would impair installation. On request, Peter Turnquist will gladly reconfigure the files for your special needs. Descriptive text must be as supplied or approved by Peter Turnquist. CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial MathCount 3&4 (ASP) 1.2 3rd & 4th grade math, +-x,fracts,words Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: AL WALTERS ABLE ART SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 964 NELSON, BC V1L 6A5 CANADA Telephone: 604-229-4766 Description Type = Short Description MATHCOUNTS3+4 v1.2 [ASP] - Grades 3 and 4, +, -, x, /, %, also includes record keeping; estimation, fractions, decimals and money, word problems, and more. Context-sensitive remedial review, automatic and menu modes for beginners to advanced students who need a flexible, individualized approach. From Able Art Software, registration $29.95 Description Type = Long Description A graphics-based math tutorial for 3rd and 4th grades, covering addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, estimation, word problems, fractions, percent, decimals, and more! Includes record keeping, instructive feedback, and positive reinforcement. Uses a simple menu system or an automatic Beginners' Mode; will adapt to students with different rates of learning. Can be customized. Registered users get the latest version, printed documentation, mail or phone support for 90 days minimum, a discount on the price of MathCounts for other grade levels, and a free copy of O.R.B.Y. PRO the game of orbits and angles. Description Type = Keywords MATH,MATHCOUNTS,ELEMENTARY,ADDITION,MULTIPLICATION,DIVISION,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial MathCounts 1+2 (ASP) 1.2 1ST & 2ND grade,math +-X,fracts,words Filter: DOS=Yes WIN=No OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: AL WALTERS ABLE ART SOFTWARE P.O. BOX 964 NELSON, BC V1L 6A5 CANADA Telephone: 604-229-4766 Description Type = Short Description MATHCOUNTS1+2 v1.2 [ASP] - Grades 1 and 2, +, -, x, counting, time, fractions, word problems, place value, and more. Graphics based, includes record-keeping, instructive feedback, can be customized. For students with different rates of learning. Difficulty chosen automatically or by instructor. From Able Art Software, registration $29.95 Description Type = Long Description A graphics-based math tutorial for 1st and 2nd grade students, covering counting, addition, subtraction, multiplication, telling time, word problems, fractions, and more! Includes record keeping, instructive feedback, and positive reinforcement. Uses a simple menu system with automatic levels, or levels can be set by instructor. Can be customized with friends' names in word problems. Registered users get the latest version, printed documentation, mail or phone support for 90 days minimum, a discount on the price of MathCounts for other grade levels, and a free copy of O.R.B.Y. PRO, the game of angles and orbits. Description Type = Keywords MATH,MATHCOUNTS,ELEMENTARY,ADDITION,SUBTRACTION,MULTIPLICATION,ASP Description Type = Registration Details $29.95 CLASSDIR PROGRAM VERSION SHORT DESCRIPTION Tutorial Mouse Math 1.00 Verbal Math Drill Program Filter: DOS=No WIN=Yes OS2=No OTH=No Author Information: HENRY M. HUFNAGEL HUFNAGEL SOFTWARE 501H MAIN STREET CLARION, PA 16214-0747 Telephone: (814) 226-5600 Fax: (814) 226-5551 Description Type = Short Description Mouse Math <ASP> is a verbal mathematics drill program for Windows that gradually uncovers whimsical photographs as answers to spoken basic math pr